Entries |
Document | Title | Date |
20080200162 | Interoperability between different types of wireless networks for push to talk group calls - An exemplary gateway apparatus provides push-to-talk (PTT) communications between users in one network with users in another network where the networks utilize different communication protocols. It includes two protocol modules that interface with the two networks, respectively. The protocol modules are capable of receiving and transmitting messages compatible with the communication protocols used by the associated networks. An interoperability module, connected between the two modules, converts PTT control messages received from one of the networks into PTT control messages compatible with and transmitted to the other network. The PTT control messages received from the one network have a protocol that differs from the protocol of the PTT control messages transmitted to the other network. | 08-21-2008 |
20080207190 | Systems and Methods to Confirm Initiation of a Callback - Methods and apparatuses to initiate callback with confirmation. In one embodiment, a method includes: receiving a reference (e.g., a callback phone number) in a request for a connection to a destination; providing a code via the reference in response to the request; receiving a code to confirm the request; determining whether the received code matches the provided code; and initiating a connection via the reference for the connection to the destination if the received code matches the provided code. | 08-28-2008 |
20080207191 | System and method for reshaping customer areas of a telecommunications carrier - A system and method for changing area boundaries that encompass customers serviced by a telecommunications carrier may include an electronic display configured to display graphical images and a storage unit configured to store information associated with the customers serviced by a telecommunications carrier and area boundaries. A processing unit may be in communication with the electronic display and storage unit, and be configured to execute software. The software may display indicia representative of a geographic area of the customers serviced by the telecommunications carrier. Adjacent area boundaries may be displayed on the geographic area, where at least two of the area boundaries share at least one common point along the boundaries. The processing unit may further enable a user to selectively reposition a common point along at least two area boundaries of different types and reshape the area boundaries based on the repositioned common point. | 08-28-2008 |
20080207192 | PRIORITIZED COMMON SUBFRAME TO PROVIDE BETTER SERVICE TO THE OVERLAPPING AREAS IN A COMMUNITY - A subframe structure for a wireless community uses a master common subframe and second master common subframe method to give BSs different priorities to serve overlapping areas in common subframes. The subframe structure and corresponding method can increase overlapping cells' capacity and reduce interference. | 08-28-2008 |
20080207193 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN MULTI-HOP RELAY BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting control information to a Relay Station (RS) in a multi-hop relay broadband wireless communication system is disclosed. The apparatus includes a generator, a controller, and a communication unit. The generator generates control information to be transmitted to a lower RS. The controller controls and transmits the control information during a first relay link transmission interval among at least one relay link transmission interval distributed within a frame. The communication unit transmits the control information to the lower RS. | 08-28-2008 |
20080207194 | Apparatus and method for beamforming using sector common antenna in wireless communication system - An apparatus and method for beamforming in a wireless communication system are provided. The base station apparatus includes a calculator, a plurality of formers, and a plurality of adders. The calculator calculates a beam coefficient considering interference to a neighbor sector to be applied to transmission signals to mobile stations. The plurality of formers performs beamforming for a transmission signal to each mobile station within a corresponding sector using the beam coefficient. The plurality of adders adds the sector-based beamformed signals each provided from the plurality of formers, on a per-transmission-antenna basis. | 08-28-2008 |
20080214174 | Initial cell search in mobile communications systems - An initial search for locating cells in a telecommunication system includes defining a set of carrier frequencies to be searched, and selecting as a cell search mode either a wide cell search mode or a narrow cell search mode, wherein selecting the cell search mode is based on a level of frequency generation accuracy. The wide cell search mode searches a wider frequency range than the narrow cell search mode searches. For each carrier frequency in the set of carrier frequencies to be searched, a most-recently selected cell search mode is used when searching for a cell transmitting on the carrier frequency. The narrow cell search mode is used only when the level of frequency generation accuracy is better than an expected worst level of frequency generation accuracy. | 09-04-2008 |
20080214175 | Data Transmission - A communications device ( | 09-04-2008 |
20080214176 | Methods and Devices for the Transmission of Scalable Data - ANS method for transmitting data, in which basic data is transmitted while one or several packets are transmitted with data that complements the basic data and increases the quality of the basic data when being decoded by a receiver. The packets contain at least one field with information about how the complementing data of the respective packet increases the quality of the basic data. The field can be read independently of the complementing data of the respective packet. Based on the information, a decision can be made as to whether the packets are to be forwarded or decoded. | 09-04-2008 |
20080214177 | Method and Apparatus for Controlling the Transmission of Radio Links in a Radio-Communication System - A method for controlling the transmission timing of a radio link on an air interface between a radio terminal and a radio access node, in a radio access node adapted to transmit a plurality of radio links to a radio terminal with substantially simultaneous transmission timings, is disclosed. It is determined whether predetermined conditions are met so that a substantially simultaneous transmission of a first and second radio links to said radio terminal can be selected. Responsive to this determination, a substantially simultaneous transmission of the first and second radio links is selected. | 09-04-2008 |
20080214178 | Method for Optimizing Receipt Notification Information Interchange in Synchronous Communication Between Terminal and Network and Mobile Terminal - To optimize the interchange of an ACK signal and a NACK signal between a terminal and a network and reduce the conflict on the terminal level. The invention relates to a method for optimizing the interchange of a receipt notification signal between a plurality of base stations and a mobile terminal synchronously connected in a cellular communication network. The method comprises a step of estimating the quality of down-link between each base station and the terminal on at least one standardized transmission channel, and a step of retransmitting data to the base station depending on the estimated quality of link. | 09-04-2008 |
20080214179 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY CONFIGURING WIRELESS NETWORK GEOGRAPHIC COVERAGE OR SERVICE LEVELS - A system and a method for facilitating communication between a remote station and a service network are disclosed. A remote station is associated with a first communicator configured to communicate over a first communication network and a second communicator configured to communicate over a second communication network. A communication controller associated with the remote station and coupled with the first communicator and the second communicator is operable to transmit a first set of signals using the first communicator a second set of signals using the second communicator. A mobile network access point is directable to within a communication range of the second communicator of the remote station when the remote station is outside of an existing communication range of the second communication network and the first set of signals includes a resource request for the second communication network. | 09-04-2008 |
20080214180 | Customer Service Messaging, Such As On Mobile Devices - A mobile device and corresponding service provider are configured to provide a user of the mobile device with access to one or more instant messaging help entities, from the mobile device. The one or more instant messaging help entities may be associated with the corresponding service provider or with a service that is external to the corresponding service provider. In some cases, some of the one or more instant messaging help entities may be embedded as part of the mobile device or service, so that access to the one or more help entities may not be permanently terminated by the user. In some cases, the user may control access to some of the one or more instant messaging help entities, such as by adding or removing the access to the instant messaging help entities from a list of instant messaging entities. | 09-04-2008 |
20080214181 | CALL QUEUE IN A WIRELESS DEVICE - A wireless phone includes a memory, a processor, and a call queue function, the call queue function to enable the configuration and storage in the memory of a call queue, the call queue comprising an ordered list of entries to dial, wherein the processor and the memory cooperate to enable the call queue function. | 09-04-2008 |
20080220762 | REDUCED SCANNING WITHIN A UNIFORM PERIOD IN OUT-OF-SERVICE CONDITIONS | 09-11-2008 |
20080220763 | Level of Service Determination for a Home Base Station - In some aspects, a method includes characterizing a communication link established over a network between a home base station and a base station controller. The home base station is configured to send signals to one or more mobile devices and receive signals from the one or more mobile devices. The method also includes determining a level of service to provide by the home base station to the one or more mobile devices based on the characterization of the communication link. | 09-11-2008 |
20080220764 | Home Base Station - In some aspects, a method includes determining a location of the home base station. The method also includes determining if the communication carrier has a spectrum license in the determined location. If the communication carrier does not have a spectrum license in the determined location, the method also includes leasing a portion of a frequency spectrum from another carrier that has a spectrum license in the determined location. | 09-11-2008 |
20080220765 | Control procedure for simultaneous media communications within a talk group in communication networks for public safety - A method and apparatus are provided for a set of procedures that a push-to-talk (PTT) server can use to control multiple simultaneous media streams within a talk group. The present invention provides floor control messages and protocols for identifying, transmitting, and distributing the simultaneous media streams. The invention may be used with any real-time protocol (RTP) payload format as long as the encoding allows a receiver of the packets means to distinguish between the transmitting clients. Although the present invention provides server-based control of multiple transmissions, end-point-based transmission control procedures are supported. | 09-11-2008 |
20080227441 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR A UNIVERSAL BASE STATION - Systems and methods for a universal base station are provided. In one embodiment, a base station for processing a plurality of communications channels for up to a plurality of network operators comprises a transceiver module communicatively coupled to up to a plurality of network operators, the transceiver module configured to process a plurality of upstream communication channels and a plurality of downstream communication channels based on one or more wireless communication modulation protocols, each of the upstream and downstream communication channels associated with one of the network operators. The transceiver module is configured to output a combined downstream RF signal based on the downstream communication channels. The transceiver module is configured to output a plurality of upstream data packets based on the upstream communication channels, each upstream data packet of the plurality of upstream data packets associated with one of the up to a plurality of network operators. | 09-18-2008 |
20080227442 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING RECONFIGURATION OF RADIO LINK CONTROL PARAMETERS - A variety of wireless communication methods and apparatus for supporting reconfiguration of radio link control (RLC) parameters are disclosed. A radio resource control (RRC) reconfiguration message is generated that indicates that an RLC unit in a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) or a universal terrestrial radio access network (UTRAN) should be reconfigured from supporting flexible size RLC protocol data units (PDUs) to supporting fixed size RLC PDUs. If an information element (IE) “one sided RLC re-establishment” is present in the RRC reconfiguration message, only a receiving side subassembly in the RLC unit is re-established. Otherwise, both the receiving side subassembly and a transmitting side subassembly in the RLC unit are re-established. Flexible size RLC PDUs may be discarded and a message indicating the discarded flexible size RLC PDUs may be transmitted. The flexible size RLC PDUs may be modified such that they correspond to a set of pre-defined sizes. | 09-18-2008 |
20080227443 | Retransmission in a Cellular Communication System - An apparatus comprises a detection processor ( | 09-18-2008 |
20080233945 | Methods and Apparatus for Identifying Subscriber Station Mobility - Methods and apparatus for identifying a subscriber station which is in motion, determining a mobility metric indicative of a level of mobility of the subscriber station and varying or updating one or more operating parameters based on the mobility metric. An apparatus can determine a measure of mobility based on one or a combination of a plurality of factors, such as variations in signal strength, variations in a channel estimate, or variations in phase or frequency of a particular signal or signal component. The one or more measures of mobility can be combined to form a single measure of mobility, the measure of mobility can be quantized to a predetermined number of mobility levels and one or more operating parameters can be varied or adjusted based on the mobility level. | 09-25-2008 |
20080233946 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Systems and methods for wireless communication are provided. In a particular embodiment a base station device is disclosed that includes an interface coupled to a network to communicate with a central controller and a wireless transceiver adapted to communicate wirelessly with one or more portable devices via a local area network. The base station device also includes logic coupled to the interface and to the wireless transceiver. The logic communicates with the remote central controller device via the network to receive an authorization to communicate wirelessly. The logic selectively activates the wireless transceiver after receiving the authorization. | 09-25-2008 |
20080233947 | MOBILITY MANAGEMENT (MM) AND SESSION MANAGEMENT (SM) FOR SAE/LTE - A system and method for using Mobility Management (MM) and Session Management (SM) procedures in an SAE/LTE system. The present invention modifies several MM and SM procedures that have been defined for other 3GPP access systems (such as GERAN, UTRAN) so that they meet the requirements of LTE/SAE. While the present invention re-uses some existing procedures, it further defines new protocols for MM and SM procedures when accessing 3GPP systems by Evolved UTRAN (EUTRAN). With respect to the new protocols, the encoding rules are re-used from the existing MM and SM procedures and a very similar general message format is created. With respect to the signaling messages, the present invention re-uses the existing information element definitions for each parameter included in a message. | 09-25-2008 |
20080242289 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING A USER INTERFACE THAT FACILITATES USER SELECTION OF A COMMUNICATION LINE FOR AN OUTGOING CALL ON A MOBILE DEVICE - A system and method for providing a user interface that allows users to change the active line on which an outgoing call may be placed. In example embodiments, a direction to display a line selection menu on the call screen is received from the user, where the line selection menu is comprised of data identifying one or more of the multiple communication lines accessible at the mobile device. In response to the direction received from the user, the line selection menu is displayed on the call screen, and an input identifying a user-selected communication line is received. A display field in which data identifying the active line is displayed is updated accordingly. | 10-02-2008 |
20080242290 | Method and Apparatus for Providing Content to Users Using Unicast and Broadcast Wireless Networks - The invention includes a method and apparatus for providing content to user terminals. A method includes identifying a request for content from a user terminal, obtaining a network selection parameter for the content request, selecting, using the network selection parameter, a wireless network over which to propagate the requested content, and propagating the requested content toward the user terminal using the selected wireless network. The selected wireless network may be a unicast wireless network or a broadcast wireless network. | 10-02-2008 |
20080242291 | Method and system for transmitting/receiving data in communication system - Disclosed is a method and system for transmitting and receiving data in a communication system. The system includes a base station, and a relay station connecting the base station with at least one mobile station. The base station transmits data for a plurality of mobile stations to the relay station, and transmits the data to at least one mobile station belonging to the base station from among the plurality of mobile stations. The relay station receives the data from the base station, and transmits the data to at least one mobile station belonging to the relay station from among the plurality of mobile stations in the same interval as an interval where the base station transmits the data to the mobile station. | 10-02-2008 |
20080248792 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IMPLEMENTING LAZY-LOCK CONTROL IN REAL-TIME COMMUNICATION SERVICES - Lazy-lock control methods for use with a real-time communication network are presented, the real-time communication network incorporating a right-to-send procedure, the methods including: a) sending a first floor control request message to the real-time communication network by a first requesting user equipment (UE), the real-time communication network configured for connecting the first requesting UE with a receiving UE; b) sending a first media to the real-time communications network by the first requesting UE before receiving a floor control grant message from the real-time communications network; c) substantially simultaneously sending the floor control grant message to the first requesting UE and a floor taken message to the at least one receiving UE by the real-time communication network; and d) forwarding the first media to the at least one receiving UE by the real-time communications network. | 10-09-2008 |
20080248793 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DATA RETRANSMISSION IN MULTIHOP RELAY WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for sending a control message for retransmission in a multihop relay wireless communication system are provided. Data received from a lower node is checked for errors. The data is transmitted to an upper node, when the data has no errors. When two or more messages, which include at least one of Acknowledgement (ACK) messages and Negative ACK (NACK) messages in response to a data reception are received from one or more lower nodes, the two or more messages are transmitted to the upper node at the same time. Accordingly, the RS can transmit the control messages for the ARQ provided from the lower nodes, to the upper node at the same time. | 10-09-2008 |
20080254787 | System, Method, and Apparatus for Avoiding Call Drop for a Wireless Phone - A method for facilitating a call session includes receiving a request to establish a call session between a wireless phone and a remote phone, and establishing a call session between the wireless phone and the remote phone. The call session includes a first connection with the wireless phone and a second connection with the remote phone. The method further includes monitoring the first connection to determine if there is a connection loss of the first connection, and determining that there is a connection loss of the first connection. In response to determining that there is a connection loss of the first connection, the method further includes holding the second connection with the remote phone, attempting to reestablish the first connection with the wireless phone, and resuming the call session in response to the first connection being reestablished. | 10-16-2008 |
20080261581 | Polling Method and Apparatus for Long Term Evolution Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Services - A device for wirelessly communicating a service to user equipment is provided. The device includes a transmitter, a receiver, and a processor. The processor is programmed to promote the transmitter polling to determine whether user equipment desire a service and responsive to receiving, via the receiver, at least one user equipment request for the service, the processor programmed to promote the transmitter providing a point-to-multipoint (PTM) broadcast of the service. | 10-23-2008 |
20080261582 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USING A MAC PROTOCOL FOR BROADCAST - Method and apparatus that provide for broadcast multicast services in an ultra mobile broadband network are disclosed. A broadcast transmission structure provides for efficient indexing of subbands reserved for BCMCS. Transmissions on the logical channels are segmented into error control blocks beginning with zero or one MAC packet received by a MAC layer. A transmitting entity appends parameters relating to content change within a next ultraframe at end of every broadcast packet that is not a stuffing packet. A mapping message of multiple Physical Layer groups addresses a single logical channel when SFN (Single Frequency Network) coverage of an associated subband group is different from SFN coverage of the logical channel. | 10-23-2008 |
20080261583 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND SYSTEM - In the method for wireless communication between a terminal and a base station supporting a real time packet transfer service mode and reliable packet transfer service mode according to the present invention, one of the real time packet transfer service mode and reliable packet transfer service mode is selected and a communication channel between the terminal and the base station is established, and the packet data are bidirectionally exchanged between the terminal and the base station over the communication channel in real time. | 10-23-2008 |
20080293398 | TRANSMISSION PROCESSING METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND BASE STATION - In a case where multiple kinds of frames having different lengths (Ngi_s and Ngi_l) of guard intervals inserted before the head of the effective data, the length of the guard intervals are adjusted in such a manner that at least the position of a part of the effective data is are apart from frame timing by the same amount. Thereby, on the receiving end, it is always possible to perform reception processing such as FFT processing in an appropriate time division at a fixed timing, without causing sample deviation of the effective data. | 11-27-2008 |
20080293399 | Method for supporting MBMS service transmission in LTE system - A method for supporting Multicast Broadcast Multimedia Service (MBMS) data transmission in a Long-term evolution (LTE) system includes a network entity (ECN) to which a user equipment (UE) is registered, receives an Activate MBMS context request message from the UE, and sends a Create MBMS UE Context Request message to a ECN that offers MBMS service. The ECN that offers MBMS service performs an authorization process with a Broadcast and Multicast Service Center (BM-SC) and sends a “Create MBMS UE Context Response” message to the ECN to which the UE is registered. The ECN to which the UE is registered sends an Activate MBMS Context Accept message to the UE. With the methods for supporting the transmission of MBMS data in the LTE system according to present invention, both the BM-SC and the ECN can find the downstream node so that service transmission paths may be found for MBMS data. | 11-27-2008 |
20080299962 | PROVIDING EXTENDED RANGE MODES AS PART OF THE 802.11N STANDARD - An extended range preamble is disclosed, for transmission between extended range 802.11 | 12-04-2008 |
20080299963 | Method and Apparatus for Vocoder Rate Control by a Mobile Terminal - A mobile terminal in a wireless communication network detects congestion and lowers its vocoder source rate in response, to help alleviate the congestion. The mobile terminal may detect the congestion in a variety of ways. The mobile terminal may monitor bandwidth allocation in the network, such as by inspecting the UL-MAP and DL-MAP of an IEEE 802.16 OFDM Physical Layer Frame header, for symmetric allocations. Congestion may be defined by the number of symmetric allocations exceeding a threshold. The congestion threshold may be programmed into the mobile terminal, or may be transmitted by the network. The mobile terminal may infer congestion by being repeatedly granted less bandwidth than requested. The network my explicitly indicate congestion, in a MAC message or by setting a congestion flag in one or more voice data frames. The congestion flag may comprise a reserved encoding of the AMR header Frame Type field. | 12-04-2008 |
20080311899 | Mobile Communication Network Subscriber Information Management System, Subscriber Information Management Method, Communication Control Device, Communication Terminal Device, and Communication Control Method - By adding a public identifier for designating a PAN configured by a communication terminal owned by a user to subscriber information managed in a mobile communication network, it is possible to manage a plurality of communication terminals as a group. The mobile communication network | 12-18-2008 |
20080318565 | Method and Apparatus for Assisting a Radio Communication Transfer in a Cellular Radio Communication System - The invention proposes a method for allowing radio communication transitions between packet and circuit switched modes in a cellular radio communication system comprising a core network, a first radio access network supporting a first mode among packet and circuit switched modes and a second radio access network supporting a second mode among packet and circuit switched modes. The first and second radio access networks include base stations covering respective cells, the base stations being capable of communications with mobile stations, an overlap existing between the cells of the first and second radio access networks, the method comprising the step of detecting and conditionally informing a mobile station, when the mobile station is in communication with a base station of the first radio access network covering a cell overlapping with another cell covered by another base station of the second radio access network. | 12-25-2008 |
20080318566 | EFFECTIVE SYSTEM INFORMATION RECEPTION METHOD - Disclosed is the method for informing, by a wireless communication system, to a terminal about information required for reception when the terminal is connected to the wireless communication system, in which a base station updates system information according to a preset period, and the terminal efficiently receives or checks any update of the system information based on the period. | 12-25-2008 |
20080318567 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SYNCHRONIZATION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for uplink synchronization of a first transceiver and a second transceiver in a multi-user cellular communication system having communication resources divided into communication channels. The method includes the following steps. A first signature sequence is transmitted from the second transceiver to the first transceiver, where the signature sequence is selected from a first set of signature sequences. In the first transceiver, the received signal is correlated with at least one signature sequence from a second set of signature sequences to estimate the time of arrival of the signature sequence to synchronize transmission between the second transceiver and the first transceiver. In transmitting the first signature sequence from the second transceiver to the first transceiver, the first signature sequence constitutes at least part of a zero-correlation zone sequence. | 12-25-2008 |
20080318568 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING HOME AGENT ATTACHED BY MOBILE NODE - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for determining home agent(s) attached by mobile node(s) and the method includes: transmitting, by an application service node, a request for inquiring home agent(s) attached by mobile node(s) to a home agent of a mobile node home network; and determining the home agent(s) attached by the inquired mobile node(s) based on the request for inquiring the home agent(s) attached by the mobile node(s). With the technical solution described in the present invention, the security is high, the inquiry efficiency is high and the load of network and apparatus is low. | 12-25-2008 |
20090005027 | Terminal Device, and In-zone Cell Checking Method and Cell Re-selection Method Thereof - A terminal device including a radio unit that adopts code division multiple access (cdma), which device omits unnecessary cell search by extending an in-zone cell monitoring cycle and a re-selection cycle in a case where under fixed conditions during cell search, when a physical layer and an RRC of the radio unit determine that a mobile phone remains still. | 01-01-2009 |
20090011753 | Communication System Comprising a Master and a Slave Handheld Apparatuses - The invention relates to a communication system comprising:—a master handheld apparatus ( | 01-08-2009 |
20090011754 | System and Method for Real-Time AAL2 Channel Detection in UTRAN - A system and method for detecting channels in a network using messages passing through the network is provided. An embodiment comprises detecting AAL2 channels communicating between a Node B and an radio network controller and also between two radio network controllers. In the case of communication between a NodeB and a radio network controller, the AAL2 channels are detected by matching pairs of Random Access Channel (RACH) and Forward Access Channel (FACH) associated with a user equipment identity along with a Dedicated Channel (DCH) until the AAL2 channels present between the Node B and the RNC are determined to a desired level of confidence. In the case of communication between two radio network controllers, only the DCH channels need to be detected to completely detect the AAL2 channels. | 01-08-2009 |
20090011755 | Cellular System and Method - In a cellular wireless system with interference originating from other base stations, a system for reducing the interference comprises: a. in the SS, means for canceling the signals of one or more of k BSs; b. at each BS, repeatedly sending the same data k+1 times, coded with a biphase code and synchronized in time, to allow to constructively combine the transmissions from a desired BS while destructively combining the transmissions from the other BSs. A method for transmitting signals from a first base station (BS) to a subscriber station (SS), while reducing interference from adjacent BSs, comprising: A. Allowing no change over time, assuming the transfer function for relevant channels does not change; B. Keeping constant the data transmitted from relevant BSs, or transmitting the opposite/negative signals; C. Finding the data of each BS, by combining received signals. | 01-08-2009 |
20090017814 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, RELAY STATION DEVICE, AND RADIO RECEIVER DEVICE - Provided is a radio communication method or the like for making compatible an improvement in error rate characteristics and a reduction in delay. The radio communication method is used in a mobile communication system ( | 01-15-2009 |
20090017815 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING SERVICE BY USING POLICY - A communication system comprising: terminal devices; a gateway device; a first server for receiving a service request; a second server for providing service; and a resource control device for providing policy information to be applied to the service. The first server transmits a policy request including the obtained flow information identifier and the obtained subscriber identifier to the resource control device and transmits identification information of the resource control device to the gateway device. The resource control device transmits the retrieved policy information to the gateway device based on the obtained flow information identifier and the obtained subscriber information. The gateway device receives the policy information from the resource control device corresponding to the resource control device, and sets the received policy information with respect to the service. The second server provides the service which has the policy information set thereto, to the one of the plurality of terminal devices. | 01-15-2009 |
20090023437 | EFFICIENT METHOD FOR FORMING AND SHARING IMPAIRMENT COVARIANCE MATRIX - The technology comprises method(s) and apparatus for operating a telecommunications system. In its basic form the method comprises providing plural channelization codes for potential use by an uplink receiver; using unused channelization codes of the plural codes to generate an estimate of an impairment covariance matrix; and using the estimate of the impairment covariance matrix to form a processing parameter. For example, the processing parameter can be one or more weight values which, in turn, are can be used for generating a combined output signal. | 01-22-2009 |
20090029694 | CONTROL DEVICE, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A control device comprises a memory and a processor. The memory is configured to store captured image data and alternative image data. The processor is configured to: measure time that has elapsed since establishment of a communication connection between a first communication terminal and a second communication terminal, or since a predetermined point subsequent to the establishment of the communication connection; and select image data to be sent to the first communication terminal from among captured image data or alternative image data, on the basis of the measured elapsed time, to allow the first communication terminal to display an image on the basis of the selected image data. | 01-29-2009 |
20090029695 | MOBILE TELEPHONE DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF AND RECORDING MEDIUM - Call control of a mobile telephone device and so on used for a plurality of carriers (telephone lines) is provided for acquisition of carrier information and notification thereof to improve serviceability, wherein carrier information of a call destination is stored, carrier information is exchanged during the telephone call, and, when notified carrier information is different from stored carrier information, which is notified or a connection is suppressed. In addition, when a carrier of a call destination is not a specific carrier, after which is notified and carrier information of the call destination is also notified to an outgoing call side, a connection with the call destination is initiated at a request from the outgoing call side. | 01-29-2009 |
20090036112 | CELLULAR TELEPHONE WITH A MAGNIFICATION DEVICE AND AN ILLUMINATION DEVICE - A cellular telephone with a magnification device, illumination device, and operating system implementing basic functions is disclosed. | 02-05-2009 |
20090036113 | Cell Search for Handover Conditions - A method and apparatus for controlling a primary cell search operation including generating a profile of correlation peaks, determining if magnitudes of the correlation peaks vary, synchronizing a signal acquisition process to one of the identified correlation peak having a greatest magnitude if the magnitudes of the correlation peaks remain relatively constant and synchronizing the signal acquisition process to a peak whose magnitude is increasing if the magnitudes of the correlation peaks are changing, is described. The method and apparatus further includes identifying an index and a magnitude of a largest correlation peak of the correlation peaks, determining if other correlation peaks exist in the profile, synchronizing the signal acquisition process to the largest correlation peak originally identified if other correlation peaks do not exist, storing indices and magnitudes for all other correlation peaks located and comparing changes in correlation peak magnitudes for all previously identified peaks. | 02-05-2009 |
20090036114 | Multi-Hop Booster - A two-way wireless repeater and booster system and method with watermarking of uplink signals are disclosed. The repeater includes a network unit having at least one wireless receiver and at least one wireless transmitter, the network unit being configured to communicate with the network transceiver. The transceiver further includes a user unit having at least one wireless receiver and at least one wireless transmitter, the user unit being configured to communicate with the user transceiver, and a two-way communication path between the network unit and the user unit to communicate signals between the network transceiver and the user transceiver in autonomous hops comprising between the network transceiver and the network unit, between the user transceiver and the user unit, and between the network unit and the user unit. The network unit and/or user unit is further configured to repeatedly transmit a training sequence to the other unit to train the at least one channel equalizer of the other unit. | 02-05-2009 |
20090042555 | Method and apparatus for antenna allocation on a multi-radio paltform - In a multi-radio wireless device, a first radio and a second radio share a plurality of antennas. A MAC coordination engine may coordinate the activities of the first and second radios to facilitate the allocation of antennas to the radios. In at least one embodiment, the second radio is given priority over the first radio in the allocation of antennas. When the first radio desires to communicate, a number of antennas that is available for use may be determined. It may then be determined whether the communication should be permitted to proceed given the number of available antennas. | 02-12-2009 |
20090042556 | PoC DATA TRANSMITTING METHOD AND PoC TALKING SYSTEM AND DEVICE - A PoC data transmitting method of distributing attached data used to realize a PoC attached function in conformity with a PoC protocol is provided. A PoC data transmitting method includes a first step of attaching attached data (set information) to a first message that is transmitted to a PoC server from a transmitter side terminal (PoC client | 02-12-2009 |
20090042557 | System and Method For Mapping Wireless Access Points - An improved connectivity to radio access point is enabled by a server that includes a database storing data about various radio access points, and an evaluation module evaluating the quality of connection to each of the access points. Clients receive updates about relevant access points from the server and use the information to connect to the preferred access point. The clients also check connectivity to other access points in the vicinity, and report the findings to the server. The server uses the reports to update its database, and send corresponding updates to the clients. The database can include information about the location of the access points. The information about the location of the access points can be manually input or determined using GPS information. The location of an access points can be determined as a function of available information about other access points detected at the same location. An access point can be presumed to be located in approximately the same location as another access point detected in the same location by the same user terminal. Where more than one access point having a known location is detected in the same location as an unmapped access point (having an unknown location), the location of the unmapped access point can be determined as function of a weighted average of the known locations of the other access points and signal strength of the signal received from each access point. | 02-12-2009 |
20090042558 | Transmission of ACK/NACK Bits and their Embedding in the CQI Reference Signal - A transmission of information within a wireless cellular network may include a first and second type of information. A subframe is produced that includes a plurality of symbols, wherein at least one symbol is designated as a data symbol and at least one symbol is designated as a reference signal symbol that contains a pre-defined reference signal. The first type of information is embedded in the data symbols. If the second type of data is expected, then the second type of information is embedded in at least one reference symbol by quadrature amplitude modulating the pre-defined reference signal. The subframe is then transmitted from one node in the network to a second node. In some embodiments, if it is determined that the second node is not expecting the second type of information, then a discontinuous transmission (DTX) response is embedded in the reference symbol instead of the second type of information. | 02-12-2009 |
20090047942 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING BROADCAST AND MULTICAST SERVICES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for support broadcast and multicast services in a wireless communication system are described. In an aspect, a transmitter (e.g., a Node B) sends configuration information conveying a mapping of long service identifiers (IDs) to short service IDs for advertised services. The transmitter also sends scheduling information conveying a mapping of short service IDs to radio resources used for scheduled services in the current scheduling period. The short service IDs reduce the amount of scheduling information to send. In another aspect, the transmitter sends information identifying services being transmitted and services being advertised but not transmitted. Receivers (e.g., UEs) may use this information to determine whether or not to send requests for services of interest. In yet another aspect, the transmitter sends configuration information for services being advertised but not transmitted. This may allow the transmitter to start these services quicker when requested by the receivers. | 02-19-2009 |
20090054053 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE, AND METHOD OF UPDATING TELEPHONE DIRECTORY OF MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE - A mobile communications device includes: a telephone directory storage unit for storing a telephone directory; a comparator for comparing a service identifier included in a received message with a service identifier stored in the telephone directory; and an update unit for updating the telephone number stored in the telephone directory. If the service identifier corresponding to the telephone number received in the message matches the service identifier stored in the telephone directory, the update unit updates the telephone number stored in the telephone directory with the received telephone number. | 02-26-2009 |
20090054054 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MAINTAINING RELIABLE BEACON TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Systems and methods for maintaining reliable beacon transmission and reception in a wireless communication network are disclosed herein. In one embodiment, there is a method of communicating in a wireless communication network comprising a first device and a second device, the method comprising selecting, by the first device, a wireless communication direction for communication of data, wherein the wireless communication direction comprises at least one of a reception direction of the first device, a reception direction of the second device, a transmission direction of the first device, or a transmission direction of the second device, associating, by the first device, with the second device in the selected wireless communication direction, receiving, by the first device, a plurality of signals transmitted in different directions by the second device, the plurality of signals comprising a first signal in the selected wireless communication direction and a second signal transmitted in another direction different from the selected wireless communication direction, and determining, by the first device, one or more measures of quality of the first and second signals. | 02-26-2009 |
20090061842 | Apparatus and method for interference cancellation in wireless communication system - An apparatus and a method for interference cancellation in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes receiving channel information from one or more terminals; classifying the terminals into terminals interfered by a neighbor cell and terminals not interfered by the neighbor cell based on the channel information of the terminals; and allocating the terminals interfered by the neighbor cell and the terminals not interfered by the neighbor cell into different resource regions. The transmitter forms the beam taking into consideration the neighbor-cell interference by acquiring the channel information of the neighbor-cell terminals interfered by the transmitter and the scheduled terminal information during beamforming. | 03-05-2009 |
20090069003 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING MULTICAST AND BROADCAST SERVICE IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS (BWA) SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for providing a MultiCast and BroadCast Service (MCBCS) in a Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) system are provided. The method includes receiving a message comprising information relating to a broadcast channel which carries a service guide, from a Base Station (BS), receiving service guides relating to one or more service providers over the broadcast channel using the information, when the received service guides are fragmented service guides having a certain size, generating a unified service guide by reassembling the fragmented service guides and when one service provider is selected, filtering only a service guide of the selected service provider in the unified service guide and displaying the filtered service guide in a display. Thus, the channel transition time can be reduced. | 03-12-2009 |
20090069004 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOAD BALANCING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method, system, and apparatus for communication in wireless communication network having an Access Service Network-controller (ASN-controller) communicating with plurality of Base Stations (BSs). The method includes reading one or more reports of plurality of reports received from the plurality of BSs. The plurality of reports comprise spare capacity information of one or more BSs of the plurality of BSs. The method further includes generating one or more directions based on the one or more reports to perform load balancing. | 03-12-2009 |
20090069005 | CONFIGURING SIGNALING RADIO BEARER INFORMATION IN A USER EQUIPMENT PROTOCOL STACK - In accordance with the teachings described herein, systems and methods are provided for configuring signaling radio bearer information in a user equipment protocol stack. A wireless network may be used that includes a radio access network for transmitting information between a user equipment device and a core network. An instruction may be received to generate a signaling radio bearer configuration information element (IE) that includes configuration information for a pre-selected number of signaling radio bearers. The signaling radio bearer configuration IE may then be generated, while ensuring that the signaling radio bearer configuration IE includes configuration information for a required minimum number of signaling radio bearers. The signaling radio bearer configuration information element may be transmitted from the radio access network to the user equipment device for use in configuring the signaling radio bearers in the user equipment device. | 03-12-2009 |
20090075642 | METHOD AND DEVICES FOR RELAYED PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN TERMINALS IN MOBILE NETWORKS - The present invention relates to a method and devices for peer-to-peer connectivity in cellular networks and especially to relayed peer-to-peer communications between mobile terminals operable in public land mobile networks (PLMN). In brief summary, the inventive concept teaches an implementation of a quasi peer-to-peer communication between a plurality of mobile terminals via a data relay service network entity, which is responsible for replicating data received from one mobile terminal participating in the peer-to-peer communication to all other mobile terminals participating therein. The inventive concept teaches moreover advantages concepts in establishing the peer-to-peer communication employing an adapted protocol framework and in operating such a data relay service as a generic data relay service for relaying arbitrary data contents. | 03-19-2009 |
20090075643 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF OBJECT SIMULATION IN AN INTERMITTENTLY CONNECTED MOBILE APPLICATION - The generation and comparison of a first time stamp and a second time stamp allows for the active operation of a mobile device that is intermittently connected to a middleware system. A document is created with a first stamp, where this document relates to a particular activity associated with one or more objects. Affected object fields are also created to include a second time stamp. The first time stamp is updated to reflect a data request object and the second time stamp reflects when the affected object is adjusted on the back-end system. Until the second time stamp is later in time than the first time stamp, indicating successful processing of the data request object, the mobile device simulates the successful processing of the data request object to reflect the adjustment in a data object | 03-19-2009 |
20090075644 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTIVELY REJECTING FREQUENCY BANDS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A system and method for selectively rejecting frequency bands in wireless communication systems are disclosed. For example, the system provides a software-selective band rejection technique using multiple cascaded band rejection filters that can remove undesired sub-bands within the RF pass band of the wireless communication system, subsystem or network involved. Thus, the system enables the remaining or desired sub-bands in that RF pass band to be passed. Consequently, the software-oriented band rejection approach enables a designer, operator or user to rapidly configure or reconfigure its designated bands or sub-bands (e.g., on an application-by-application basis) without having to procure and install new bandpass filter hardware or other filter hardware. | 03-19-2009 |
20090075645 | Terrestrial Communications Networks That Transmit Using Circular Polarization - A terrestrial communications network may be configured to wirelessly communicate with a plurality of radiotelephones. The terrestrial communications network may include a plurality of base stations that are configured to wirelessly communicate with the plurality of radiotelephones. Moreover, the plurality of base stations may include at least one base station that is configured to transmit information to at least one radiotelephone using a circularly polarized antenna. Related methods are also discussed. | 03-19-2009 |
20090082005 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR COORDINATING A SINGLE TELEPHONE NUMBER - The described methods and devices provide for transferal of an operational identity between two mobile communication devices of an activation pool, making one device active and another inactive, but maintain the same telephone number or other operational identity. The operational identity may be, for example, a user account number, a telephone number, or other identifier that can identify the active mobile communication device in the communication network so that telephone calls or other communications may be sent to and/or received by one device of the set of devices of the activation pool. A mobile communication device may transmit a signal to a server of the communication network to make active the mobile communication device and to operate the device under the operational identity. At the same time, the server may register as inactive the previously active mobile device of the activation pool. | 03-26-2009 |
20090082006 | METHOD FOR NOTCH FILTERING A DIGITAL SIGNAL, AND CORRESPONDING ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An electronic device, includes sigma-delta modulation circuit to operate with a clock signal and having output circuitry to deliver a digital data signal. First circuitry delivers a radiofrequency transposition signal. A notch filter includes radiofrequency digital-to-analog conversion blocks, having first input circuitry coupled to the output circuitry. Second input circuitry receives the radiofrequency transposition signal. Second output circuitry delivers a radiofrequency analog signal. Digital delay circuitry is controlled by the clock signal and includes a delay block between the two first input circuits. The frequency of a notch of the notch filter is related to the value of the delay from the delay block. Summation circuitry sums the radiofrequency signals. | 03-26-2009 |
20090093246 | AUTOMATIC PROVISIONING OF POWER PARAMETERS FOR FEMTOCELL - Automatic provisioning of an access point base station or femtocell. The method may include the femtocell transmitting first information (e.g., location information, signal measurement information, capability information, etc.) to a service provider (e.g., over an IP network). The femtocell may receive second information from the service provider, where the second information includes one or more operational parameters. The operational parameters may include hand-off parameters, admission policy parameters, PN or scrambling codes, power parameters, and/or other parameters. The femtocell may operate according to the received parameters to provide access for a plurality of access terminals in a local area. | 04-09-2009 |
20090104901 | TIME VARYING SIGNAL QUALITY REPORTING - A radio station ( | 04-23-2009 |
20090104902 | CLASS-SWITCHING IN CLASS-BASED DATA COMMUNCATIONS NETWORK - In a wireless class-based data communications network, a class-switching method includes configuring a wireless two-way RF data communication device, of a wireless class-based data communications network, to adopt a different class designation of another wireless two-way RF data communication device of a proximate wireless class-based data communications network such that the particular wireless two-way RF data communication device joins the proximate wireless class-based data communications network. Another class-switching method includes communicating a command to a wireless two-way RF data communication device of a wireless class-based data communications network to change its class designation to that of another wireless two-way RF data communication device of a proximate wireless class-based data communications network such that the wireless two-way RF data communication device joins the proximate wireless class-based data communications network. | 04-23-2009 |
20090111456 | Mesh Communication Network and Devices - A method for communicating in a wireless communication network includes establishing a first direct communication link with a base transceiver station and communicating data associated with a communication session over the first direct communication link. The method also includes establishing a mesh connection to the base transceiver station. The mesh connection includes at least one mesh communication link with at least one intermediate communication device of a plurality of communication devices in the wireless network, the at least one intermediate communication device communicating with the base transceiver station over a second direct communication link with the base transceiver station. The method further includes switching between communicating data associated with the communication session over the first direct communication link and communicating data associated with the communication session over the mesh connection. | 04-30-2009 |
20090111457 | Wireless communication system and device for coupling a base station and mobile stations - A wireless communication system is provided that includes a wireless communication device in wireless communication with a base station and mobile stations. The wireless communication device includes first and second transceivers coupled to each other. The first transceiver is coupled to an antenna and is operable to communicate with the base station, which is also in wireless communication with other wireless communication devices. The second transceiver is coupled to another antenna and is in wireless communication with the plurality of mobile stations. The first transceiver receives a first signal from the base station intended for a one of the mobile stations, and in response the second transceiver transmits the first signal to the mobile station. The second transceiver receives a second signal from the mobile station intended for the base station, and in response the first transceiver transmits the second signal to the base station. | 04-30-2009 |
20090111458 | GATEWAY FOR A SYSTEM HAVING MULTIPLE RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES - A telecommunications system is disclosed, including a first radio access technology (legacy: GSM; UMTS/UTRAN) having a first radio access network (node B | 04-30-2009 |
20090124248 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CORE NETWORK, RADIO NETWORK SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR SELECTING NETWORK FOR CONTAINING THE SYSTEM - Upon receipt of a location registration request from a mobile terminal, a core network registers the mobile terminal in a node decided according to a subscriber contract of the mobile terminal. Moreover, the core network transmits a temporary subscriber identifier for identification of containing in the node to the mobile terminal. A radio network relays a message signal between a mobile terminal and a core network. When a controller receives a message signal containing the temporary subscriber identifier from the mobile terminal, the controller identifies the node containing the mobile terminal according to the temporary subscriber identifier and transmits the message signal to the node. | 05-14-2009 |
20090124249 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR STATE/MODE TRANSITIONING - A method and network element to control use of a transition indication message by a user equipment, the method including an inhibit transition indication in a configuration message; and sending the configuration message with the inhibit transition indication to the user equipment. Also, a method and user equipment for sending a transition indication, the method setting a timer according to an inhibit transition indication received from a network element; detecting that a data transfer is complete; and sending the transition indication upon detecting that the timer is not running. | 05-14-2009 |
20090131036 | Providing a High-Speed Connection Between a Memory Medium of a Mobile Device and an External Device - System and method for providing a high speed connection to a memory medium of a mobile device. The mobile device may be a mobile phone or other type of portable electronic device. The memory medium may be removable and/or may be flash memory, as desired. The mobile device may include a USB hub that provides a direct high speed connection between an external device and a memory medium of the mobile device. The USB hub may also provide a connection (possibly high speed) between the external device and the processor of the mobile device. The mobile device may also include a high speed connection between the processor of the mobile device and the memory medium. | 05-21-2009 |
20090131037 | FAST CELL SEARCH - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate searches for a cell in a wireless communication environment. A mobile device can employ a searcher that can detect timing information respectively associated with PSCs and cells to determine the cell with the highest correlation. The searcher can detect SSCs, which can include detecting associated phase information, to determine the SSC with the highest correlation, CP length, and/or other information to facilitate identifying a desired cell having the strongest signal to establish communication between the mobile device and the desired cell. PSCs respectively associated with cells can have different positions in the symbol sequences, and SSCs can respectively be phase shifted at different angles to facilitate detection and identification of a cell(s), where a PSC can be utilized as a phase reference by the associated SSC. | 05-21-2009 |
20090131038 | Mobile Service Maintenance Management - Disclosed is a method and system for managing inconsistencies between a radio communications network and a network database. In one aspect, the system is informed of one or more inconsistencies and various decisions are made as to what actions to take. One possible action is to simply inform a network operator of the discrepancy. Another possible action is to determine which network elements are affected by the inconsistency and to update the network database in relation to those network elements to compensate for the inconsistency. | 05-21-2009 |
20090137237 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, AND MACRODIVERSITY SELECTION METHOD - A wireless communication system, a base station device, a mobile station device, and a macrodiversity selection method of the invention, in a base station device including a macrodiversity function among a plurality of sectors, select a macrodiversity method for the mobile station device from a plurality of macrodiversity methods, in accordance with a predetermined determination reference based on reception conditions of the mobile station device. | 05-28-2009 |
20090137238 | MOBILE PHONE SYSTEM, WIRELESS BASE STATION DEVICE, INFORMATION TERMINAL, SERVICE INFORMATION PROVIDING METHOD - A mobile phone system of the present invention comprises mobile phone terminal ( | 05-28-2009 |
20090137239 | Mobile network with inverse frequency superposition - The invention relates to a mobile network, especially according to that of GSM- and/or UMTS-standards for the communication of mobile stations. The network consists of at least two base stations with antennas for sending and/or receiving communication signals, wherein the covered area of the base stations forms a radio cell which is divided into a close-up range and a far range, wherein different transmission sources are provided for the radio traffic. | 05-28-2009 |
20090143063 | Method and Apparatus for Setting a Highest Received State Variable in a Wireless Communication System - The present invention provides a method for setting a highest received state variable in a receiver of a wireless communication system, which comprises receiving a segment of a data protocol data unit having a sequence number greater than or equal to a value of the highest received state variable, and updating the value of the highest received state variable according to the sequence number of the data protocol data unit. | 06-04-2009 |
20090149169 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a radio communication system including a plurality of base stations and a plurality of mobile stations, a base station includes a reception timing difference report unit measuring a reception timing difference of reference signals transmitted from neighboring base stations, and reporting the reception timing difference to one or more base stations. A base station has a transmission timing difference computation unit computing a transmission timing difference of reference signals between the base station and neighboring base stations based on the reception timing difference, and a transmission timing difference information report unit reporting the transmission timing difference to the mobile station. The mobile station further includes a cell search unit performing cell search on a cell search range limited based on the transmission timing difference transmitted from the base station. | 06-11-2009 |
20090149170 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MEASUREMENT REPORTING IN A CELLULAR TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The signalling overhead in cellular communication systems such as OFDMA is reduced by calculating a report value as a function of each measurement value that is to be reported from a user terminal to the network. The report value is preferably based on a maximum value for the parameter measured, and can be represented by fewer bits than the measurement value. The overhead may be further reduced by selecting only the best measurement values for reporting from the user terminal to the network. | 06-11-2009 |
20090156194 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING RANDOM ACCESS RESPONSE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for supporting random access by user equipments (UEs) in a wireless communication system are described. In one design, a UE transmits a random access (RA) preamble for random access. The UE thereafter receives a random access response composed of a first part and a second part. The first part includes a list of N RA preamble IDs for N RA preambles being responded to by the random access response, where N≧ | 06-18-2009 |
20090156195 | OBTAINING TIME INFORMATION IN A CELLULAR NETWORK - A method, performed by an access point of a cellular network, obtains time information by identifying a control channel cycle boundary; at a beginning of the control channel cycle boundary, sending a request to a time server; receiving a response from the time server, the request including a server time; and obtaining the timing information using the server time. Obtaining the timing information includes using the server time and a first reference time to obtain an integer and a fraction; using the fraction to obtain a time difference; and using the time difference to obtain the timing information. | 06-18-2009 |
20090163195 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF - A multimode mobile terminal and communication method thereof are discussed, by which communication is enabled using various networks. The method according to an embodiment includes a display unit configured to display a plurality of currently available networks detected by the terminal, each network being a different network type, a user input unit configured to generate a selection signal for a specific network of the plurality of currently available networks in response to a user input, a controller operatively connected to the display unit and user input unit and configured to control communication carried out via the specific network selected via the user input unit, and a wireless communication unit operatively connected to the controller and configured to carry out the communication via the specific network. | 06-25-2009 |
20090163196 | Community photo service on a data network - A service is provided to a user of a mobile electronic device. The device has an interface to a data network, a component for capturing information, and a user interface for control of the device. The service configures the device for identifying a predetermined network address on the data network without user intervention and for automatically initiating setting-up a unidirectional data communication of the captured information to the predetermined network address, all upon user actuation of an element in the user interface. | 06-25-2009 |
20090170496 | DEVICE AND METHOD OF MANAGING DATA COMMUNICATIONS OF A DEVICE IN A NETWORK VIA A SPLIT TUNNEL MODE CONNECTION - A device and a method for managing data communications of a device in a network are provided. The method includes establishing a secure communication connection for the device with a service provider via a tunnel mode connection. A determination is then made whether the device is part of a trusted domain including one or more other devices. If the device is part of a trusted domain including one or more other devices, then a direct communication connection is established, which bypasses the tunnel mode connection for only the devices that are part of the same trusted domain. Communications with any devices which are not part of the same trusted domain are routed via the tunnel mode connection. | 07-02-2009 |
20090170497 | PROBABILISTIC INTERFERENCE MITIGATION FOR WIRELESS CELLULAR NETWORKS - An interference mitigation system randomizes transmissions to cell-edge users by carefully controlling the probability of transmission to these users, thereby creating a virtual fractional frequency system that does not require extensive frequency management and coordination across the network. In some embodiments, the interference mitigation system identifies severely interfered links and reduces the probability of transmission on these links, with the result being a reduced probability of interference. | 07-02-2009 |
20090170498 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EXPEDITED CELL RESELECTION DURING ACCESS PROCEDURES FOR CELLULAR MOBILE STATIONS - A method, apparatus, and electronic device for establishing a cellular connection are disclosed. A processor | 07-02-2009 |
20090176487 | Wireless Repeater Management Systems - Management systems wireless repeaters are presented. Contemplated systems can include a local management device that brokers a management lock between the repeater and a controller, which can be either local or remote. Once a management lock is in place, the repeater restricts execution of management commands to those issued by the controller to resolve potentially conflicting commands issued from multiple authorized controllers. In some embodiments, the controller and lock brokering device are the same device. | 07-09-2009 |
20090181663 | Transmission of Data Bursts on a Constant Data Rate Channel - A system and method for transmitting data bursts over a constant data rate link that transmits a continuous stream of data is disclosed. A transmitter node accesses a region in a memory to form a continuous stream of data, wherein the region is a circular buffer and is accessed in a circular manner. The continuous stream of data is transmitted from the circular buffer, wherein the circular buffer initially contains dummy data. A data burst is stored in the circular buffer at a selected location and a control message is transmitted with an indication of the selected location of the data burst in the circular buffer. The data burst is transmitted as part of the continuous stream of data from the circular buffer. | 07-16-2009 |
20090191858 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ADAPTIVE COMMUNICATION SERVICE ACCESS - A wireless communication system includes an end user device ( | 07-30-2009 |
20090191859 | NETWORK USING ENCODED TRANSMISSIONS AND FORWARDING - A first network node may include a wireless transmitter, a wireless receiver, a user interface and a controller. The controller may be configured to cause information that is received by the receiver to be delivered to the user interface, if that information is encoded to be delivered to the user interface of the network node. The controller may also be configured to cause information to be transmitted in a format encoded for a first target node by the transmitter, if that information is encoded to be forwarded by the network node. The controller may also be configured to cause information from the user interface to be transmitted in a format encoded for a second target node by the transmitter. Related processes are also disclosed. | 07-30-2009 |
20090197587 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNALING UPLINK SCHEDULING INFORMATION | 08-06-2009 |
20090197588 | BACKHAUL SIGNALING FOR INTERFERENCE AVOIDANCE - Providing for interference reduction and/or avoidance utilizing backhaul signaling between wireless access points (APs) of a wireless access network (AN) is described herein. By way of example, an interference avoidance request (IAR) can be issued by an AP to reduce signal interference on forward link (FL) and/or downlink (DL) transmissions by neighboring APs. The IAR can be routed via a backhaul network and/or over-the-air via access terminals (ATs) coupled with the AP or one or more interfering APs. Upon receiving the IAR, an interfering AP can determine reduced transmit power levels for FL and/or RL transmissions and respond to the IAR. The response can include reduced power levels and can be sent via the backhaul network or OTA. By employing the backhaul network in full or in part, interference avoidance can be conducted even for semi-planned or unplanned heterogeneous networks coupled by the backhaul. | 08-06-2009 |
20090197589 | RADIO ACCESS NETWORK (RAN) LEVEL KEEP ALIVE SIGNALING - In a wireless communication system, a mobile station performs “keep-alive” signaling with a serving radio access network (RAN), transmitting its identity without necessarily an accompanying data portion. The serving RAN does not necessarily acknowledge. Thereby, the mobile station maintains state synchronization with the serving RAN, which also benefits in being able to timely release a context when the “keep-alive” transmission is not continued. In one aspect, the mobile station utilizes random access procedures (RACH) for uplink data arrival with a 0-byte MAC buffer status report whose identifying Cell Radio Network Temporary Identity (C-RNTI) can be used by the serving RAN for keep alive purposes. In another aspect, the mobile station can perform non-access stratum (NAS) signaling containing identification for the mobile station that is supported by underlying access stratum (AS) signaling via the serving RAN. This identifying NAS signaling is detected or a downstream recipient alerts the serving RAN. | 08-06-2009 |
20090203372 | SYNCHRONOUS AND ASYNCHRONOUS INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT - Interference management may involve the transmission of interference management messages by wireless nodes that are experiencing interference and appropriate responses by potential interferers that receive the interference management messages. Upon detection of interfering signals, a wireless node may determine whether the signals are from a synchronous interferer or an asynchronous interferer. Based on this determination, the wireless node may use different types of signals to manage the different types of interference. In some aspects, asynchronous interference management may involve backing-off in frequency and/or in time in response to interference signals. Asynchronous interference management may involve transmitting back-off beacons to clear potential interferers from a given carrier. Here, the transmission of beacons by a wireless node may be metered to facilitate fair sharing of communication resources. | 08-13-2009 |
20090209247 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION THROUGH PDCCH - A method for efficiently transmitting and receiving control information through a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) is provided. When a User Equipment (UE) receives control information through a PDCCH, the received control information is set to be decoded in units of search spaces, each having a specific start position in the specific subframe. Here, a modulo operation according to a predetermined first constant value (D) is performed on an input value to calculate a first result value, and a modulo operation according to a predetermined first variable value (C) corresponding to the number of candidate start positions that can be used as the specific start position is performed on the calculated first result value to calculate a second result value and an index position corresponding to the second result value is used as the specific start position. Transmitting control information in this manner enables a plurality of UEs to efficiently receive PDCCHs without collisions. | 08-20-2009 |
20090209248 | METHOD OF PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS AFTER APPLYING BACK-OFF - A random access procedure in a radio communication system is provided. The method of performing random access in a radio communication system includes transmitting a random access preamble using a predetermined parameter value, delaying retransmission of the random access preamble if the random access fails, initializing the predetermined parameter value if a delay time is more than a specific threshold value, and retransmitting the random access preamble using the initialized parameter value. | 08-20-2009 |
20090215441 | Electronic System - An electronic system is provided. The electronic system comprises: a processor, a mobile device, a plurality of expansion ports and an expansion device. The mobile device can work as a standalone system, wherein the mobile device comprises a plurality of first function modules. The expansion device comprises a plurality of second function modules, wherein the expansion device connects to the mobile device through the plurality of expansion ports. When the mobile device and the expansion device are connected together to form the electronic device, the first processor controls the electronic system to perform the plurality of first and second function modules. | 08-27-2009 |
20090239520 | Wireless Communication System, Method of Management, Control and Maintenance, and Apparatus for the Same - It administers a plurality of wireless base stations grouped into a plurality of groups, and performs the processing about the management, control and maintenance of the wireless base stations selectively for each of the groups. This enables the efficient management, control and maintenance processing of the wireless base stations. | 09-24-2009 |
20090239521 | SHORT RANGE BOOSTER - A repeater mediates traffic between a network transceiver and a user transceiver in a wireless communication system. The repeater comprises a network unit that maintains a network link with the network transceiver, a user unit that maintains a user link with the user transceiver, a two-way communication pathway between the network unit and the user unit adapted to communicate signals between the network transceiver and the user transceiver in autonomous repeater hops between the network transceiver and the network unit, between the user transceiver and the user unit, and between the network unit and the user unit including downlink transmission from the network unit to the user unit and uplink transmission from the user unit to the network unit, and a detection unit coupled to the network unit and the user unit adapted to detect frame timing of downlink and uplink transmissions respectively by detecting a preamble sequence of downlink and/or uplink transmissions. | 09-24-2009 |
20090239522 | METHOD OF ESTABLISHING A DIRECT COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A FIRST WIRELESS PHONE AND A SECOND WIRELESS PHONE - Method of communicating between a first wireless phone and a second wireless phone A method of communicating between a first wireless phone (A) and a second wireless phone (B), each of said first and second wireless phones comprising a wireless transceiver for exchanging data using a signaling protocol, said method comprising the steps of: initiating a direct communication between the two wireless phone via a first stimulus on the first wireless phone and a second stimulus on the second wireless phone, configuring the first wireless phone with a first predefined IP address (IP_A) and a first signaling protocol identifier (SIP_A), and the second wireless phone with a second predefined IP address (IP_B) and a second signaling protocol identifier (SIP_B), the first, respectively second, phone knowing the second, respectively first, IP address, the second, respectively first, signaling protocol identifier and a predefined wireless network identifier (SSID), establishing a direct communication between the two wireless phones using their wireless transceivers and the signaling protocol on the basis of the first and second predefined IP addresses, the first and second predefined signaling protocol identifiers and the predefined wireless network identifier. | 09-24-2009 |
20090239523 | Controller For Selecting Antenna For Multiple-Input/Multiple-Output Communication - A base station apparatus for performing radio communication with a mobile station in a cell having a plurality of sectors performs a MIMO transmission using an antenna selected from among the antennas provided in each of two sectors when the mobile station moves in the vicinity of the boundary between the sectors. A base station apparatus for performing the radio communication with a mobile station in a cell having no sector structure performs a MIMO transmission using two or more antennas selected from among the antennas when the mobile station moves. | 09-24-2009 |
20090247148 | TECHNIQUES FOR FEEDBACK IN CELLULAR SYSTEMS TO MITIGATE INTERFERENCE IN DOWNLINK - An embodiment of the present invention provides a method, comprising broadcasting base station (BS) channel allocation methods and supported interference mitigation techniques in a whole cell by the base station and reporting classification information by mobile stations (MSs) within the cell to said base station about their preferred interference mitigation (IM) techniques. | 10-01-2009 |
20090258639 | Method, system and device for providing a robust wireless connection - A system and a method for wireless linking in a cellular communication system are disclosed such that a mobile station is maintained in simultaneous communication with at least a first node and a second node for access to the cellular communication system. Information going to and from the first node is not identical to the information going to and from the second node. In one embodiment the second node, or secondary access point is a relay node forwarding received information to and from the first node, or primary access point. In another embodiment the second node is another mobile station performing a direct mobile-to-mobile communication (MS-to-MS). In still an embodiment a first wireless link to the first node is for control information only. In still a further embodiment a second wireless link to the second node is only for communication of information from the mobile station or only for communication of information to the mobile station. | 10-15-2009 |
20090270086 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, NETWORK APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND TELEPHONE CALL CONNECTING METHOD - A wireless communication terminal apparatus, a network apparatus, a wireless communication system and a telephone call connecting method wherein the increasing of the number of indexes is suppressed and a preconfiguration is applied to a multi-call. A multi-call additional information deciding part ( | 10-29-2009 |
20090275324 | Method and Device for Preemptively Transmitting a Signal in Accordance with a MCS other than a Network Commanded MCS - Disclosed are mobile communication devices and methods of a mobile communication device that determines that no response has been received within a predetermined period of time from a network to a transmission of an encoded data block in accordance with a commanded MCS. The device then determines an alternative MCS capable of coping better with variations in the radio environment with minimal damage or alteration than the commanded MCS and preemptively transmits the encoded data block in accordance with this more robust alternative MCS. In this way the mobile communication device does not continue failed attempts to transmit data in accordance with the commanded MCS. After the device receives notice of successful transmission of the encoded data block with the alternative MCS, the device will resume the use of the commanded MCS to transmit subsequent encoded data blocks. | 11-05-2009 |
20090275325 | System information acquisition in multi-radio access technology system - According to the exemplary embodiments of the invention, there is a method, apparatus and computer program for composing at least one system information message instance for a first particular radio access technology system, and for transmitting the at least one message instance to at least one network node. In addition, the exemplary embodiments of the invention provide for receiving, decoding, and processing the received at least one message instance. Further, according to the exemplary embodiments each one of the at least one message instance includes a start field to indicate whether the message instance is a first instance of the at least one message instance, and a stop field to indicate whether the message instance is a last instance of the at least one message instance. | 11-05-2009 |
20090275326 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SYSTEM INFORMATION IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving System Information (SI) of a femto base station in a wireless communication system are provided. In the method, an SI transmission point is determined using unique identification information of a femto base station itself and unique identification information of a macro base station with which the femto base station is associated. Each of user equipment and the macro base station generate a measurement gap pattern representing an SI reception point using the unique identification information of the femto base station and the unique identification information of the macro base station. SI is received from the femto base station according to the generated measurement gap pattern. | 11-05-2009 |
20090275327 | MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile radio communication system having a mobile radio communication network and a mobile radio subscriber appliance, wherein a unit in the network layer of the core network of the mobile radio communication network is configured to transmit to the mobile radio subscriber appliance a first message, based on an occurrence of a predetermined event, with a request for a statement which describes at least one radio characteristic of the mobile radio subscriber appliance. | 11-05-2009 |
20090280797 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD USING RELAY TERMINALS - A communication system and a communication method using relay terminals are provided. A communication system includes a base station, a target terminal transmitting uplink data to the base station or receiving downlink data from the base station, and a plurality of relay terminals cooperatively relaying the uplink data/downlink data to the base station/target terminal, the plurality of relay terminals being grouped into at least one group. | 11-12-2009 |
20090280798 | BSR PROHIBIT TIMER - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate communicating a Buffer Status Report (BSR) from user equipment (UE) while reducing the employment of a RACH procedure. A BSR Prohibit time interval can be triggered by a receipt of uplink data to the UE. The BSR can be conveyed utilizing an uplink-shared channel (UL-SCH) if a Scheduling Request (SR) or a Semi-Persistent Scheduling (SPS) occurs within the duration of the BSR Prohibit time interval. The BSR can be communicated utilizing a RACH procedure if a SR or SPS occurs upon the expiration of the BSR Prohibit time interval. | 11-12-2009 |
20090286527 | Apparatus and a method for service continuity between umts network and wlan network - Service continuity is provided between a 3GPP network and a non-3GPP network. When a mobile station having accepted service in the 3GPP network moves to the non-3GPP network or returns from the non-3GPP network to the 3GPP network, an interworking gateway is interworked with a GGSN through a universal tunnel using a packet data network, and accordingly a mobile subscriber may accept seamless service. | 11-19-2009 |
20090286528 | PAGING WITH QOS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for sending page messages with quality of service (QoS) in a wireless communication system are described. In an aspect, a network entity receives incoming packets for access terminals operating in an idle state, generates page messages in response to the incoming packets, and includes QoS information in the page messages. The QoS information for each page message may indicate whether the page message is delay sensitive. A base transceiver station (BTS) receives page messages with QoS information and sends the page messages to access terminals based on the QoS information. In one design, the BTS determines whether each page message is delay sensitive based on the QoS information, sends page messages that are delay sensitive, and either sends or delays sending page messages that are delay insensitive in order to reduce the number of packets to send for the page messages. | 11-19-2009 |
20090291679 | Method and Related Apparatus for Performing Status Report Procedure in a Wireless Communication System - A method for performing a status report procedure in a receiver of a wireless communication system includes forming a STATUS PDU in an RLC layer, forming a Data PDU with a flexible size when a mode of flexible RLC PDU size is configured, combining the Data PDU with the STATUS PDU for forming a concatenated RLC PDU for a MAC layer, forming a MAC PDU for carrying the concatenated RLC PDU, and transmitting the MAC PDU to a peer transmitter. | 11-26-2009 |
20090291680 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND WIRELESS CONTROL OR MONITORING DEVICE EMPLOYING AN XML SCHEMA - A wireless communication network includes a plurality of wireless devices and a reconfigurable wireless control or monitoring device structured to wirelessly communicate with the wireless devices. The wireless control or monitoring device includes a wireless transceiver, a user output device, a user input device, and a processor cooperating with the wireless transceiver, the user output device and the user input device. The processor includes a routine structured to output first information from the wireless devices to the user output device, or to input second information from the user input device to the wireless devices. The routine is further structured to employ an XML schema to define the first information output from the wireless devices to the user output device, or to define the second information input from the user input device to the wireless devices. | 11-26-2009 |
20090291681 | RADIO BASE STATION SYSTEM, CONTROL APPARATUS, AND RADIO APPARATUS - In a radio base station system in which a plurality of radio apparatuses are cascade-connected to a control apparatus, the control apparatus transmits information which is updated each time passing through the radio apparatuses, to a communication link that passes through each of the radio apparatuses and is then received by the control apparatus, and identifies the radio apparatuses in the cascade connection, based on an update status of the information having passed through each of the radio apparatuses. | 11-26-2009 |
20090305688 | Method of Enabling a Combinational Service and Communication Network Implementing the Service - A method for enabling a combinational service in a communication network in which a plurality of terminals can operate, includes: establishing a first plurality of connections toward the plurality of terminals based on first terminal identifiers, providing a management entity with the first identifiers; providing the management entity with second identifiers of selected terminals included in at least part of said plurality; associating the first identifiers and the second identifiers with the combinational service; and establishing, by means of the management entity, a second plurality of connections toward said selected terminals by employing the second identifiers. | 12-10-2009 |
20090305689 | LOAD REDUCTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TOWERS - Metal-based (coaxial) cables traditionally found on communication towers, which are a significant part of payload weight on the tower, are reduced/eliminated by using optical communication between an on-ground electronics box and an on-tower electronics box through a fiber line. Payload weight and cabling cost may be significantly reduced simplifying tower design process. Reliability may also be increased through reduced failure rate (fewer cables) and optical communication. The use of fiber-optic feed lines reduces the wind load on the tower and allows the tower to be smaller in size and to be built at less cost. A smaller size tower also reduces the negative impact on the aesthetic appeal of the surrounding area. | 12-10-2009 |
20090305690 | RADIO TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND RADIO TRANSMISSION METHOD - Disclosed is a radio transmission device capable of improving a transmission stream error resistance and preventing lowering of a throughput of a communication system. In this device, according to the feedback information from the radio reception device, a repetition control unit ( | 12-10-2009 |
20090305691 | MOBILE TELEPHONE, TELEPHONE NUMBER MANAGING SERVER, TELEPHONE NUMBER CHANGING SYSTEM, TELEPHONE NUMBER REQUESTING METHOD, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER REQUESTING PROGRAM - It is desired from the viewpoints of accessory and economy to make common use of one telephone number among a plurality of mobile telephones. A server makes an ID intrinsic to a mobile telephone and a telephone number correspond to each other thereby to relay communications between the mobile telephones made to correspond. A mobile telephone requests the server managing the telephone number and the ID of the mobile telephone from itself via the Internet, to change the correspondence between the telephone number and the mobile telephone ID. In response to this request, the server changes the correspondence between the telephone number and the mobile telephone ID. | 12-10-2009 |
20090305692 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A mobile communication terminal holds a frequency cancellation list that is information related to cells that cannot be connected, and controls execution/non-execution (frequency cancellation) of the cell search according to the content of the cancellation list. In a case where a frequency is not assigned in a unified manner (when a frequency is assigned to different communication providers in some cells), a frequency cancellation time is set shorter than a case where the frequency is assigned in a unified manner. For example, a frequency f | 12-10-2009 |
20090305693 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION AND RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL TRANSMISSION METHOD THEREOF - A random access channel transmission method in which a user terminal selects a preamble pattern from among a plurality of known preamble patterns and transmits that preamble pattern to a base station, where that transmission method comprises: a step of dividing a cell into a plurality of areas, and setting one or more preamble patterns and the number of repetitions for transmitting the preamble pattern for each area; and a step wherein a user terminal that exists in an are close to the base station transmits a specified preamble pattern one time, and a user terminal that exists in an area far from the base station transmits another specified preamble pattern a plurality of times. | 12-10-2009 |
20090312003 | Method for Selecting an S-CSCF Unit Within an IMS-Based Service Communication System - A serving call session control function unit (S-CSCF) is provided within an IMS-based service communication system in order to register a user of a mobile communication terminal for communication service in a mobile communication system. The IMS-based service communication system has several call session control function units and at least one interrogation call session control function unit (I-CSCF). The mobile communication system is equipped with at least one policy decision point unit (PDP). To select a suitable S-CSCF unit, user information is first determined using a user context server unit that is assigned to the policy decision point unit and network information is determined using a network context server unit. The user information and network information are interlinked in the policy decision point unit (PDP) and user-specific and/or network-specific selection criteria are derived from said information and are taken into consideration to select a suitable S-CSCF unit. | 12-17-2009 |
20090312004 | Apparatus and Method for Transmitting Messages in Mobile Telecommunications System User Equipment - A method and device for transmitting a sequence of messages from a handheld telecommunications device to a telecommunications network is described, the sequence of messages comprising a plurality of messages to be transmitted at specified times. The method comprises transmitting a message of the sequence of messages and turning off at least one of the transmitter and receiver of the device after transmission of at least one of the messages in the sequence of messages. The method has particular application to messages that terminate a radio connection, such as RRC Connection Release Complete messages in a UMTS system. | 12-17-2009 |
20090312005 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPROVING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION IN TROUBLE SPOTS - Wireless digital communications involving a mobile device are improved in troublesome locations to prolong a marginal mobile device connections and to avoid dropped calls by proactively improving signal-to-noise ratio. Signal to noise ratio may be increased by reducing the data transmission rate in a variety of ways. Such actions may be taken when current location of a mobile device is in a known troublesome location and/or a characteristic of the signal received by the mobile device is problematic. Similar actions may also be taken to conserve battery power when remaining battery charge drops below a preset criterion. | 12-17-2009 |
20090312006 | CUSTOMISATION OF A RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A method is provided for definitive customization or customization for a predetermined duration related to a subscription of a radio communication terminal possessing an operating mode requiring the association with the terminal of a customization data set specific to a radio communication network, so as to allow the terminal to be linked with the radio communication network. The method includes the following steps: obtaining carrier information pertaining to carriers received by the terminal; and selecting a customization data set for the terminal, from a plurality of customization data sets, as a function of a selection criterion applied to the carrier information obtained. | 12-17-2009 |
20090312007 | RE-ESTABLISHMENT OF A RLC ENTITY - According to one general aspect, a method of re-establishing a radio link control (RLC) connection between a peer entity and another peer entity in a wireless network is described herein. The method may include determining the occurrence of an RLC error condition. Subsequently, transmitting a RLC re-establishment request to the other peer entity. Delaying the completion of the RLC re-establishment process for a period of time. And, completing the RLC re-establishment process. | 12-17-2009 |
20090318127 | Method of delivering a PDCP data unit to an upper layer - Disclosed is a radio (wireless) communication system providing a radio communication service and a terminal, and more particularly, to a method of delivering a continuously and/or consecutively received Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) Service Data units (SDUs) to an upper layer immediately if a PDCP entity receives the PDCP SDUs during a process of a RLC re-establishment within an Evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS) that has evolved from a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) or a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system. | 12-24-2009 |
20090318128 | Preventing Random Access Based on Outdated System Information in a Wireless Communication System - A method for preventing random access by a mobile station with outdated system information including receiving system information earlier than a time at which the system information is effective, determining that a current time is within a new access blocking offset before the time at which the system information is effective, and delaying random access at least until the time at which the system information is effective. | 12-24-2009 |
20090325568 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING SIGNALING MESSAGES - There is provided a method of transmitting signaling messages. In accordance with an embodiment of the invention, the method is performed by a first base station of a communication network. The first base station and the second base station of the communication network provide simultaneously a service to a terminal. The first base station transmits signaling messages relating to the provision of the service to the second base station via a relay component. The relay component is linked with the first base station and the second base station via radio links of the communication network. The relay component may be comprised in the terminal to which the service is provided or another terminal with corresponding functionality or a dedicated relay component of the communication network. | 12-31-2009 |
20090325569 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DEVICE-ASSISTED MEASUREMENT OF NEIGHBORING WIRELESS ENVIRONMENT - A method for a serving wireless network to collect information regarding a neighboring wireless network. The method includes requesting a device to collect information regarding the neighboring wireless network; and receiving the collected information from the device. | 12-31-2009 |
20090325570 | System and Method for Remote Data Acquisition and Distribution - Methods and systems for remote data collection and distribution include components and operations for receiving, at a server, data transmitted by a first client device via a communication network. The method may also include selecting, by one or more client devices associated with the communication network, a second device to receive the data. The method may further include establishing a connection between the server and the selected second device via the communication network. The method may also include automatically transmitting the received data to the second device using the connection via the communication network. The method may further include causing, by the one or more client devices, the second device to execute a predefined operation. | 12-31-2009 |
20100003973 | Radio Communication Method and Radio Communication Terminal - A gist of the present invention is a radio communication method including the steps of calculating a transmission power difference between transmission power of a first carrier and transmission power of a second carrier, determining whether or not the transmission power difference exceeds a threshold that is set up on the basis of a maximum transmission power difference allowable between the first carrier and the second carrier, and disconnecting any one carrier out of the first carrier and the second carrier when the transmission power difference exceeds the threshold set up on the basis of the maximum transmission power difference. | 01-07-2010 |
20100009670 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MOVING A RECEIVE WINDOW IN A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - A method of moving a receiving window in a wireless mobile communication system, wherein the AM RLC of the transmitting side sends information of the last discarded SDU regardless of continuity of the discarded SDUs. The AM RLC of the receiving side checks whether all SDUs from the start point of the receiving window up to the last discarded SDU are successfully received, delivers the SDUs that are successfully received to an upper layer, and discard only those SDUs that are not successfully received. | 01-14-2010 |
20100015966 | Cellular radiotelephone signal which enables synchronisation at an entity of a supplementary channel by means of symbol numbering, and corresponding method, terminal and base station - A cellular radiotelephone signal is disclosed of the type that includes a main symmetrical bi-directional channel comprising a main up-link and a main down-link for the low- or medium-speed transmission of signaling and control information and data; and at least one supplementary channel which is assigned solely to the down-link and which is intended for high-speed data transmission using a multi-carrier technique, which ensures that the data are distributed over frequency/time space and which is structured in the form of pre-defined entities. Each entity contains a pre-determined number of symbols. At least one symbol from each entity of the supplementary channel includes a position identifier, which can be used to identify the position of the symbol within the entity, such that a terminal can read the symbol position identifier and deduce therefrom the start of the next entity, thereby obtaining synchronisation at the relevant entity of the supplementary channel. | 01-21-2010 |
20100015967 | UPLINK POWER CONTROL IN AGGREGATED SPECTRUM SYSTEMS - A method for communication includes modulating data in a wireless communication terminal to produce an aggregated-spectrum signal, which includes at least first and second signals in respective first and second spectral bands. The modulated data is transmitted in the first and second signals at respective first and second power levels. The second power level is adjusted separately from the first power level. In some embodiments, one or more instructions to set the first power level are received at the wireless communication terminal, and the first power level is set separately from setting the second power level based on the instructions. | 01-21-2010 |
20100015968 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - It is possible to transfer a call or session establishment request specifying one of the communication terminals in a mobile communication network to an optimal communication terminal in the group. A communication control device ( | 01-21-2010 |
20100015969 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SYSTEM INFORMATION - System information is divided into first to third blocks and transmitted, so the system information can be effectively transmitted. The first block is transmitted via a static broadcast channel while the second and third blocks are transmitted via a dynamic broadcast channel, thereby effectively using radio resources. | 01-21-2010 |
20100015970 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DECODING CONTROL CHANNELS USING REPETITION REDUNDANCY - Methods and systems for decoding control channels using repetition redundancy may include generating enhanced soft bits by combining soft bits generated from the two GSM SACCH blocks. Combining may comprise averaging soft bits in one GSM SACCH block and corresponding soft bits from the other GSM SACCH block. Information in one GSM SACCH block may be repeated in the other GSM SACCH block. If repetition is detected, the enhanced soft bits may comprise enhanced soft bits for at least a portion of level 1 region and level 3 region of the GSM SACCH block. Otherwise, the generated enhanced soft bits may comprise enhanced soft bits for at least a portion of level 3 region of the GSM SACCH block. | 01-21-2010 |
20100022235 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CIPHERING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS USER EQUIPMENT OPERATIVE WITH A PLURALITY OF RADIO ACCESS NETWORKS - A method in a wireless telecommunications device operative with a plurality of radio access networks, the method comprising: when operating with a first radio access network reading at least one ciphering variable applicable in the second radio access network (e.g. in UMTS reading the value of a variable START from the USIM of the device). When at least one ciphering variable applicable in the second radio access network renders ciphering in the second radio access network infeasible without further authentication (e.g. in UMTS when the value of START in USIM is equal to a value THRESHOLD), using a substitute value for the ciphering parameter (e.g. START) when establishing a connection with the second radio access network. | 01-28-2010 |
20100022236 | Method and apparatus for controlling voice call quality in portable terminal - A method and apparatus is disclosed that controls voice call quality by networks and maintains the optimal voice call quality in a portable terminal. The voice call quality control method includes: identifying a network, connected to the portable terminal when the portable terminal enters a voice call mode, and a value for applying voice call quality of the network; changing a value for setting voice call quality, performed in the network, by the value for applying voice call quality; and controlling voice call quality of a voice call mode in the network by the altered value for setting voice call quality. | 01-28-2010 |
20100035599 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONNECTION RE-ESTABLISHMENT IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ENVIRONMENT - An apparatus and method for a radio resource control (RRC) protocol to re-establish connection in a mobile communication system environment are disclosed. A user equipment (UE), for performing connection re-establishment in a connected state with connection to a mobile communication system is provided. When a network problem occurs, the UE shall proceed with the RRC protocol connection re-establishment procedure if the security has been activated. However, if the security has not been activated and the Radio Link Control (RLC) protocol indicates the maximum number of re-transmission has been reached, the UE shall reset lower layers of the RRC protocol, release unnecessary radio resources, and indicate the release of the RRC protocol connection to upper layers of the RRC protocol. Then the UE enters the idle state and waits for the next trigger event. | 02-11-2010 |
20100035600 | COORDINATED TRANSMISSIONS BETWEEN CELLS OF A BASE STATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Systems and methods for providing coverage to a first cell through a first antenna system and coverage to a second cell through a second antenna system. Data is also processed for transmission to a mobile device in the first cell using the first and second antenna systems. | 02-11-2010 |
20100041386 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING HANDLING OF TERMINATING A COMMUNICATION - An apparatus, system, and method for facilitating communication handing of a terminating communication, terminating or originating, at a mobile station. User preferences are entered and stored at a database. When a terminating communication is subsequently initiated, the stored preferences are accessed, and instructions are provided to the mobile station to cause communication termination in conformity with the stored preferences. | 02-18-2010 |
20100041387 | Method and Apparatus for Inter Home Node B Cell Update Handling - A method of cell updating system that includes a first wireless communications system that has a core network and a second wireless communications system that includes several short range access points using licensed wireless frequencies and a network controller for communicatively coupling a user equipment to the core network. The UE has one or more active sessions on a first access point. There is no dedicated radio channel between the ULE and the first access point. The method receives a cell update message from the UE. The method sends a cell update request message from the second access point to the network controller. The cell update request message is for sending from the network controller to the first access point to request information for handling the cell update message received by the second access point. The method receives a cell update response message from the network controller. | 02-18-2010 |
20100041388 | Mobile Radio Communication System Including Radio Resource Sharing Function - A mobile radio communication method in which a radio resource is shared with a first communication between one of first mobile terminal devices and a radio base station, which is performed by using an infrastructure mode for performing communication controlled based on scheduling by the radio base station, and a second communication between a plurality of second mobile terminal devices, which is performed by using an ad hoc mode for performing communication by autonomous distributed control, the mobile radio communication method including advertising, by the one of the first mobile terminal devices in an area in which the radio base station exists, at a timing specified by the radio base station, a radio resource which is usable for the second communication in the ad hoc mode and is not used for the first communication in the infrastructure mode, to one of the second mobile terminal devices that is present in a range which a radio wave reaches from the one of the first mobile terminal devices and performs the second communication in the ad hoc mode, to thereby control the one of the second mobile terminal devices so as not to use a radio resource for the first communication. | 02-18-2010 |
20100048196 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR A VARIABLE SYSTEM ON DEMAND - Methods and systems for a variable system on demand are disclosed. Aspects of the method may include configuring one or more filters in a wireless transmitter and/or receiver for a desired band and standard. The presence of a blocker signal in a receiver may be known and/or determined and the receiver may be configured for mitigating the blocker signal. A desired received signal strength indicator may be compared to a wideband received signal strength indicator. Gain levels may be configured in the receiver based on the comparison. Linearity of the receiver may be configured for blocker signal mitigation. The filters may include baseband filters and/or may be at an output of the receiver. The filters may include a plurality of stages, with one or more of the stages bypassed for filter configuring, and may include a mixer as an input. Capacitors and/or resistors may be configured in the filters. | 02-25-2010 |
20100048197 | PROVIDING MULTIPLE MSISDN NUMBERS IN A MOBILE DEVICE WITH A SINGLE IMSI - A SIMM System and method is provided that supports many Mobile Subscriber Integrated Service Digital Network (MSISDN) numbers on a mobile device. The mobile device includes one Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) and one International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI). The SIMM system includes at least one signal gateway that supports the use of numerous MSISDN numbers by the mobile device. The signal gateway couples among components of the public mobile networks to which the MSISDN numbers correspond. The signal gateway connects calls between the mobile device and a first public mobile network using a first MSISDN where, for example, the first public mobile network is in a first country. Likewise, the signal gateway connects calls between the mobile device and a second public mobile network using a second MSISDN where, for example, the second public mobile network is in a second country. | 02-25-2010 |
20100048198 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting control information in a mobile communication system transmits uplink or downlink control information required for an E-DCH transmission between MAC layers of a transmitting side and a receiving side. The MAC layer of the transmitting side divides the MAC PDU into a MAC control PDU and a MAC data PDU and transmits data through the MAC data PDU and uplink or downlink control information through the MAC control PDU to the receiving side. The MAC control PDU includes an identifier for indicating a type of a MAC PDU and a sub-identifier for discriminating a type of the corresponding MAC control PDU. | 02-25-2010 |
20100056131 | METHOD FOR GUARANTEEING AN AVERAGE HSDPA ACCESS BIT RATE IN A CDMA NETWORK - To guarantee an average bit rate and a quality of service, instantaneous bit rates are assigned in a shared HSDPA downlink transport channel requested by a mobile in a CDMA network cell, and a range of signal-to-interference ratios is estimated as a function of a parameter representing the mobile location and the powers received by the mobile to associate therewith a range of instantaneous bit rates admissible in a time interval of the channel. A number of time intervals with instantaneous bit rates selected in the range during a reference period is determined so the average selected instantaneous bit rates over the reference period is substantially equal to the average bit rate. The time intervals are assigned to the mobile if it induces no extra load on the channel over the reference period. | 03-04-2010 |
20100056132 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FEMTOCELL MANAGEMENT - The present invention provides a method of operating a femtocell control module in control of a femtocell, comprising transmitting a request to operate the femtocell to an external control system; receiving a response from the external control system, where the response comprises an operational constraint on the femtocell; and causing the femtocell to conduct cellular communications according to the operational constraint. | 03-04-2010 |
20100069058 | System and method for enabling social interactive wireless communications - A computer-implemented system and method for enabling social interactive wireless communication between at least two mobile devices is presented. In particular, the system and method comprises affiliating and/or synchronizing a first mobile device and a second mobile device with an interactive social network. Further, the present invention comprises associating at least one first social interactive pairing criterion with the first mobile device, and associating at least one second social interactive pairing criterion with a second mobile device. Upon disposition of the first and second mobile devices in a physical and/or geographic proximity to one another, the present invention further comprises determining whether the first and second social interactive pairing criterion at least partially coincide with one another, and establishing a communication channel between the first and second mobile devices for communication therebetween. | 03-18-2010 |
20100069059 | BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION METHOD OF BROADCAST INFORMATION - A base station that performs radio transmission and reception with a mobile station includes an update time management section that manages update time of broadcast information to be broadcasted, and a broadcast information transmission section that broadcasts the broadcast information including update time information of the broadcast information by using a broadcasting channel. | 03-18-2010 |
20100075658 | ACCESS TERMINAL AUTHORIZATION AT PRIVATE ACCESS POINTS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - This description relates to access terminal authorization methods in wireless networks. | 03-25-2010 |
20100075659 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN EVOLVED UTMS NETWORK SYSTEM - Provided is an apparatus and method for transmitting user data by using a logical tunnel in an evolved UMTS network system. The method includes the steps of: a) assigning a tunnel Identifier (ID); b) creating a tunnel management table according to the tunnel ID; c) receiving downlink user data; d) creating a down-link protocol message corresponding to the down-link user data based on the tunnel ID; and e) transmitting the down-link protocol message. | 03-25-2010 |
20100075660 | Method and Apparatus for Configuring Compressed Mode - A method and apparatus for configuring compressed mode operation comprises detecting a compressed mode pattern or pattern sequence scheduling three or more consecutive compressed mode frames and taking appropriate mitigation action. In a first aspect a non activation construction is suppressed and the compressed mode pattern sequence is activated. In the second aspect if a pattern or sequence scheduling three or more consecutive compressed mode frames is identified, activation is suppressed. In a third aspect if such a patent or sequence is identified, a normal frame is inserted in the pattern sequence replacing a compressed mode frame. | 03-25-2010 |
20100081423 | Devices and Methods for Utilizing Multiple Accounts Through A Single Mobile Device - Devices and methods are disclosed which relate to mobile devices on a cellular network. A multi-number mobile device is introduced which enables a user to use multiple connecting numbers or identifiers on a single mobile device. The multi-number mobile device contains a plurality of hardware IDs, each of which is registered on a service-provider's network. The multi-number mobile device is equipped with software that enables the user to choose among the hardware IDs and set default preferences concerning which hardware ID to use depending on the service or situation. | 04-01-2010 |
20100081424 | METHOD AND APPRATUS FOR CONTROLLING SIGNAL TRANSMISSION - A method and apparatus for controlling signal transmission is provided. The method includes determining whether a signal to noise ratio (SNR) between a first base station and a signal receiving node is less than a threshold, and controlling the first base station and a second base station to cooperatively transmit a signal to the signal receiving node in response to the SNR being less than the threshold. Further, the second base station is located in an adjacent cell to a cell containing the first base station. | 04-01-2010 |
20100081425 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CONNECTION METHOD - A communication apparatus for communicating by radio with mobile stations located in a radio communication area of the communication apparatus and for connecting to a network of a communication carrier, the communication apparatus includes obtainment means for obtaining information on a selection equipment for selecting a control equipment on a basis of data stored in a detachable data storage device in case of the data storage device being connected to the communication apparatus, reception means for receiving information on the control equipment selected from a plurality of control equipments by the selection equipment accessed from the communication apparatus on a basis of the obtained information on the selection equipment, from the selection equipment, and connection means for performing communication by radio to the mobile station with the selected control equipment on a basis of the received information on the control equipment. | 04-01-2010 |
20100087184 | SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR CONFIGURING AN UPDATING FREQUENCY FOR MOBILE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE APPLICATION UPDATES AND RELATED METHODS - A mobile wireless communications system may include an application server for providing a plurality of mobile device applications and updates thereto, and a plurality of mobile wireless communications devices communicating with the application server via a wireless communications network for selectively downloading and installing available mobile device applications and updates. The application server may have a selectable update frequency for different mobile wireless communications devices based upon respective account parameters associated therewith. | 04-08-2010 |
20100087185 | INTEGRATED PERSONAL DIGITAL ASSISTANT DEVICE - An integrated device provides functionality of both a PDA and cellular telephone. Features include a power button offering control of both the computing and telephony functions of the device; a lid that turns the device on and off and controls additional telephony functions; a jog rocker that activates the device and is used to select from a variety of menu options; application buttons that offer direct access to applications stored on the device, and which can be configured to operate in conjunction with secondary keys to offer added functionality; a keyboard that enables data input into the device; an automatic word completion function that verifies and corrects a user's typing in real time; and a simplified keyboard navigation system that allows the navigation of menus using keyboard shortcuts. | 04-08-2010 |
20100093336 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CHARGING CONTROL IN TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES - A method for charging control in a communications network comprises, at a policy manager, responsive to a request for policy regulations for a subscriber, a stimulus is provided to a control system to trigger pre-emptive retrieval of subscriber information. At the control system, responsive to the stimulus, subscriber information is retrieved, information is stored in a cache, and responsive to receiving a request from a party, the information in cache is consulted and a response is provided to the party based on the consultation. | 04-15-2010 |
20100093337 | Methods and Systems for Providing Application Level Presence Information in Wireless Communication - Methods and apparatus for determining and maintaining user presence information include capturing user presence data with an application presence server. The application presence server can be configured to update user presence data as a user initiates or exits an application. Applications associated with user presence data are configured to query an application proxy client concerning user presence data of a selected user and, based on a returned user status, deliver, discard, or redirect a message intended for the user. User presence data is stored in a user presence repository and can be provided via Internet-based or other connections to applications executed on external networks. User activity status can be used to select or update user presence data. In some examples, an application server of an external network is configured to receive user presence data from the presence server. | 04-15-2010 |
20100099397 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRAVERSING A SCAN LIST IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication device accesses a scan list that includes a plurality of scan members sorted at least by receive frequency and attempts to detect whether a call of interest exists on a receive frequency by performing a group scan for a group of scan members that are marked scan undone and that have the same corresponding receive frequency, wherein the group includes a first scan member and at least one other scan member. The group scan includes inspecting the receive frequency to obtain inspection results; using the inspection results to determine that there is no signal on the receive frequency having signal attributes that match a set of attributes for the first scan member; and using the inspection results to evaluate at least one of the other scan members in the group to determine whether there is a corresponding signal of interest on the receive frequency. | 04-22-2010 |
20100099398 | CALL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A system, method and program product for managing inbound calls on a mobile device. A system is provided that includes: a mode control system for allowing the mobile device to be set to a do not disturb (DND) mode; a system for calculating dynamic information when an inbound call is received; and a call processing system for broadcasting a message when the mobile device is in the DND mode, wherein the message includes the dynamic information. | 04-22-2010 |
20100099399 | WIRELESS NETWORK SEARCH - A mobile communication device prior to establishing a communication session needs first to connect to a reachable network. To facilitate the search for the reachable network, the mobile communication device is preprogrammed intermediate parameters which lead to a plurality of reachable networks that are preselected based on a predetermined criterion. | 04-22-2010 |
20100099400 | METHODS FOR TRANSMITTING AND MANAGING VOICE FRAMES, COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT, MEANS OF STORAGE AND CORRESPONDING DEVICES - A method of transmitting voice frames, via a transmission channel reserved for voice data, by a transmitting terminal generating voice frames using a voice signal is proposed. Such a method includes steps of: obtaining non-voice data; selecting voice data from the voice frame according to configuration data obtained beforehand relative to the transmission of non-voice data on the reserved channel; constructing of a degraded voice frame by replacing selected voice data with non-voice data; transmitting the degraded voice frame via the reserved channel to a receiving terminal. On the receiving terminal side, a method of managing voice frames coming from the transmitting terminal is proposed including the steps of: detecting a non-voice data header included in the voice frame; extracting, from the voice frame, of non-voice data, according to configuration data read in the header; transmitting of extracted non-voice data to a processor of non-voice data. | 04-22-2010 |
20100099401 | Virtual Cells for Wireless Networks - In a network having multiple wireless transmitters, a mobile device operating with the network may be assigned one or more wireless transmitters as a virtual cell. Transmissions to the mobile device may be broadcast from several cells simultaneously, so that the mobile device will receive the transmissions in any of the areas covered by the cells. When the network determines that the mobile device is moving out of one cell area and into another, the virtual cell may move as well. The virtual cell may consist of one or many areas covered by a wireless network, and may have a shape that is determined by geography, trajectory, wireless coverage, or other factors. | 04-22-2010 |
20100105376 | MULTI-DIMENSIONAL ACCESS FOR MOBILE USER EQUIPMENT - A mobile communications device Includes at least two long-range wireless Communications engines. Each long-range wireless communications engines includes a respectively different communications protocol stack, for receiving or transmitting first long-range wireless communications signals using a first long-range communications protocol simultaneously while receiving or transmitting second long-range wireless communications signals using a second long-range communications protocol At least two radio frequency blocks are provided, for receiving or transmitting the first long-range wireless signals simultaneously while receiving or transmitting the second long-range wireless signals. A user interface is provided for inputting and outputting user data Io and from the at least two long-range wireless communications engines, respectively. | 04-29-2010 |
20100112998 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MAINTAINING CONSTANT CLOSED SUBSCRIBER GROUP CELL RESELECTION RADIUS - A method for self-configuration of offset factors between two base stations in a wireless communications system is described. A first offset factor is sent to a first user equipment (UE) by a first base station. An offset factor is an indication of the reselection area around a home evolved nodeB (HeNB). A second offset factor is received from a second UE. The first offset factor is modified using the second offset factor. The modified first offset factor is sent to the first UE. | 05-06-2010 |
20100112999 | METHOD FOR ASSOCIATING A CLUSTER OF PREMIER FEMTOCELLS WITH USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention provides a method for implementation in user equipment that is configured to communicate with a wireless communication system that includes a macro-cell and a plurality of femtocells that are deployed in a cluster. The method includes providing a call connection request from the user equipment to one of a subset of the plurality of femtocells and receiving information identifying the subset of the femtocells as a femtocell cluster associated with the user equipment. The method also includes receiving information indicating locations of each of the femtocells in the femtocell cluster. The method further includes storing the information identifying the femtocells in the femtocell cluster and the information indicating the locations in the user equipment. | 05-06-2010 |
20100113000 | METHOD FOR ACTIVATING A TRACE SESSION WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-06-2010 |
20100113001 | Systems and Method for Triggering Proximity Detection - Disclosed are methods and devices including a mobile communication device, a proximity application server and a receiving device. The methods of the mobile communication device include receiving an enterprise identification signal that may be an SSID transmitted by an enterprise access point. The user of the mobile communication device may have opted into receiving the services of the enterprise in accordance with the disclosed methods and devices. Therefore, the mobile communication device may generate a proximity data signal including an indication of receipt of the enterprise identification signal and an identifier of the mobile communication device. The identifier may be the telephone number of the mobile communication device. The mobile communication device can then transmit the proximity data signal to a proximity application server. The proximity application server can correlate the proximity data signal. Correlated data in turn may be sent back to a receiving device of the enterprise. | 05-06-2010 |
20100113002 | Radio Communication Method, Radio Base Station, Radio Communication Terminal and Base Station Controller - The present invention is a radio communication method using a first radio base station and a second radio base station located adjacent to the first radio base station and including an adaptive array antenna for radiating a dynamic directional beam, the method including the steps of: acquiring moving speed of a radio communication terminal located in a cell formed by the first radio base station; requesting the second radio base station to radiate the directional beam in a direction of the cell formed by the first radio base station when the moving speed is equal to or more than a predetermined threshold; and accommodating the radio communication terminal in the second radio base station that has transmitted the directional beam in response to the request. | 05-06-2010 |
20100113003 | CELLULAR MODEM PROCESSING - A cellular mobile station including a modem processor and memory. The memory includes instructions for the modem processor to perform layer | 05-06-2010 |
20100113004 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS TRANSMISSIONS USING MULTIPLE UPLINK CARRIERS - A method and an apparatus for wireless transmission using multiple uplink carriers are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may transmit via a primary uplink carrier data, pilot and control channels for uplink transmissions on both uplink carriers, and transmit a data channel and a pilot channel via a secondary uplink carrier. Alternatively, the WTRU may transmit via a primary uplink carrier data, pilot, and control channels for uplink transmission on the primary uplink carrier, and transmit via a secondary uplink carrier data, pilot, and control channels for uplink transmissions on the secondary uplink carrier. Each uplink carrier may be associated with at least one specific downlink carrier such that the WTRU applies control information received on a downlink carrier to uplink transmissions on an uplink carrier associated with the downlink carrier on which the WTRU receives the control information. | 05-06-2010 |
20100120411 | TERMINAL AND LOOK AND FEEL MANAGEMENT METHOD THEREOF - A Look and Feel management method applicable to a terminal with a Look and Feel package pre-configured includes: receiving a management instruction which is an instruction for one of activation, modification or deletion of or query about the Look and Feel package, and executing one of activation, modification or deletion of or query about the Look and Feel package in accordance with the management instruction. A beneficial effect of a more convenient management on the Look and Feel of a terminal may be achieved with the management of operations of activating, deleting, modifying and querying about a Look and Feel package of the terminal. | 05-13-2010 |
20100120412 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND RNC FOR IMPLEMENTING SERVICE FUNCTIONS IN SHARED RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - The present invention provides a method, system, and RNC for implementing service functions in a shared radio access network (RAN). The method includes: dividing different subsystems of a physical radio network controller (RNC) into different logical RNCs and coupling each logical RNC to at least one service function entity, where the service function entity belongs to at least one operator and service function entities of different operators implement independent service functions through coupled logical RNCs. The present invention also provides a system and RNC for implementing service functions in a shared RAN. With the present invention, different operators in a shared RAN may use different service function entities to meet their own service function requirements. | 05-13-2010 |
20100124917 | Space time coding where space diversity derives from use of multiple base stations - A cellular arrangement where, when a cell phone is in a region where it may be served by two bases stations, it switches its mode of operation to space-time coding where the space diversity for such coding is obtained by using the antennas of the two base stations. | 05-20-2010 |
20100130189 | EFFICIENT BLOCK ERROR RATE EVALUATION IN A FEMTO CELL NETWORK - System(s) and method(s) are provided to evaluate uplink or downlink block error rate (BLER) performance in a femto cell network. Data on uplink or downlink communication of data blocks for a set of femto access points (APs) is aggregated, wherein the selected is a fraction of a larger set of provisioned femto access points. The set of femto APs can be selected based at least in part on various criteria which can ensure that operation of the selected set of femto APs is a statistically meaningful representation of operation of the larger set of femto APs. Composite alarm thresholds facilitate triggering alarm(s) when a predetermined portion of the aggregated data reveal a BLER failure condition. Composite thresholds can be generated through analysis of aggregated uplink/downlink (UL/DL) BLER data for a set of femto APs. | 05-27-2010 |
20100130190 | Method for Controlling the Synchronization in a Communication System Covering at Least One Cell for Wireless Communication With a Line-Limited or Across-Line Wireless Direct Communication Possibility Between Mobile Parts That is Synchronized with a Base Station - In order to prevent in a communication system covering at least one cell for wireless communication, the system having a line-limited or across-line wireless direct communication possibility between mobile phones that is synchronized with a base station, that mobile parts attempt to synchronize in the communication system with a continuous broadcast downlink service provided by a hybrid mobile part, it is proposed to mark the continuous broadcast downlink service of the hybrid mobile part, which assumes the role of a radio fixed part, so that mobile parts, which want to synchronize with a true radio fixed part, can detect that the service provided by the hybrid mobile part is not permanently available, or even incomplete. | 05-27-2010 |
20100136962 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION - The invention discloses a mobile communication apparatus, for communicating with a callee or a caller through a first communication network. The mobile communication apparatus includes a communication module and a processing module. The communication module is used to connect the first communication network and a second communication network; whereas the processing module is connected to the communication module, for comparing signal quality of the first communication network with signal quality of the second communication network. Particularly, the mobile communication apparatus of the invention can switch the communication networks without hanging up the current communication. | 06-03-2010 |
20100136963 | METHOD OF DISCARDING DATA BLOCK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of discarding data blocks in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes configuring a radio bearer for providing a service, configuring a discard condition for a data block of the service related to the radio bearer, wherein the discard condition is configured according to a type of the data block, and discarding the data block when the data block is not successfully transmitted until the discard condition for the data block is satisfied. | 06-03-2010 |
20100136964 | Wireless Communication Terminal, Communication Control Method of Wireless Communication Terminal, and Wireless Communication System - It is possible to provide a wireless communication terminal, a wireless communication terminal communication control method, and a wireless communication system, capable of effectively capturing a communication system, when a transmission operation is performed even if judgment of out-of-service-area is made. The wireless communication terminal ( | 06-03-2010 |
20100136965 | BACKUP OF BAD QUALITY VOICE MESSAGES - A method for backing up and re-transmitting voice messages being transmitted during a call from a mobile device to an answering machine with a dedicated address in a network includes measuring the transmission quality between the mobile device and the answering machine while a connection is established between the mobile device and the answering machine, recording the voice message in the mobile device while it is being transmitted to the answering machine, after the call has ended and the mobile device has disconnected from the network, creating a data message in the mobile device containing the recorded voice message and the address of the called device, setting up a connection from the mobile device to the network, and sending the data message. | 06-03-2010 |
20100136966 | WIRELESS REPEATER WITH ARBITARY PROGRAMMABLE SELECTIVITY - The invention relates to wireless repeater systems and methods. In embodiments, such systems and methods involve receiving a wireless transmission signal; and processing the wireless transmission signal using a digital signal processing facility (DSP); wherein the DSP is adapted to filter at least one sub-band of the wireless transmission signal using a digital bandpass filter. | 06-03-2010 |
20100144337 | SYSTEM AND METHOD TO FACILITATE ACQUISITION OF ACCESS POINT BASE STATIONS - An indoor base transceiver system (BTS) provides economical coverage by having a network-coupled base station that monitors a plurality of remote transceiver units (RTUs), or RF nodes, communicating by base-band conduits at symbol data rate. The BTS can reduce cost by interconnecting coverage nodes at the bit rate and can reduce cost by interconnecting coverage nodes at the symbol rate. The BTS can implement the modulation/demodulation function in a split fashion, with part of this accomplished in the RF Node and part accomplished in an Aggregator of the base station. System capacity can be retained by using selection combining and by using maximal ratio combining. Multiple carriers can be supported by messaging on the signal link and performing the frequency selection/generation at the remote Node. Deployment can be simplified by allowing coverage overlap of Nodes. | 06-10-2010 |
20100144338 | POWER CONTROL AND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT METHOD OF FEMTOCELL BASE STATION IN WIDEBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - Provided is a power control method and resource management method of a femtocell base station in a wideband wireless access system. A macrocell base station receives received signal strength from a femtocell base station in a macrocell of the macrocell base station, compares it with received signal strength reported by a terminal in the macrocell, and when a difference between the two received signal strength is less than a threshold value, it receives received signal strength on a signal received by the terminals in the macrocell from the corresponding femtocell base station. Further, the macrocell base station determines whether the corresponding macrocell terminal is located in the coverage of the femtocell base station based on the reported received signal strength of the femtocell base station, and transmits information for controlling power of the femtocell base station or managing a radio resource to the femtocell base station according to the determination result. | 06-10-2010 |
20100159914 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A transmitting station (TS), for transmitting a plurality of symbols of a data signal in a communication system, comprises a process module (PM) arranged for adding subset of the symbols of the data signal to symbols of a predetermined signal prior to proceed to transmission of the data signal. | 06-24-2010 |
20100159915 | MECHANISM OF PROVIDING INFORMATION TO CALLER BY TEMPORARILY PAUSING THE CALL INITIATION REQUEST - A method, a network base station, and a user device for pausing a communication connection initiation are disclosed. A processor | 06-24-2010 |
20100159916 | Reducing Radio Frequency Radiation Intensity Near Users of a Cellular Network - A communication system, a mediator relay transceiver and a method for reducing cellular radiation intensity near users. A mediator relay transceiver is arranged to connect via an internal communication link to mobile communication device exhibiting short range communication capabilities and is connected via cellular communication links to cellular networks. User communication via the internal communication link replaces user communication via the cellular communication link and the mediator relay transceiver is arranged such that the radiation to the users via the internal communication link is of lower intensity than the radiation to the users via the cellular communication links. | 06-24-2010 |
20100167717 | COORDINATED MULTIPOINT WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Multipoint wireless communications are coordinated in cells with radiation that is emanated from antennas in an inward direction. In an example embodiment, an apparatus includes a first antenna, a second antenna, a third antenna and a controller. The first antenna emanates radiation from a first location in an inwardly direction for a cell. The second antenna emanates radiation from a second location in an inwardly direction for the cell. The third antenna emanates radiation from a third location in an inwardly direction for the cell. The controller coordinates the emanation of the radiation via the first, second, and third antennas so as to reduce intra-cell interference for remote terminals located within the cell. The coordination may be effected in accordance with one or more coordinated multi-point (transmission/reception) (CoMP) techniques. Different numbers of sub-cells and antennas per cell and different CoMP cell organizations may be implemented. | 07-01-2010 |
20100167718 | FEMTO PERSONAL PROXY APPLICATION CLIENT - An access point detects a presence of a first device having a device identifier in a femtozone associated with the access point. The access point matches the device identifier with an identifier associated with corresponding applications and activates a set of applications associated with the device identifier. | 07-01-2010 |
20100173624 | PUSH-TO-TALK PSTN BACK-TO-BACK USER AGENT FOR CONNECTING A PTT SYSTEM TO THE PSTN/ISDN WORLD - The invention relates to a method fro carrying out a Push-to-Talk communication in a digital and/or analogue telephone network, the device being designed as interface for a semi-duplex communication between a Push-to-Talk server and the analogue or digital telephone network and the analogue or digital network serves as interface with the operating means. The invention is characterised in that the interface uses a communication node or group system as computer and carries out a communication in a transmission channel with automatic directional switching in an analogue or digital telephone network in the direction of an available Push-to-Talk server, the analogue or digital telephone network being designed as an audio and control interface in the direction of the operating means. | 07-08-2010 |
20100173625 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK - A technology enabling a base station to transmit acknowledgement (ACK)/negative ACK (NACK) information about data received from a terminal is provided. A cyclic shift value difference of each terminal may be maximized and a radio resource for transmitting the ACK/NACK information may be assigned without collision. | 07-08-2010 |
20100178910 | BASE UNIT ADAPTED TO PROVIDE A COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTION AS WELL AS A METHOD OF PROVIDING A COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTION - A base unit; which is arranged to provide a communications connection between a plurality of fixed communications units ( | 07-15-2010 |
20100178911 | SYSTEM AND METHOD USING LOCAL WIRELESS NETWORK FOR GROUP COMMUNICATIONS - A system and method using a local wireless network for group communications are provided. The method includes establishing one of a plurality of mobile communication units as a master communication unit and establishing as slave communication units each of the plurality of mobile communication units that are not established as the master communication unit. The method further includes communicating group call information only to the master communication unit with the master communication unit redistributing the group call information to the slave communication units using a local wireless communication network. | 07-15-2010 |
20100184423 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INSTALLATION AND CONFIGURATION OF A FEMTOCELL - Aspects of a method and system for installation and configuration of a femtocell are provided. In this regard, information for configuring a femtocell to operate in a specified location may be received by the femtocell and may be utilized to configure one or more parameters of the femtocell. Once the femtocell is operational the parameters may be updated and/or optimized based on one or both of characterizations of cellular signals and/or information received from a femtocell registry. In this manner the femtocell may be reconfigured utilizing the updated and/or optimized parameters. The one or more parameters may be configured based on attributes of the location in which the femtocell is to operate. The one or more parameters may be configured based on a location, number, and/or coverage area of other femtocells. The parameters may comprise one or more of: power levels, frequency of operation, and/or antenna beam pattern. | 07-22-2010 |
20100184424 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL DATA IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER OF MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS - A method for transmitting and receiving control data of a PDCP layer, a transmitting apparatus and a receiving apparatus in a mobile communication system are disclosed. Several control information (e.g., information regarding a status report and information about an HC feedback) are simultaneously transmitted through a single control PDU, so the size of headers can be reduced, compared with the case where each control information is transmitted through each control PDU from a transmitting side to a receiving side, thus improving transmission efficiency and efficiency of resources. | 07-22-2010 |
20100190484 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT SERVER, RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A SIP server | 07-29-2010 |
20100190485 | NETWORK INITIATED USSD IN MIXED NETWORKS - The claimed subject matter provides systems and/or methods that facilitate sending a network initiated USSD message via a mixed network to user equipment. An application server component can communicate to user equipment. A location component can aggregate location data associated with the user equipment, wherein the location component can utilize the last known location data to send a network initiated USSD message to the user equipment via a mixed network. | 07-29-2010 |
20100197294 | IMPLEMENTATION OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK ACCESS RESTRICTIONS - A system and method for restricting public access to a mobile telecommunications network in order to prevent congestion. The system and method are particularly useful in situations where the number of end users exceeds, or is likely to exceed, network capacity, for example in emergency situations or for large public gatherings, such as sporting events or New Years Eve celebrations. The system and method disclosed uses filtering by network elements, such as the base stations and MSCs. In particular the system and method can filter low data messages, such as SMS, from more demanding services, such as voice calls, so that all low data messages are transmitted, while the more demanding services are terminated, unless special conditions are met. | 08-05-2010 |
20100197295 | Femtocell Base Station - In one aspect, there is provided method. The method may include determining, at a base station, identity information for a mobile station, the base station configured to determine the identity information when the mobile station is in a proximate contact with the base station; and providing the identity information to a message generator. Related systems, articles, and methods are also described. | 08-05-2010 |
20100203879 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FILTERING TIME DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS TELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS - A system and method are presented for transceiving Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) telephone communications through a common filter. The system includes a tunable ferro-electric bandpass filter (FE BPF), a controller, a low noise amplifier (LNA), and a power amplifier (PA). The FE BPF has a control input to accept tuning voltage signals from the controller and two signal ports. In response to the tuning voltage signals, the FE BPF selects a transmit or receive frequency passband between the signal ports. The FE BPF first signal port is connected to the LNA and the PA and the FE BPF second signal port is connected to an antenna in a wireless device. The LNA and PA are activated and deactivated in response to control signals from the controller. | 08-12-2010 |
20100210256 | Transmission of Bundled ACK/NAK Bits - This invention is applicable to wireless communication between a user equipment (UE) and a base station using frames where at least one uplink (UL) is assigned a subframe to respond to a plurality of DL assigned subframes. This invention is an improvement in the acknowledge (ACK) or non-acknowledge (NAK) response by the UE. The UE generates an ACK or NAK dependent upon whether a DL communication is correctly received. For an UL subframe assigned to respond to communications on plural DL subframes, the UE logically combines plural ACK/NAK responses into a single bundled response for transmission to the base station. This logical combining produces a bit in a first digital state if all said responses are ACKs and in a second opposite digital state if any response is a NAK. | 08-19-2010 |
20100210257 | CALL ADMISSION CONTROL METHOD AND RADIO CONTROLLER APPARATUS - A call admission control method according to the present invention includes the steps of: receiving, at a first radio controller apparatus ( | 08-19-2010 |
20100210258 | METHOD OF CONFIGURING A SMALL CELL RADIO BASE STATION - In a method and a device a detection mechanism enabling a cellular radio system to detect deployment of two or more radio base stations having a small coverage area close to each other and configured to use the same scrambling code is provided. The detected information can be used as a trigger to automatically reconfigure one of the radio base stations having a small coverage area. | 08-19-2010 |
20100210259 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COMPLETING A ZONE RELATED CALL - A method and system, for completing a call to a mobile subscriber having one or more zones defined, where the calling party is presented options for call completion based on the distance and direction of the called mobile subscriber in relation to his zones and presence inside a perimeter around his zone. The call completion comprising; call back, notification by SMS or notification by voice message on entry or exit of the area enclosed by the perimeter, or connect with additional charges for the calling party. | 08-19-2010 |
20100216450 | RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, GATEWAY APPARATUS, AND REMOTE CONTROLLER - A radio communications system includes, in base stations, or nodes nearer to a core network than the base stations, a terminal distribution checking unit, a unit of determining whether to execute intercell interference reduction based on the result of the checking, a coordination unit which executes intercell interference reduction between base stations in corporation with each other. | 08-26-2010 |
20100222050 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND CELL SEARCH METHOD - There are provided a base station apparatus, a mobile station apparatus, and a cell search method capable of reducing the circuit scale of the mobile station apparatus and a calculation amount by optimizing information distribution to a primary synchronization channel (P-SCH) and a secondary synchronization channel (S-SCH). The base station apparatus transmits the P-SCH and the S-SCH as synchronization channels. The base station apparatus is equipped with an SCH signal generation unit that multiplies the S-SCH by a sequence according to a cell type of the base station apparatus. | 09-02-2010 |
20100222051 | Mobile Communication System Using Adaptive Multi-Antenna - A mobile communication system using an adaptive multiantenna realizes improvement of reception characteristics, effective use of the band, and optimization of the throughput in comparison with a system in which application of the same multiantenna communication method is continued irrespective of a variation of the number of radio relay stations. The mobile communication system comprises a radio base station, a radio relay station, and mobile terminal stations for communicating with the radio base station through a radio relay station. The radio base station has a multiantenna and is characterized in that the radio base station judges if there is any variation of the number of radio relay stations when the radio base station carries out transmission through a radio relay station, and the radio base station communicates with the mobile terminal station by switching the multiantenna communication method using the multiantenna depending on the delay time of the feedback signal from the mobile terminal station if there is a variation of the number of radio relay stations. | 09-02-2010 |
20100227606 | Relays in telecommunications networks - In a telecommunications network including a mobile terminal in communication with a network base station, and at least one relay node that assists the base station with downlink data transmissions towards the mobile terminal, a method is provided of enabling coherent demodulation of a scheduled data block transmitted in the downlink by the base station and the at least one relay node. A reference signal is provided in the scheduled data block which is configured to change the mobile terminal from using cell specific reference signalling to using mobile terminal specific reference signalling to enable the mobile terminal to demodulate the scheduled data block transmitted in the downlink by the at least one relay node and the base station. Further, a method of performing synchronous retransmission of data includes transmitting pre-scheduling information for any required synchronous retransmission of a first data transmission by the relay node and the transmitting entity. | 09-09-2010 |
20100234010 | CUMULATIVE NEIGHBORING CELL LIST - A method is provided that reduces the overhead of neighboring cells that must be signaled and thereby reduces the overhead in the system information and reduces the number of cells on which a UE must perform measurements. In order to accomplish this, the number of neighboring cells (inter frequency/inter RAT) that are broadcast in the system information is reduced. | 09-16-2010 |
20100234011 | METHODS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN A MOBILE SYSTEM AND RADIO STATIONS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting a plurality of data streams from a primary station to a secondary station on a plurality of transmission beams, said method comprising: at the secondary station measuring the channel quality corresponding to each transmission beam, and signalling at a first rate to the primary station in a first indicator a CQI report representative of the quality of the beams, and signalling at a second rate, greater than the first rate, in a second indicator a number of data streams that can be transmitted on the transmission beams; at the primary station transmitting the data streams on the basis of the first and second indicators. | 09-16-2010 |
20100234012 | NETWORK LISTENING METHOD OF A MOBILE PHONE - A network listening method of a mobile phone is provided. The mobile phone includes a code division multiple access (CDMA) chip and two user identity module (UIM) cards. The network listening method executes a first network listening method to listen to a communication network, if a listening frequency of the first UIM card equals a listening frequency of the second UIM card and the listening channel of first UIM card equals the listening channel of the second UIM card. The network listening method further executes a second network listening method to listen to the communication network, if the listening frequency of the first UIM card does not equal the listening frequency of the second UIM card and/or the listening channel of first UIM card does not equal the listening channel of second UIM card. | 09-16-2010 |
20100234013 | METHOD OF REDUCING THE POWER CONSUMPTION IN A MOBILE RADIO NETWORK WITH AT LEAST TWO SUPPLY LAYERS - The invention relates to a method for operating a mobile communications network having two or more supply levels ( | 09-16-2010 |
20100240354 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND DEVICE EMPLOYING THE SAME - A communication method whereby a connection between a first communication device and a second communication device is established. Determining whether the connection is disconnected by the second communication device. If the connection is disconnected by the second communication device, related features are invoked by the first communication device to alert a user of the first communication device that the connection has been disconnected by the second communication device. | 09-23-2010 |
20100240355 | SELECTING A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY ACCORDING TO APPLICATION STATE - A method for an application program executed by a network terminal device to select a preferred wireless communication technology from at least two different communication technologies provided concurrently by the same network operator, according to at least one communication parameter differentiating between the two communication technologies. | 09-23-2010 |
20100240356 | METHOD FOR RESELECTING A CELL AND DETECTING WHETHER A TERMINAL IS STATIONAY IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method for determining, by a terminal, its mobility and deciding a time to select another cell in a mobile communication system, in which the terminal determines the mobility by using variation information in signal characteristic values of measurable specific cells, thereby appropriately controlling a size of a time restriction (e.g., Treselection) for a cell re-selection and preventing frequent occurrence of cell selection such as a ping-pong situation, thus to reduce an unnecessary service delay due to the cell re-selection and maximize a service quality for a user. | 09-23-2010 |
20100248711 | PLUS CODE DIALING IN A MOBILE DEVICE - A mobile device include processes that allow the mobile device to make international calls using network-based plus code dialing even when the current network does not inherently support network-based plus code dialing. The mobile device obtains, via a set-up process, state information describing whether the network supports network-based plus code dialing. The mobile device transmits, in response to a request from a user and when the state information indicates the network supports network-based plus code dialing, a message to the network to initiate the international call based on a network-based plus code dialing scheme. The mobile device transmits, in response to the request from the user and when the state information indicates the network does not support network-based plus code dialing, a message to the network to initiate the international call using a handset-based plus code dialing scheme. | 09-30-2010 |
20100261467 | FEMTOCELL SELF ORGANIZATION AND CONFIGURATION PROCESS - A base station includes an interface for providing communication with at least one other base station and communication with a network server in a communication system, a processor coupled to the interface, and a memory coupled to the processor. The memory stores program instructions executable by the processor to connect to the network server using the interface, send information to the network server regarding femtocell capability, configure operating parameters of the base station based on the information, including to configure transmission power of the base station, and operate the base station based on the operating parameters. | 10-14-2010 |
20100261468 | METHOD OF RECEIVING A POINT-TO-MULTIPOINT SEVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and user equipment providing wireless communication services, and a method of transmitting and receiving data between a terminal and a base station in an evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) that has evolved from a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) or a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, and more particularly, to a method of receiving a point-to-multipoint service data, and it may be an object of the present invention is to provide an improved method of receiving the point-to-multipoint service data in a wireless communication system in order to minimize a data loss by a reception entity. | 10-14-2010 |
20100273470 | AUTOMATIC GAIN CONTROL IN A PERSONAL NAVIGATION DEVICE - In one example, a Bluetooth enabled navigation device pairs with a mobile phone and then sends a plurality of tuning transmissions, each at a different transmission power gain amount, to a remote server using the mobile phone. These tuning transmissions are encoded using frequency tones that synthesize speech for transmission through the mobile phone and a voice channel of its wireless telecommunications network. The navigation device then tunes transmit power settings according to a received response to the tuning transmissions and uses the tuned transmit power settings for subsequent transmission to the remote server using this particular mobile phone. | 10-28-2010 |
20100273471 | FEMTO NODE POWER ADJUSTMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - Systems, devices, and methods for adjusting a transmission power at a femto node are described herein. According to the systems, devices, and methods herein, a measurement of a signal transmitted from a transmitting node may be communicated to the femto node, for example from a user equipment or a neighboring femto node, for use in adjusting the power. The transmitting node may comprise the femto node, a macro node, or a neighboring femto node. In addition, statistics regarding such measurements may be communicated to the femto node for use in adjusting the power. The femto node may also adjust the power based on unsuccessful registration attempts or interference communications received at the femto node. | 10-28-2010 |
20100279677 | Identifying Radio Access Technology Characteristics to Mobile Stations System and Method - A method for granting a mobile station permission to attempt to identify a cell of a first radio access technology (RAT) while being served by a cell of a second RAT. The mobile station receives a list of neighbour cells of the second RAT. The list contains at least one identifying characteristic associated with at least one cell of the first RAT. The mobile station identifies at least one cell of the first RAT associated with the at least one identifying characteristic. | 11-04-2010 |
20100279678 | DISTRIBUTION METHOD, OPERATION METHOD AND SYSTEM OF APPLICATION SYSTEM IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A distribution method and an operation method and system of application system in mobile communication network are disclosed. The methods are adapted to mobile information field, which include: a mobile communication terminal establishes connection with an application system distribution platform through a mobile communication network; the mobile communication terminal uses the application system by an application system human-computer interaction module installed on the application system distribution platform; the application system and the human-computer interaction module run; an output process module of the application system distribution platform obtains a screen display image data of the human-computer interaction module, and sends it to the mobile communication terminal; the mobile communication terminal displays the screen display image of the human-computer interaction module, and sends an input information to the human-computer interaction module; step C and step E are repeated until the mobile communication terminal exit from the operation of the application system. The present invention can make an application system distributed on a mobile communication terminal, therefore, the network requirement is little, and the experience of the user is high. | 11-04-2010 |
20100285789 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING CARRIERS USED AT AN ACCESS TERMINAL - Carriers used at an access terminal may be selectively controlled by dynamically determining whether one or more carriers from which the access terminal receives data should be shut off based on one or more real-time conditions at the access terminal. Processing capabilities and memory usage at the access terminal are compared to predetermined thresholds to determine whether the one or more carriers should be shut off, whether entirely or partially. Shutting off a carrier may comprise reducing the number of slots (up to a total of all available slots) that a carrier may use to transmit data to the access terminal during a given time period. If it is determined that the one or more carriers should be entirely or partially shut off then the access terminal transmits a message notifying an access node to shut off the transmission of the one or more carriers to the access terminal. Since less data will be received, processing and/or memory capabilities may be directed to other applications. | 11-11-2010 |
20100285790 | Method of Discovering Overlapping Cells - A method of discovering overlapping cells in a telecommunications network comprising a plurality of base stations, wherein steps carried out by an individual base station comprise determining sets of terminals in ranges of its associated cells and sending a message with information about said sets of terminals to other base stations. The method also includes receiving messages from said other base stations with information about sets of terminals in ranges of their associated cells. The individual base station calculates intersection of its own set of terminals with those received from said other base stations and classifies cells as overlapping if the corresponding intersection is equal or above a predefined level. | 11-11-2010 |
20100285791 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION STATION, COMMUNICATION NETWORK, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile communication terminal adapted to be communicatively coupled to a communication station of a communication network, the mobile communication terminal including a station communication unit adapted for exchanging communication messages with the communication station, and a communication message generation unit adapted for generating a Common Control Channel information message for transmission to the communication station by the station communication unit, wherein the communication message generation unit is adapted for rearranging the Common Control Channel information message in accordance with a property of the Common Control Channel information message before transmission to the communication station. | 11-11-2010 |
20100285792 | Coordinated Multi-Point Transmission in a Cellular Network - Coordinated multi-point (CoMP) transmissions in a cellular network is performed using multi-broadcast single frequency network (MBSFN) subframes. During CoMP transmission, demodulation reference signals (DRS) are placed in the one portion the MDSFN subframe, while cell-specific reference signals (CRS) are placed in a separate portion of the MDSFN subframe. Therefore, no CRS-DRS collision will occur during CoMP transmission. | 11-11-2010 |
20100285793 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS WITH FEMTO NODES - Systems and methods for storing information in a user zone list are described herein. According to the systems and methods herein, the user zone list includes multiple user zone files and the user zone files include information regarding a communication interface type. | 11-11-2010 |
20100285794 | Method for transmitting signals from a plurality of base stations to a mobile station - A method of transmitting signals from a plurality of first stations to the same second station, said method comprising the steps of transmitting first signals comprising a first communication and first associated information from one of said plurality of first stations to said second station; transmitting second signals comprising said first communication, a second communication and second associated information, said second associated information differing at least partially from said first associated information, from another of said plurality of first stations to said second station; and receiving at said second station said first and second signals, wherein said second station processes said first and second signals in accordance with the first and second associated information. | 11-11-2010 |
20100291915 | MODULAR CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT USED FOR ATTENUATION COMPENSATION - The invention relates to a multi-band, multi-part circuit arrangement for compensating the attenuation of HF wireless signals in the signal paths between a transmitting and receiving device and an external antenna. The circuit arrangement comprises power amplifiers, receiving amplifiers, at least one splitter, at least one combiner, duplexers and frequency and/or band filters, HF switching means as well as a detector circuit for the detection of transmission signals from the transmitting and receiving device and for providing control signals for the HF switching means. It consists of a universal front-end module with HF switching means disposed on the antenna side for switching the signal paths on the antenna side, a broadband receiving amplifier and at least one splitter dividing the output signal of the receiving amplifier to several outputs of the front-end module, as well as a universal back-end module with HF switching means which is disposed on the device side and which is coupled with the transmitting and receiving device via the detector circuit for switching the signal paths on the device side, at least one receiving amplifier and at least one combiner, bringing together the input signals of several inputs of the back-end module. The front-end and the back-end modules can be combined and wired differently with various power amplifiers and different frequency and/or band filters. | 11-18-2010 |
20100291916 | COMMUNICATION CONTROLLER AND COMMUNICATION CONTROLLING METHOD - A communication controller and a communication controlling method are provided, even when functionalities of the communication controller included in a communication system such as UTRAN or the like, so that the services of the functionalities are available broadly in the whole system. An RNC | 11-18-2010 |
20100291917 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING MULTIPLE REVERSE LINK DATA STREAMS - Techniques for rank adaptation and multiple-stream reverse link communications in a wireless access network are disclosed. A remote unit transmits one or more reverse link data streams using separate identifiers to a base station. The number of reverse link data streams may be determined according to feedback from the base station or it may be determined by testing one or more multiple-antenna transmit hypotheses. The base station may estimate channel conditions using information obtained from the one or more reverse link data streams and may determine a spatial rank of the communication channel. The remote unit may perform separate error control and power control processes for each reverse link data stream in cooperation with the base station. | 11-18-2010 |
20100291918 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RECEPTION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, TRANSMISSION DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION DEVICE CONTROL METHOD, AND TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION DEVICE CONTROL PROGRAM - A radio communication system includes transmission/reception devices which perform communication by dynamically switching a first transmission mode and a second transmission mode having a lower quality than the first transmission mode, wherein the transmission/reception devices have a transmission mode decision means which fixes a transmission mode upon communication to the first transmission mode for a given period of time. | 11-18-2010 |
20100297990 | SYSTEM AND ANTENNA FOR RADIO ACCESS NETWORKS - An active antenna with an IP address including a first set of modules (Mi) and a second set of modules (M′j), both sets using a same hardware platform and each set integrating radiofrequency sub-modules. Further including at least an Ethernet connection to the core network for providing the active antenna with capability of operation from an anchor site, and a digital platform integrating a set of modules for base-band processing, operating in one or more of 2G, 3G and LTE technologies. The active antenna includes processing means for control plane of 2G and 3G radio access networks, routing means for lu, Gb or S1 data relay from/to the core network to provide the active antenna with capability of operation from a relay site. Further included is at least two optical ports for connection in chain with a pair of active antennas in the same relay site and a power supply connection. | 11-25-2010 |
20100297991 | Transmission of System Information on a Downlink Shared Channel - In one embodiment, a method of transmitting system information on a down link shared channel structured as successive subframes includes transmitting ( | 11-25-2010 |
20100297992 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND CONTROL APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUSES AND TERMINAL APPARATUS USING THE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A first interface unit receives an incoming signal notification addressed to a terminal apparatus. A generator generates a first message used to have the received incoming signal notification in a paging channel. A second interface unit outputs the generated first message to a base station apparatus corresponding to a paging area of the terminal apparatus. The first interface unit receives, from the base station apparatus, connection information indicating that a communication channel for data communication is established between the terminal apparatus and the base station apparatus. When the connection information is received, the generator generates a second message used to have the incoming signal notification included in the communication channel. The second interface unit outputs the generated second message to the base station apparatus that has established the communication channel with the terminal. | 11-25-2010 |
20100304733 | Method of Detecting and Handling and Endless RLC Restransmission - Disclosed is a radio (wireless) communication system providing a radio communication service and a terminal, and more particularly, to a method of effectively detecting and handling endless RLC retransmission so as to prevent endless RLC re-transmission occurring between the terminal and a network in an Evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS) that has evolved from a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) or a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system. | 12-02-2010 |
20100311407 | RESOLVING CONFLICTING PHYSICAL CELL IDENTIFICATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system and method for resolving conflicting physical cell identification in a wireless communication system includes a first step | 12-09-2010 |
20100311408 | METHOD FOR OPERATING A WIRELESS MOBILE RADIO DEVICE AND A WIRELESS STATIONARY RADIO DEVICE CONNECTED THERETO - The invention relates to a method for operating at least one mobile radio transmission/radio receiving device (Intern | 12-09-2010 |
20100311409 | ENHANCED PRESENCE SERVER SYSTEM - Presence information of users of the communication system comprises a presence data element that is associated with a condition such that availability of information in the presence data element of the user to another user of the communication system depends on the condition, and the condition is based on information in the presence data element of the other user. Accuracy of the provided information in terms of dynamic validity of the provided information is improved. | 12-09-2010 |
20100317337 | Method for Transmitting and/or Receiving Signals for at Least a First and a Second Different Service, Particularly in a Vehicle - In a method for transmitting and/or receiving signals for at least one first and one second different service, particularly having a large range in a vehicle, at least one first antenna | 12-16-2010 |
20100317338 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - It is considered that a user selects a communication channel in accordance with a communication object when performing communication via a second base station (femto cell base station). Accordingly, it is desirable that a communication terminal device which can perform communication via a second base station have a function for selecting a communication path. Provided is a communication terminal device which can be used for communication via a second base station by selecting and transmitting request information for using a mobile telephone network connection with an Internet service. | 12-16-2010 |
20100323682 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND, TERMINAL APPARATUS AND BASE STATION APPARATUS USING THE METHOD - A wide area network ( | 12-23-2010 |
20100323683 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FACILITATING POSITIONING MEASUREMENTS - A wireless terminal ( | 12-23-2010 |
20100323684 | Downlink Reference Signal for Type II Relay - A network comprising a relay node configured to transmit a first common reference signal (CRS) to a plurality of user agents (UAs) using a first plurality of physical antennas and/or virtual antennas, and an access node configured to transmit a second CRS to the UAs using a second plurality of physical antennas and/or virtual antennas, wherein the first CRS and the second CRS are combined for the same number of first and second physical antennas and/or virtual antennas. Also included is a network comprising a relay node configured to transmit a dedicated reference signal (DRS) to a UA using a first plurality of physical antennas and/or virtual antennas, and an access node configured to transmit a second DRS to the UA using a second plurality of physical antennas and/or virtual antennas, wherein the first DRS and the second DRS are transmitted at about the same time. | 12-23-2010 |
20100323685 | Receiver for MUROS Adapted to Estimate Symbol Constellation using Training Sequences from Two Sub-Channels - A receiver is provided that is configured to estimate the symbol constellation of a signal modulated using a quaternary symbol constellation where data is transmitted to two mobile stations multiplexed on a shared channel comprising two branches, where the branches correspond to the real and imaginary parts of one complex-valued baseband signal. The receiver is configured to demodulate the modulated signal using the training sequences from both sub-channels. | 12-23-2010 |
20100330980 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR FORWARDING MBMS CONTENTS - In a radio communication system, a first network-based radio station transmits information destined for a plurality of subscriber stations. A second network-based radio station transmits messages destined for individual subscriber stations and the second network-based radio station receives by radio the information transmitted by the first network-based radio station and transmits the same. | 12-30-2010 |
20100330981 | Device and Method for Transmitting Cell Offset in Telecommunication System - A terminal unit, base station, computer readable medium and method for transmitting cell individual offset information from a base station in a cell in a communication network, to a user terminal that applies the cell individual offset information to measurement reports and/or events associated with the cell, including, generating the cell individual offset information; mapping the cell individual offset information on at least one channel that is different from a broadcast channel; and transmitting the mapped cell individual offset information. | 12-30-2010 |
20100330982 | MOBILE STATION, MOBILE EXCHANGE STATION AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station ( | 12-30-2010 |
20100330983 | MISCELLANEOUS IMPROVEMENTS ON THE HRPD SYSTEM - Mechanisms for improving the proposed high rate packet data (HRPD) system are provided. Approaches proposed are including PilotGroupID in the sector parameter message to convey the pilot group information, encoding to enable shortened NeighborList messages, improvements on RoutUpdateRequest message for request updates on multiple carriers, inclusion of the channel record of the reference pilot in the RouteUpdate message when the message sent in the connected state, using pilot drop timer of a Candidate Set pilot as a trigger for sending RouteUpdate, encoding the TrafficChannelAssignment message to shorten the message in certain situations, limiting the usage of auxiliary DRC cover in some situations to avoid confusion in determining the serving sector and processing OverheadMessages.Updated Indication and OverheadMessagesNeighborList Initialization in the idle state. | 12-30-2010 |
20110003589 | Method of operating a mobile wireless network - A method of operating a mobile wireless network is provided, in which, when there is a relocation, the connection may be continued essentially directly from the latest state before the relocation. User data is transmitted between a mobile station and a first base station, the user data being combined into data units, for example, packet data units, before being transmitted. For transmission of data units, transmission-specific information describing an instantaneous state of the transmission is stored in the mobile station, as well as in a first network unit at a higher level than the first base station. With the relocation of the mobile station from the first base station to a second base station having a second higher-level network unit, the transmission-specific information stored in the first higher-level network unit is transmitted to the second higher-level network unit to continue the transmission after the relocation essentially directly from its latest state. | 01-06-2011 |
20110009113 | ACCESS CONTROL USING TEMPORARY IDENTITIES IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING FEMTO BASE STATIONS - The embodiments of the present invention relate to an apparatus and a method of controlling access of a UE ( | 01-13-2011 |
20110014906 | SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS UTILIZING THE SAME - A communication apparatus is provided. A processor receives a measurement control message carrying information about a filtering coefficient via a radio transceiver module, periodically measures signal quality of at least one cell to obtain a plurality of measurement results, periodically filters the measurement results according to a first measurement period to obtain a plurality of filtered results, and determines whether to transmit a measurement report to a system controller in the wireless communication network according to the filtered results. The filtering coefficient is assigned by the system controller to filter the measurement results according to a second measurement period. The second measurement period is longer than the first measurement period | 01-20-2011 |
20110014907 | METHODS AND ARRANGMENTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements for uplink retransmissions from a user equipment to a radio base station in a UTRAN with enhanced uplink. The UE transmits a subframe comprising physical control channel(s) and physical data channel(s) in an initial transmission. According to the present invention, one or more of the physical control channels are transmitted with a lower transmission power level in all or some of the retransmitted subframes in the uplink. This results in reduced control overhead (a smaller part of the transmission power resource is used for control signaling) and thus reduced interference from the overhead. At the same time, the transmission power resource no longer used for the physical control channel information, can be used to increase the transmission power level of the physical data channel information in these retransmitted subframes, which improves the uplink coverage. | 01-20-2011 |
20110021185 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes the steps of: transmitting, from a higher-level node to a macro radio base station, an “INIT(SCTP)”, when the higher-level node detects that no SCTP connection is established with the macro radio base station; and transmitting, from a home radio base station to a higher-level node, an “INIT(SCTP)”, when the home radio base station detects that no SCTP connection is established with the higher-level node. The higher-level node does not transmit “INIT(SCTP)” to the home radio base station, even when detecting that no SCTP connection is established with the home radio base station. | 01-27-2011 |
20110028140 | METHOD FOR GROUP CALL COMMUNICATION - A method for communicating a group call within a communication network comprising at least one repeater and a plurality of communication devices includes: receiving at least one preamble slot and at least one synchronization slot from an originator communication device by the repeater and a communication device; operating the communication device to receive one or more calls directly from the originator device via eavesdropping on the repeater uplink channel when a received signal strength indication (RSSI) of the direct preamble and synchronization slots is greater than a threshold; and operating the communication device to receive one or more calls from the originator device via the repeater on a repeater downlink channel of the repeater when the direct RSSI is not greater than the threshold. | 02-03-2011 |
20110028141 | REVERSE LINK MOBILE TRANSMIT DIVERSITY - An access network is wirelessly coupled to an access terminal. The access network comprises a plurality of communication modules, a transmitter and a channel estimator. The plurality of communication modules coupled to the access terminal and configured to transmit a plurality of signals. The transmitter coupled to the access terminal and configured to send an index which indicates number of the plurality of signals. The channel estimator, configured to adjust and modulate a channel state information into the plurality of signals. | 02-03-2011 |
20110028142 | BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SAME - A method of controlling a base station is disclosed. Wireless signals received by the wireless terminal are checked for connection information indicating an attempt to connect to a second base station. The method determines whether the wireless terminal is located in a coverage area periphery of the base station in based on receiving the wireless signals, if the wireless signals indicate the attempt to connect to the second base station. The registration status of the wireless terminal is checked by the first base station, if the wireless terminal is located in the coverage area periphery. | 02-03-2011 |
20110028143 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF LIST MANAGEMENT - List management including storage and management of a CSG/PSG list in a user equipment is disclosed. The method of list management in user equipment of a wireless communication system includes storing a CSG/PSG list in the user equipment, and revising data entries in the CSG/PSG list according to network/cell related information input manually by a user of the equipment. | 02-03-2011 |
20110034162 | TECHNIQUE FOR PROVIDING NETWORK ACCESS TO DIFFERENT ENTITIES - A technique for selectively providing network access to various components is described. A modem device for realizing this technique comprises a first platform module adapted to support network access via a Radio Access Technology (RAT). The first platform module comprises a first data interface. The apparatus further comprises a second data interface adapted to be coupled to a second platform and a third data interface adapted to be coupled to an external device. A switching mechanism selectively couples the first data interface to the second data interface to provide network access, via the second platform module, to an application residing on the apparatus. The switching mechanism may further couple the first data interface to the third data interface to provide network access to the external device. | 02-10-2011 |
20110034163 | METHOD FOR COORDINATED MULTI-CELL TRANSMISSION, CENTRAL CONTROLLER AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method for coordinated multi-cell transmission, a central controller and a User Equipment (UE). In one embodiment, the method includes: determining, by a central controller, at least one candidate cooperating set in a super-cell, wherein each cell in the super-cell belongs to at least one candidate cooperating set, and broadcasting information of the at least one candidate cooperating set determined to all UEs in the super-cell; selecting, by each UE, a candidate cooperating set from the at least one candidate cooperating set as a cooperating set of the UE, and feeding back information of the cooperating set selected to the central controller; and determining, by the central controller, all cooperating sets in the super-cell and UEs participating in cooperation in each cooperating set according to the information of the selected cooperating set fed back by each UE. | 02-10-2011 |
20110039535 | RADIO COMMUNICATION STATION AND RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND METHODS OF OPERATING SAME - A radio communication station in a radio communication system having a plurality of radio communication devices, derives a quantisation parameter and transmits the quantisation parameter to the radio communication devices for use in subsequent quantisation of a channel state metric. The radio communication devices receive the quantisation parameter, determine a channel state metric, quantise the determined channel state metric by applying quantisation ranges indicated by the quantisation parameter, determine a data value indicative of the quantised channel state metric, and transmit a signal conveying the determined data value as a random access transmission. | 02-17-2011 |
20110039536 | DATA TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION METHOD - A method for receiving data from a radio network by a terminal includes: receiving downlink data while the terminal operates according to a first discontinuous period; transmitting a response message with respect to the downlink data; and operating according to a second discontinuous period after transmitting the response message. | 02-17-2011 |
20110039537 | CELLULAR VOICE CHANNEL ORIGINATION FOR VEHICLE COMMUNICATION WITH A CALL CENTER - A system and method for making vehicle originated calls to a telematics service provider or other call center. The method includes identifying a call type associated with a desired wireless communication of speech or data to the call center, and then carrying out one of a number of different call connection processes depending on the call type. For voice channel cellular connections, an in-band modem cellular connection is preferably established in most instances using a connection retry strategy that includes primary, secondary, and possibly tertiary connection attempts each of which utilize at least one of a number of different voice and data call origination processes. The system and method can be carried out in connection with various cellular system technologies, but is especially suited for use with GSM systems. | 02-17-2011 |
20110039538 | VOICE FALLBACK ORIGINATION FOR VEHICLE CELLULAR COMMUNICATION WITH A CALL CENTER - A system and method for making vehicle originated calls to a telematics service provider or other call center. The method includes identifying a call type associated with a desired wireless communication of speech or data to the call center, and then carrying out one of a number of different call connection processes depending on the call type. For voice channel cellular connections, an in-band modem cellular connection is preferably established in most instances using a connection retry strategy that includes primary, secondary, and possibly tertiary connection attempts each of which utilize at least one of a number of different voice and data call origination processes. The system and method can be carried out in connection with various cellular system technologies, but is especially suited for use with GSM systems. | 02-17-2011 |
20110039539 | SCRAMBLING CODE SELECTION - A basestation forms part of a group of basestations within a cellular communications network, and selects an identifying code for use in identifying transmissions from the basestation. The basestation receives from a management node a first list of identifying codes and a second list of identifying codes, wherein the identifying codes of the first list can appear in neighbour cell lists of basestations outside said group, and wherein the identifying codes of the second list can not appear in neighbour cell lists of basestations outside said group. The basestation determines whether there is at least one identifying code either in the first list of identifying codes or the second list of identifying codes that is not used by any other basestation in said group. If there is at least one identifying code in the first list of identifying codes and at least one identifying code in the second list of identifying codes that are not used by any other basestation in said group, an identifying code from the first list of identifying codes is selected in preference to an identifying code from the second list of identifying codes. | 02-17-2011 |
20110039540 | METHOD FOR OPTIMISING TRANSMISSION RESOURCES BY INTER-CELLULAR LOOP IN A MOBILE CELLULAR RADIO-COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND CORRESPONDING LOCAL NETWORK AND ADAPTORS - A method and apparatus are provided for transmitting data exchanged by two terminals in a cellular radiocommunication network, each of the terminals being respectively associated with a base station of the cellular network. The method includes: identifying a shortened transmission path between the base stations, the shortened transmission path defining a direct transmission path for the data between the base stations without transiting via transcoding equipment present in the cellular radiocommunication network; and transmitting at least a portion of the data via the shortened transmission path, which is also called an intercellular loop-back operation. | 02-17-2011 |
20110039541 | RANDOM ACCESS SCHEME FOR USER EQUIPMENT - A method of efficiently processing a random access response message, when a terminal (or user equipment) performs random access, is disclosed. After the terminal transmits a random access preamble to a base station, the terminal may receive a random access response message having a format of medium access control protocol data unit (MAC PDU) including only a backoff indicator subheader in a MAC header of the MAC PDU, from the base station in response to the random access preamble. As described above, the terminal, which has received the random access response message including only a backoff indicator subheader in the MAC header of the MAC PDU, may consider a random access response reception procedure not successful and may perform a subsequent procedure for a random access responses reception failure. | 02-17-2011 |
20110039542 | OTHER RADIO TECHNOLOGY / GERAN INTERWORKING FOR NEIGHBOR CELL MEASUREMENT REPORTING - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, an apparatus places an indication of a wireless communication system cell measurement in a measurement report message, where the indication comprises a corresponding frequency index, and a first part and a second part of an m-bit value representing a physical layer cell identification in a first and a second field, respectively, and a k-bit value representing a measurement result in the second field corresponding to the index. The apparatus then sends the measurement report message to a network interface. | 02-17-2011 |
20110039543 | Performance for a Multiple Antenna Beamforming Cellular Network - The present invention provides for an improved application of signal strength weightings in a SDMA sectorized cellular network. The improved signal strength weightings application is conducted through the improved selection of weightings from a new codebook subset or by the selection of weightings from a larger codebook subset. In a further embodiment, an antenna beam index or bit map can be used to select the best beam(s) in a SDMA sectorized cellular network. In another embodiment, a field or factor in an uplink or downlink transmission packet can designate which directional transmission beam is best suited for the transmission or when the directional transmission beam should be activated. | 02-17-2011 |
20110045817 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CELL INFORMATION BROADCASTING IN REDUCED-SIZE LOCAL ENVIRONMENTS IN A CELLULAR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Cell information broadcast system and method for reduced local environments, inferior to a radio cell, and applied to a cell ( | 02-24-2011 |
20110045818 | Machine to machine communications - In a cellular telecommunications network a method for facilitating communications comprises receiving information elements from a cellular data communications device, said information elements being in a format conforming with a session-based message protocol, each information element including a header portion and a plurality of payload portions; extracting machine information from at least at least one of said payload portions; and generating an output message corresponding to at least one of said payload portions. The cellular data communications device generates information elements using information gathered from one or more information sensing, actuating and/or locating components. | 02-24-2011 |
20110053585 | BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station communicates with a mobile station that receives downlink data from the base station and that transmits uplink data to a second base station. The base station includes a data transmitter configured to transmit the downlink data to the mobile station; and a control information receiver configured to receive from the mobile station through a path passing through the second base station, feedback information concerning the downlink data transmitted by the data transmitter. | 03-03-2011 |
20110081900 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SYNCHRONIZING DATA TRANSMISSION OVER A VOICE CHANNEL OF A TELEPHONE NETWORK - Various embodiments facilitate data communication between a client device and a remote device over a voice channel of a telephone system. In one embodiment, the data communication over the voice channel is synchronized to align with voice frames utilized by the telephone system to transmit communicated data between the devices. In some embodiments, the synchronization is performed by determining an offset between a received synchronization audio signal and the voice frames used by the telephone system to process the synchronization audio signal, such as based on an amount of energy present in the received synchronization audio signal. | 04-07-2011 |
20110081901 | METHOD FOR SIGNALLING A PRECODING IN A COOPERATIVE BEAMFORMING TRANSMISSION MODE - The present invention relates to a method for operating a secondary station in a network, the secondary station comprising a transceiver adapted for simultaneously receiving transmissions from a primary station controlling a first cell and at least one primary station controlling a second cell, the method comprising the secondary station
| 04-07-2011 |
20110086633 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POSITIONING SUBSCRIBER ZONE - A method and apparatus for positioning a subscriber zone. The method includes: receiving a zone positioning request sent by a subscriber, collecting position sample points of the subscriber; and acquiring a cell list of the subscriber zone according to the position sample points of the subscriber. The apparatus includes: a collection module for receiving a zone positioning request sent by a subscriber, and collecting position sample points of the subscriber; an acquisition module for acquiring a cell list of the subscriber zone according to the position sample points of the subscriber collected by the collection module. Positioning the subscriber zone by collecting the position sample points of the subscriber, improves the accuracy and operability of subscriber zone positioning. | 04-14-2011 |
20110092198 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RECORDING MEDIUM RECORDING COMPUTER PROGRAM - A wireless communication terminal has a first wireless communication unit which performs data communication via a first wireless communication system and a second wireless communication unit which performs voice communication via a second wireless communication system. When an instruction of starting a voice communication is given, a temporal withdrawal process is started to the first wireless communication system, and an acquiring process of the second wireless communication system is started. After the voice communication ends, until a predetermined time elapses, an acquiring state of the second wireless communication system by the second wireless communication unit is continued. After the predetermined time has elapsed, the acquiring state of the second wireless communication system is cancelled, and a temporal withdrawal cancelling process is started to the first wireless communication system. | 04-21-2011 |
20110098031 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR REDUCED LATENCY TRACKING AREA SELECTION - Some embodiments provide methods for selecting tracking areas, including: receiving a plurality of messages from a plurality of base transceiver stations, each message including a list of tracking areas handled by the base transceiver station from which the message is received; performing domain name system queries for the tracking areas to retrieve information identifying serving gateways serving the tracking areas; based on the information identifying serving gateways, storing, in a local memory, a list of tracking area identities handled by each identified serving gateway; receiving a message from user equipment indicating a first tracking area; selecting at least one tracking area handled by a serving gateway serving the first tracking area based on the list of tracking areas handled by each identified serving gateway stored in the memory; and sending a tracking area identity list to the user equipment based on the selected at least one tracking area. | 04-28-2011 |
20110098032 | Mobile Communication Method, Storage Medium for Storing Thereof and Mobile Communication System - A mobile communication method includes the following steps: several first base stations and at least one second base station are provided. Wherein, each of the first base stations can cover a smaller area than the second base station can. A registration signal is received from a mobile communication device. If the registration signal is received through one of the first base stations, service is provided to the mobile communication device through the first base station receiving the registration signal, and a first base station list, which includes information of the first base stations, is transmitted to the mobile communication device. The mobile communication device measures signal strength of the first base stations according to the first base station list. The mobile communication device transmits another registration signal to the first base station with the strongest measured signal strength. | 04-28-2011 |
20110098033 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMICALLY PROCESSING AN ELECTROMAGNETIC BEAM - A method and apparatus for processing a terahertz frequency electromagnetic beam are disclosed. For example, the method receives the terahertz frequency electromagnetic beam via a metamaterial having a plurality of addressable magnetic elements, where a resonant frequency of each of the plurality of addressable magnetic elements is capable of being programmably changed via an adjustment, and activates selectively a subset of the plurality of addressable magnetic elements to manipulate the terahertz frequency electromagnetic beam. | 04-28-2011 |
20110105105 | Methods and Arrangements in a Wireless Communication System - The present invention relates to methods, a user equipment and a radio base station in a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation. The user equipment is configured to receive data from the radio base station in a first cell, and the radio base station is configured to broadcast system information comprising configuration parameters in the first and in a second cell. An example method for the user equipment comprises receiving configuration information for an aggregation of the first and the second cell, and information on how to apply the system information broadcasted in the second cell from the radio base station. The method further comprises reading the system information broadcasted in the second cell, and applying the read system information in accordance with the received instruction. | 05-05-2011 |
20110105106 | METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR SELECTING AT LEAST ONE WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATION DEVICE FOR A COORDINATION SESSION - The present invention concerns a method for determining if a collaboration session may be established between a first wireless telecommunication device and a second wireless telecommunication device of a wireless cellular telecommunication network. The second wireless telecommunication device:
| 05-05-2011 |
20110105107 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING ACTIVATION INDICATOR REGARDING COMPONENT CARRIER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for supporting activation/deactivation of serving cells by a base station (eNB) in a wireless communication system provides decreased overhead and decreased power consumption for a user equipment (UE). The method includes configuring M supportable serving cells in the UE, configuring an indicator indicating activation/deactivation of each of the M serving cells, configuring a medium access control (MAC) message which includes a MAC control element (CE) and a logical channel identifier (LCID), the MAC CE including the indicator configured for each of the M serving cells and having a length corresponding to an integer multiple of 8 bits, the LCID indicating that the MAC CE includes the indicator indicating activation/deactivation of each serving cell, and transmitting the configured MAC message to the UE. Accordingly, a control channel or data channel regarding a component carrier is selectively received depending on whether the component carrier is activated. | 05-05-2011 |
20110105108 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE, AND METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR DETERMINING RECEPTION LEVEL OF THE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE - A control unit | 05-05-2011 |
20110105109 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - When communication of a type, such as a priority call, to be prioritized over a normal call has occurred, appropriate measurement of CSG cells is performed. There is provided a mobile station apparatus applied to a mobile communication system that includes a small base station apparatus which makes only mobile station apparatuses registered in advance accessible in normal case, and on the other hand, makes unregistered mobile station apparatuses accessible in non-normal case, wherein the mobile station apparatus is provided with at least: a cell information management section | 05-05-2011 |
20110105110 | DYNAMICALLY CONTROLLING A FEMTOCELL BASE STATION DOWNLINK RANGE FOR INTERFERENCE AVOIDANCE - A femtocell power control module is operative to: obtain at least one uplink communication characteristic associated with the uplink signal transmitted by the at least one cellular communication device and received by the femtocell base station; estimate, from the obtained uplink communication characteristic, the power level of the downlink signals transmitted by the femtocell base station, as received by the at least one cellular communication device; if the estimated power level of the downlink signals transmitted by the femtocell base station as received by the at least one cellular communication device exceeds a predefined threshold power level, reduce the power level of the downlink signals transmitted by the femtocell base station to a reduced power level. | 05-05-2011 |
20110105111 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COORDINATING NECESSARY RADIO TRANSMISSION EVENTS WITH UNRELATED OPPORTUNISTIC EVENTS TO OPTIMIZE BATTERY LIFE AND NETWORK RESOURCES - A method and apparatus for sending an event from user equipment operating in a mobile network, the method comprising the steps of: monitoring whether an unrelated opportunistic event has occurred; and sending said event with said unrelated opportunistic event. | 05-05-2011 |
20110111745 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CELL SEARCH IN MULTI-TIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A mobile station capable of accessing a wireless network comprising a plurality of macro-base stations and a plurality of femto-base stations. The mobile station comprises: 1) a transceiver that communicates with the macro-base stations and femto-base stations; 2) a message processor coupled to the transceiver; and 3) a memory coupled to the message processor that stores a white list of CSGID values associated with at least one closed subscription group to which the mobile station subscribes. The message processor transmits to a first macro-base station a first control message that contains at least one CSGID value from the white list. The message processor receives from the first macro-base station a second control message that contains the information of at least one femto-base station (FBS) identifier associated with the at least one CSGID value. The mobile station uses the information of the at least one FBS identifier to access a first femto-base station associated with the at least one FBS identifier. | 05-12-2011 |
20110111746 | Automaton intelligent robot protector - The intelligent robot device has a computer control center provided with server modules connected to sensors, video cameras, Global Positioning System, and video cell phone communication channels controlled by micro controllers. The intelligent robot automatically makes responsive actions based on an internal programming list to make video cell phone calls, and transfer video in real time and brief situation report to the car owner and police, 911, and emergency ambulance service. The robot device has built-in authenticate encryption process security hardware for listening to specific assigned activate signals of radio wave and digital signals to perform secure activate robot steps. | 05-12-2011 |
20110111747 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A data compression process is described, for compressing channel state information to be fed back to a transmitter. The process involves arranging the data as a matrix comprising a number of orthonormal vectors derived from a channel matrix, determining a singular value decomposition of a subset of the orthonormal matrix to generate matrices respectively of left and right singular vectors, the number of vectors in the subset being equal to the order of the vectors, and right multiplying the remainder orthonormal vectors not included in the singular value decomposition by a matrix product of the matrix of right singular vectors and the matrix of left singular vectors to generate a matrix of compressed data. | 05-12-2011 |
20110111748 | DISTRIBUTED MOBILE PHONE SYSTEM - A mobile phone system having an application processing function is physically separated into a network data processing device and an application data processing device. Here, the network data processing device configured to process data for voice calls and data calls is placed in one small and light-weight device, the application data processing device configured to perform a high-quality user interface and high-quality applications is placed in another device, and communication between the two devices is defined. | 05-12-2011 |
20110117904 | BYPASS ROUTING TO A MOBILE DEVICE - A bypass server is placed in an outgoing link between a mobile device server and a relay used to distribute data from the mobile device server to remote mobile devices to which the data is addressed. Where a direct connection is established between a suitably configured network node (such as a personal computer) and a given mobile device, the bypass server may form a local connection with the network node and divert along the local connection those packets that are addressed to the given mobile device. As such, a lower cost/higher bandwidth local communication path between the given mobile device and the mobile device server may be established, when compared to the conventional remote communication path. The local communication path may be especially useful for bulk data transfers. | 05-19-2011 |
20110117905 | LTE RRC connection re-establishment requesting method, cause value setting method and terminal - The present invention discloses a method for requesting LTE RRC connection re-establishment and setting cause values as well as a terminal, and the connection re-establishment request method includes: an LTE terminal determines, according to the occurred scenario, which one of the following four types is the failure reason: radio resource failure, handoff failure, bottom layer error or UE-related error; and the LTE terminal initiates an RRC connection re-establishment request to the network side, wherein the RRC connection re-establishment request includes the failure cause value indicating the failure reason. The present invention can make the network side obtain the reason why the UE initiates the RRC re-establishment from RRC connection re-establishment request message, so as to take different subsequent operations with respect to these different failure reasons. | 05-19-2011 |
20110117906 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND NETWORK APPARATUS - A mobile communication method comprises a step in which a first radio base station, finds another radio base station provided in a particular user network when provided in the particular user network; a step in which the first radio base station and the other radio base station found thereby constitutes a group; a step in which a number of mobile stations that can be connected to the group at the same time is decided; and a step in which the number of mobile stations connected at the same time to the first radio base station and other radio base station belonging to the group is restricted based on the decided number of mobile stations that can be connected at the same time. | 05-19-2011 |
20110117907 | Selection of Connection Type in Cellular System - The present invention presents a method and a controller for selecting the type of connection used to connect a terminal device to a serving base station. The connection type is selected on the basis of monitored communication-environmental parameters of the terminal device. The selection is made between a direct cellular radio connection and a relayed cellular radio connection. The relayed connection is established through another terminal device acting as a relay terminal for the connection being relayed. A direct device-to-device link between the two terminal devices is established as a cognitive radio connection, and a radio access technology and communication parameters of the device-to-device link may be negotiated between the terminal devices. The relay terminal then links the device-to-device link to a direct cellular radio connection between the relay terminal and the serving base station. | 05-19-2011 |
20110124327 | Method for Telecommunications Device Synchronization - A method is provided in which a first telecommunications terminal receives an indication of a characteristic of a first system software that is executing on a second telecommunications terminal. The first terminal identifies a second system software that possesses the characteristic. Then, the first terminal launches an instance of the second system software. | 05-26-2011 |
20110124328 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING COMMUNICATION SERVICE IN SMALL-SIZED COMMUNICATION AREA - An apparatus and method for providing a communication service for a small-sized communication area in a communication system are provided. The method includes receiving a first wired network service data generation message including an identification number of a wired network service and a called number of wired network service data from a registered terminal, acquiring a femto access point and a wired network number mapped to the identification number of the wired network service from a pre-stored wired network service database, and setting the wired network number as a calling number of the registered terminal, and sending a first initial address message including the calling number and the called number to a wired communication network, wherein the wired network service represents a communication service that is provided from the wired communication network to at least one registered terminal and at least one non-registered terminal located in the small-sized communication area. | 05-26-2011 |
20110130133 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FORWARDING OF CONDENSED INFORMATION ABOUT A USER EQUIPMENT BETWEEN BASE STATIONS - It is described a method for forwarding information on a User Equipment from a first base station to a second base station of a cellular telecommunication network. The described method includes acquiring information on a User Equipment, the information including measurement values obtained by measurements procedures performed by the User Equipment, providing the acquired information to the first base station, deriving condensed information based on the provided information and forwarding the condensed information from the first base station to the second base station. The step of deriving condensed information may include performing a statistical analysis of the provided information. It is further described a base station, which, in combination with the User Equipment and a second base station is adapted for performing the described condensed information forwarding method. | 06-02-2011 |
20110130134 | SECURITY SYSTEMS - Systems and methods for remote communication involve use of cellular devices that are programmed to permit limited communication between a first cell phone fixed near an entrance to an enclosure, and a remote device. The remote device may be used to program the first cell phone in connection with a delivery of goods transaction. | 06-02-2011 |
20110136483 | LOOK-AHEAD CAPABILITY DETERMINATION VIA DEVICE PROFILES - A network device may receive a call request message. The call request message may include information identifying a user to which the call is destined. The network device may further retrieve, using the information identifying the user, information identifying a device with which the user is associated. In addition, the network device may retrieve, using the information identifying the device, a first list of codecs that the device is willing to support, and establish the call to the device using a codec from the first list of codecs. | 06-09-2011 |
20110136484 | USER ADMISSION, POWER, RATE AND MOBILITY CONTROL METHOD FOR RELAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - In one embodiment, a request is sent to a relay node (RN) requesting the RN to perform a signal measurement operation. The request includes an indication to measure a signal strength of a link between the RN and a user equipment (UE). A signal measurement value is received from relay node, a determination on whether to associate the UE with the RN is made based on the signal measurement value. | 06-09-2011 |
20110143742 | DIGITAL COMMUNICATION VIA A MOBILE HANDHELD NETWORK DEVICE - A method, device and system for providing digital communication over a network protocol via a cellular broadband device which may include converting voice communication into a first transmission medium and transmitting the same to a server via the internet. Once received at a server, the converted voice communication can be converted into a second transmission medium and transmitted to a recipient. Additionally, a method can include receiving a first transmission medium at a server, accessing a memory containing a static identifier associated with a telephone number, converting the first transmission medium into a second transmission medium and transmitting the second transmission medium to the broadband cellular device. Once received at the device, the received transmission medium can be converted to voice data and presented to a user. | 06-16-2011 |
20110143743 | Managing a Network Element - A method for managing a network element involves receiving via a first interface field data from a communication network. The field data is compared with available network status data such, that a difference between network status data and field data can be determined. A configuration data is generated such that the configuration data are adapted to align the network status data and the field data. Then, a corresponding network element for receiving the configuration data is determined and the configuration data is distributed via a first interface to a corresponding network element. | 06-16-2011 |
20110143744 | RANDOM ACCESS METHOD AND SIGNALING METHOD FOR THE SAME - A method for generating an iterative sequence and a signal transmission method using the same are disclosed. As the cell size or the distance between a user equipment (UE) and a Node-B increases, the CP is repeated at least one time while the iterative sequence is generated, the CP length and the ZCZ length are adjusted, so that the sequence timing point can be easily detected, orthogonality between sequences is maintained, and the sequences can be clearly distinguished from each other. | 06-16-2011 |
20110143745 | Method for setting mobility state of user equipment - A method for setting a mobility state of a user equipment is provided in the present invention. The method comprises the steps: in the process of the user equipment performing a mobility state evaluation, if the user equipment receives new evaluation parameters different from the currently used evaluation parameters, the user equipment continues keeping the current mobility state, or sets the mobility state of the user equipment to be a normal mobility state, or converts the current mobility state according to a corresponding relation. When evaluation parameters change in the process of the user equipment performing the mobility state evaluation, the method for setting the mobility state of the user equipment in the present invention can perform control processing effectively so as to avoid the problem that the setting of the mobility state of the user equipment cannot be determined. | 06-16-2011 |
20110151855 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING POWER TRANSITIONS IN TRANSMITTER SYSTEMS - A method for controlling a transmitter power control system in communication networks that include a modulation scheme having a non-constant amplitude envelope. The method includes generating a transmission signal and transitioning the transmission signal from a first specified power level to a second specified power level and having a transition period therebetween, and generating a constant amplitude envelope modulation of the transmission signal during the transition period. The method may further include generating a non-constant amplitude envelope modulation of the transmission signal at the first specified power level, switching to the constant amplitude envelope modulation of the transmission signal during the transition period and generating the non-constant amplitude envelope modulation of the transmission signal at the second specified power level. A mobile communication device may be used to perform the method. | 06-23-2011 |
20110151856 | OSCILLATORS HAVING ARBITRARY FREQUENCIES AND RELATED SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Systems and methods for operating with oscillators configured to produce an oscillating signal having an arbitrary frequency are described. The frequency of the oscillating signal may be shifted to remove its arbitrary nature by application of multiple tuning signals or values to the oscillator. Alternatively, the arbitrary frequency may be accommodated by adjusting operation one or more components of a circuit receiving the oscillating signal. | 06-23-2011 |
20110151857 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RADIO ACCESS IN RECONFIGURABLE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system for radio access in a wireless communication system, in which a number of RATs exist, includes: a RAS configured to share radio environment information and the RATs with an adjacent RAS using a macroband SPC, the RAS being reconfigurable in conformity with the RATs; and a RMS configured to transmit/receive the radio environment information and the RATs to/from the RAS using a microband SPC and access the RAS using the microband SPC, the RMS being reconfigurable in conformity with RAT of the accessed RAS. | 06-23-2011 |
20110151858 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication device includes a first protocol modem, a second protocol modem, a control module, a switch circuit, a first card slot, and a second card slot. One smart card may be inserted in the first card slot or the second card slot, and furthermore two smart cards may be inserted in the first card slot and the second card slot simultaneously. The wireless communication device may work in a first protocol network and a second protocol network with optional insertion of the smart card. | 06-23-2011 |
20110151859 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISCOVERING CLOSED SUBSCRIBER GROUP TERMINAL IN FEMTO CELL - A method for operating an overlay macro base station (BS) for discovering a closed subscriber group (CSG) user equipment (UE) in a femto cell, includes: receiving a ranging request message including a CSG ID information from a UE which attempts a network entry; and after receiving the ranging request message from the UE, recommending the femto cell to monitor uplink signaling of a CSG UE belonging to the overlay macro BS. | 06-23-2011 |
20110159866 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COMMUNICATING FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN A MULTIPLE USER MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT (MU-MIMO) COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and system for communicating feedback information in a multiple user multiple input multiple output (MU-MIMO) communication system are presented. In one aspect of the method and system, a beamformer station may communicate a feedback information request to a plurality of beamformee stations. The feedback information request may request feedback data for a plurality of RF channel bands. The RF channel bands may form a multichannel. The beamformer may subsequently transmit a plurality of signals utilizing the RF channel bands within the multichannel. Each of the beamformees may receive the plurality of subsequently transmitted signals. A beamformee may generate the requested feedback data for each RF channel band within the multichannel. The beamformee may generate a beamforming report, which comprises the feedback data, which is generated across the plurality of RF channel bands in the multichannel. The beamformee may transmit the beamforming report to the beamformer. | 06-30-2011 |
20110159867 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO ALLOCATE RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL (RACH) RESOURCES FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus for an eNodeB (eNB) are disclosed to allocate random access channel (RACH) resources in a wireless communication system. The method includes configuring a user equipment (UE) with an uplink (UL) component carrier (CC) set and a downlink (DL) component carrier set for carrier aggregation (CA). The method further includes pairing an uplink component carrier that has random access channel (RACH) resources and that is in the uplink component carrier set with a downlink component carrier in the downlink component carrier set for random access. The method also includes receiving a random access preamble message on the UL CC from the UE and transmitting a random access response message on the paired DL CC in response to reception of the random access preamble message during a random access procedure. | 06-30-2011 |
20110165870 | Method, Apparatus and System for Key Derivation - A method, an apparatus and a system for key derivation are disclosed. The method includes the following steps: a target base station) receives multiple keys derived by a source base station, where the keys correspond to cells under control of the target base station; the target base station selects a key corresponding to the target cell after knowing a target cell that a user equipment (UE) wants to access. An apparatus for key derivation and a communications system are also provided. | 07-07-2011 |
20110171948 | Transaction in memory object store - Techniques for rating and committing events in an event processing system are provided. Events can be rated at a rating system according to information that is stored locally on the rating system. Rated events can be stored in a database system with these rated events being utilized to, among other things, restore information that is stored locally on the rating system. | 07-14-2011 |
20110171949 | Two-step uplink synchronization for pico/femtocell - A two-step uplink synchronization method is provided for uplink synchronization between a mobile station and a pico/femto base station that is deployed together with an overlay macro/micro base station. In a first step, the pico/femto BS encodes and broadcasts UL transmission timing advance offset information via a broadcast channel. The MS decodes the received UL transmission timing advance offset information and advances its uplink timing for uplink ranging or reference signal transmission based on the decoded offset value. In a second step, the MS and the pico/femto BS performs regular uplink synchronization and uplink access. In one example, the UL transmission timing advance offset information indicates a round-trip propagation time of radio signals between the pico/femto base station and the overlay macro/micro base station. By using the two-step uplink synchronization method, a unified synchronous ranging channel may be used for ranging and UL access in pico/femtocells with reduced interference. | 07-14-2011 |
20110171950 | METHOD OF EXCHANGING VOICE MESSAGES BETWEEN THE DRIVER AND USER OF THE VEHICLE - The invention relates to means of communication between drivers and vehicle users, namely, to establishing connection between drivers and users going in the same direction. | 07-14-2011 |
20110171951 | MOBILE PHONE FOR CONTROLLING DIVERSITY - A mobile phone to transmit and receive a radio frequency signal through a first antenna and a second antenna in a radio communication system includes a first radio frequency signal receiving unit to convert the radio frequency signal received through the first antenna into a baseband signal to be transmitted to a controller, a second radio frequency signal receiving unit to convert the radio frequency signal received through the second antenna into a baseband signal to be transmitted to the controller, and a radio frequency signal transmitting unit to convert a baseband signal transmitted from the controller into a radio frequency signal, to distribute the radio frequency signal, and to selectively output the distributed radio frequency signal to the first antenna and the second antenna. | 07-14-2011 |
20110171952 | CELL LOAD BALANCING METHOD, CELL LOAD MEASURING METHOD, AND DEVICES THEREOF - A cell load balancing method, a cell load measuring method, and devices thereof are provided. The cell load balancing method includes: acquiring information of the load of a current cell and information of the load an adjacent cell; determining a target cell in which a mobility parameter needs to be modified thereof according to the information of the load of the current cell and the information of the load of the adjacent cell; sending a parameter modification request to the determined target cell; and performing a corresponding operation according to information indicating whether the parameter is successfully modified and fed back from the adjacent cell. With the above solution, a load balancing solution can be better implemented in a network, thereby improving a capacity of the network, improving a success rate of user access, and reducing access delay. | 07-14-2011 |
20110177804 | SESSION-TRIGGERED PUSHING OF GROUP COMMUNICATION DATA - Exemplary techniques for sending data packages, such as media objects, during group communication sessions between wireless telecommunication devices, such as push-to-talk communication sessions, are disclosed. In one embodiment, the data packages, such as discrete data packages, are queued at the transmitting wireless communication device and then sent to other group members upon establishment of channels for group communications to the group members. The data packages can also be queued at the group communication server prior to being sent to a target device. | 07-21-2011 |
20110177805 | Scalable WLAN Gateway - A technique for combining transmission bandwidths of several communication devices, such as mobile stations is disclosed. A master mobile station establishes a WLAN access point communicating with WLAN client terminals. One or more slave mobile stations may detect a predefined network identifier and join the WLAN network. The master assigns IP addresses for the client terminals and slave mobile stations. The master also resolves DNS queries in cooperation with external DNS servers. Traffic, including internet packets, between the client terminals and various internet hosts is tunneled over multiple simultaneous transmission paths between the master and a multiplexing/demultiplexing computer). The inventive bandwidth combination technique is transparent to the client terminals and the internet hosts. | 07-21-2011 |
20110177806 | Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - A method for dynamically adapting the maximum output power of a femto base station is provided. The method is based on determining the number of satellites currently detected and/or the reception quality of the satellite(s), and dynamically adapting the maximum output power from the femto base station in response to the determined number of satellites and/or the reception quality of the satellite(s). Hereby, an accurate position of the femto base station can be obtained for providing input used for determining the maximum output. | 07-21-2011 |
20110177807 | DOWNLINK CHANNEL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS AND COMMON CHANNEL RECEPTION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING BANDWIDTH SCALABILITY - Methods and apparatuses for transmitting and receiving downlink common channels such as synchronization channel and broadcast channel in a cellular communication system supporting bandwidth scalability are provided. The downlink physical data channel transmission method for a base station of a cellular communication supporting bandwidth scalability according to the present invention includes generating a first system information specific to Long Term Evolution (LTE) terminals; generating a second system information specific to LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) terminals, the second system information including information on entire system bandwidth, a number of subbands constituting the entire bandwidth, and subbands on which common control channels are transmitted; transmitting the first information and the second information on a system information channel; and instructing, when a terminal attempts to camp on, a subband on which the terminal to camp. | 07-21-2011 |
20110183660 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING MESSAGE THEREOF - A mobile terminal and a method for transmitting a message thereof are provided. The method for transmitting a message in a mobile terminal including at least two communication units capable of communicating with different communication networks, includes, identifying circuits connected through the at least two communication units when at least two identification information of other mobile terminals to which the message is to be transmitted is input, and simultaneously transmitting the message to the at least two other mobile terminals according to the identification information through the identified circuits. Through the method, a message can be simultaneously transmitted to a plurality of other mobile terminals using characteristics of a multi-standby mobile terminal. In addition, the message transmission method can reduce a time required to transmit a message. | 07-28-2011 |
20110183661 | METHOD OF PERFORMING A MINIMIZATION OF DRIVE TEST (MDT) FOR SPECIFIC AREA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a wireless communication system and terminal for providing a wireless communication service, and more particularly, a method of effectively perform an operation of MDT (Minimization Driving Test) for a specific area or a specific cell in an Evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS) evolved from a UMTS, Long Term Evolution (LTE) System or LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) system. | 07-28-2011 |
20110183662 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF REPORTING LOGGED MEASUREMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of reporting logged measurements of an user equipment in a wireless communication system is provided. The user equipment in a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connected mode receives from a base station a Minimization of Drive Tests (MDT) configuration. The user equipment transitions from the RRC connected mode to an RRC idle mode and logs measurements based on the MDT configuration. The user equipment transmits to the base station a logging indicator indicating an availability of the logged measurement. | 07-28-2011 |
20110189985 | System and Method for Alternating Between In-Band and Out-of-Band Communication Path - Systems, methods and devices are disclosed useful for enabling wireless signals representing control messages to be sent between a wireless handheld telephony device and a call control server during an ongoing communication session when an out-of-band path becomes unavailable, the communication session being controlled by the call control server. | 08-04-2011 |
20110189986 | MESSAGE-BASED EXCHANGE OF ACCESS POINT PILOT SIGNATURE INDICATORS - An access point is identified based on a plurality of pilot signatures. Here, in addition to transmitting a pilot signal that is encoded (e.g., spread/scrambled) using a particular pilot signature, an access point transmits a message that includes at least one indication of at least one other pilot signature. For example, an access point may use one PN offset to generate a pilot signal and transmit a message that identifies at least one other PN offset. An access terminal that receives the pilot signal and the message may then generate a pilot report that identifies all of these pilot signatures. Upon receiving a handover message including this pilot-related information, a target network entity with knowledge of the pilot signatures assigned to that access point may then accurately identify the access point as a target for handover of the access terminal. | 08-04-2011 |
20110189987 | METHOD FOR FEMTO-CELL IDENTIFICATION - Methods and systems for femto-cell identification are disclosed herein. In one embodiment, a femto-cell base station is adapted to transmit with each broadcast a value which maps one-to-one to a different portion of a femto-cell identification. After the mobile station reports each broadcasted value to the serving non-femto-cell, the target femto-cell identification can be determined by combining multiple reports. In this manner, a fairly large identification space can be provided without significant increases in implementation complexity. In some embodiments, the system does not introduce issues with backward compatibility since standard cell identification procedures are preserved. In some embodiments, knowledge of the maximum number of femto-cells within a non-femto-cell is not required, thereby preventing ambiguous hand-in targets. | 08-04-2011 |
20110189988 | USER APPARATUS, RADIO BASE STATION, AND METHOD - A mobile communications system includes a radio base station and a remote radio apparatus connected with a high-speed transmission medium to the radio base station. A user apparatus includes a unit which measures a received level of a signal transmitted from the radio base station and a received level of a signal transmitted from the remote radio apparatus and detects a change in relative magnitudes of measured values; a unit which measures a path loss between the user apparatus and the radio base station and a path loss between the user apparatus and the remote radio apparatus and detects a change in relative magnitudes of measured values; and a transmitter which transmits a report signal which shows that a predetermined event has occurred. The predetermined event occurs if the relative magnitudes of the received levels are reversed and/or if the relative magnitudes of the path losses are reversed. | 08-04-2011 |
20110195700 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USING A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE WITH MULTIPLE SERVICE PROVIDERS - Configuring a mobile wireless communication device using a carrier service configuration profile selected from a set of stored carrier service configuration profiles. Carrier service configuration profiles are selected based on one or more combinations of identifier values stored in the mobile wireless communication device. Carrier service configuration profiles are priority ranked based on a specificity of the one or more combinations of identifier values. | 08-11-2011 |
20110195701 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MOBILE MONITORING OF NON-ASSOCIATED TAGS - A system for monitoring at least one tag device has at least one mobile cellular telephone. The mobile cellular telephone is capable of communicating on a WiFi network, wherein the at least one tag device transmits wireless data messages in a non-associating mode. | 08-11-2011 |
20110195702 | Method of Handling System Information Acquisition and Related Communication Device - A method of handling system information acquisition for a network in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes configuring a measurement gap configuration to a mobile device of the wireless communication system in a CELL_FACH state for the system information acquisition when a proximity indication is received from the mobile device. | 08-11-2011 |
20110195703 | Portable Radiotelephone for Automatically Dialing a Central Voice-Activated Dialing System - A portable radiotelephone can be shifted between a first condition wherein the radiotelephone does not receive or transmit voice communications by radiotelephone transmissions over radiotelephone channels and a second condition wherein the radiotelephone receives and transmits voice communications by radiotelephone transmissions over radiotelephone channels. The radiotelephone automatically calls a central voice-activated phone dialing system remote from the portable radiotelephone in response to producing the second condition in the radiotelephone. The radiotelephone includes a switch for producing the first and second conditions. | 08-11-2011 |
20110201324 | Reporting of Non-Real-Time MDT Measurements - Methods and apparatus for providing measurement reports to a wireless communication network from a mobile station are disclosed. A first mobile station performs measurements concerning one or more connectivity aspects for the first mobile station in relation to the wireless communication network and stores the measurements in an internal log, where the measurements are performed according to a reporting configuration for the first mobile station. A first network node of the network sends a request for a logged measurement report, which is received by the first mobile station. The first mobile station then sends a logged measurement report as a response to the, which report is then received by the first network node. | 08-18-2011 |
20110201325 | SYSTEM, DEVICE, DATABASE AND METHOD FOR INCREASING THE CAPACITY AND CALL VOLUME OF A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - Capacity of cellular telephone network is increased by using database to record number of callers using low data rate equipment, such as noise reducing or canceling equipment. Use of noise reduction telephones leads to increase in SNR which allows greater number of users. As number of low data rate communications devices, such as noise reduction cellular telephones increases on network and replace higher data rate devices, capacity of network increases as compared to a network that has greater number of higher data rate devices, and number of allowed calls on network may be increased. Business method for operating network, such as a cellular telephone network, that increase revenues and profitability of network as result of increasing network capacity without increasing network infrastructure. Database alone and in combination with cellular device and network used to identify and track number of cellular telephone users who are using low data rate equipment. | 08-18-2011 |
20110201326 | RADIOTERMINALS AND OPERATING METHODS THAT RECEIVE MULTIPLE MEASURES OF INFORMATION FROM MULTIPLE SOURCES - A radioterminal includes a receiver that is configured to receive information from a base station by receiving a first measure of the information from the base station and a second measure of the information from a second device. The second device receives a measure of the information from the base station, responsively generates the second measure of the information and transmits the second measure of the information to the radioterminal over a short-range wireless link. Related methods are also described. | 08-18-2011 |
20110207450 | Method and Arrangements for Maintaining Timing Characteristics - A coordinating node, such as a positioning node and a radio base station, and a related method of maintaining timing characteristics of radio base stations connected to the coordinating node are disclosed. The method includes receiving timing information from a plurality of radio base stations, determining a respective timing characteristic of each of the plurality of radio base stations based on the received timing information, and maintaining the determined respective timing characteristics for support of network operations and services such as positioning. | 08-25-2011 |
20110207451 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and devices for coding a slot in a cellular radio system are described. The coding allows for increased robustness and can be designed to be backwards compatible with transmission for e.g. GSM, GPRS, EGPRS and EGPRS2. | 08-25-2011 |
20110212718 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR STABILIZING REFERENCE OSCILLATORS - Apparatus and methods for stabilizing reference oscillators are described. According to some embodiments, the reference oscillator of a device may be stabilized by synchronizing the reference oscillator to an external signal received by the device. The device may be a navigation device in some embodiments, and the external signal may represent or be synchronized to an atomic clock signal or other signal exhibiting sufficient stability. | 09-01-2011 |
20110212719 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR RELAYING CAMEL RELATED MESSAGES IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - The present invention refers to a method, an apparatus and a computer program product for relaying CAMEL related messages in a telecommunication network, wherein received CAMEL related messages and corresponding subscriber data are analyzed (S | 09-01-2011 |
20110217969 | DEVICES WITH MULTIPLE SUBSCRIPTIONS THAT UTILIZE A SINGLE BASEBAND-RADIO FREQUENCY RESOURCE CHAIN - A mobile communication device with multiple subscriptions includes a single baseband-radio frequency (BB-RF) resource chain. A first identity module, such as a subscriber identity module (SIM), a second identity module (e.g., a second SIM), and a controller are communicatively coupled to the single BB-RF resource chain. The first identity module is associated with a first subscription, and the second identity module is associated with a second subscription. The controller may be configured to arbitrate access to the single BB-RF resource chain to perform a first activity that corresponds to the first subscription or a second activity that corresponds to the second subscription. For example, the controller may interrupt a data session processed by the single BB-RF resource chain in response to receiving information indicating that a voice call is to be processed by the single BB-RF resource chain. | 09-08-2011 |
20110217970 | Transmission Method and Related Base Station - The invention relates to transmission from a base station to a receiver, the base station comprising first radiating means arranged for transmitting according to an antenna pattern with respect to the receiver and further comprising second radiating means arranged for transmitting according to the same antenna pattern as the first radiating means with respect to the receiver, the transmissions of the first and second radiating means being time shifted by a determined duration. | 09-08-2011 |
20110217971 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PERFORMING RETRANSMISSION REQUEST THROUGH BASE STATION COOPERATION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and system is disclosed that requests a retransmission through base station cooperation in a communication system. The method for performing a retransmission request includes: receiving data from a main base station; transmitting a retransmission request of the received data; and receiving the data from the main base station in response to the retransmission request. A sub base station performing cooperation communication with the main base station receives the retransmission request from the mobile station and changes the format of transmission with respect to mobile stations communicating with the sub base station. The method and system can allow only a small amount of information to be exchanged among base stations in a base station cooperation system, thereby effectively reducing inter-cell interference and increasing the probability of successfully receiving retransmitted data. | 09-08-2011 |
20110223900 | Supplemental Node Transmission Assistance in a Wireless Communications Network - Supplemental node transmission assistance in a wireless network provides for transmissions between a wireless network and wireless user equipment in a first direction using a serving node of the wireless network while providing for transmissions between the wireless network and wireless user equipment in a second direction using a supplemental node of the wireless network. The supplemental node is selected based on providing better channel conditions between the network and the user equipment in the second direction than the serving node. The supplemental node thus provides transmission assistance for the serving node in order to provide the best available downlink and uplink communications between the user equipment and the network. | 09-15-2011 |
20110223901 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ITERATIVE MULTIPLE FREQUENCY HYPOTHESIS TESTING WITH CELL-ID DETECTION IN AN E-UTRA/LTE UE RECEIVER - A mobile device receives a signal comprising a PSS and a SSS. The mobile device performs iterative MFHT utilizing a reduced number of MFH branches. At each iteration, frequency offset estimation and Cell-ID detection are concurrently performed. An iteration starts with selecting initial frequency offsets spanning a frequency offset estimation range. The selected initial frequency offsets are placed in the MFH branches. A particular MFH branch with a maximum PSS correlation peak magnitude is selected at the iteration. A frequency offset estimate in the selected MFH branch is utilized for frequency control. The frequency offset estimation range utilized for the current iteration is reduced for the next iteration. A Cell-ID is declared if the Cell-ID is consistently detected not only within a particular iteration on the basis of having detected consistent cell ID information for the first and second halves of a radio frame, but also from iteration to iteration. | 09-15-2011 |
20110223902 | ACCESS CONTROL BASED ON RECEIPT OF DEFINED INFORMATION FROM ACCESS TERMINAL - Access control techniques enable an access terminal to obtain service through an access point. In some aspects, access control techniques may be used to enable a user (e.g., an owner) of an access point to control whether an access terminal obtains service through the access point. For example, a user may temporarily disable access control at an access point to enable access points that register with the access point while access control is disabled to thereafter be allowed to obtain service through the access point. As another example, a shared secret may be provided to an access terminal whereby, upon presenting the shared secret to an access point, the access terminal is allowed to obtain service through the access point. | 09-15-2011 |
20110223903 | Apparatus And Method For Synchronization - Embodiments provide a method and apparatus configured to measure a timing difference to at least one neighbouring base station, cell, NodeB, enhanced NodeB, relay and/or relays, evaluate or generate a time control command depending on the measured timing difference, and send the time control command to a serving base station or NodeB or eNB. | 09-15-2011 |
20110223904 | Uplink Segmentation | 09-15-2011 |
20110230178 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE HAVING MULTIPLE, INTERCHANGEABLE SECOND DEVICES - A mobile communication device comprises a first device with a first display and multiple second devices. The second devices are releasably attachable to the first device and are interchangeable with each other. The mobile device can operate as a mobile cell phone with one or more second devices operable as a mobile phone hand set. The second devices can comprise one or more game controllers, batteries, physical keyboards and/or mobile phone handsets with a display. In a detached configuration, the first device is separated from the second devices and can wirelessly communicate with one or more of the detached second devices. In a three device configuration, the first device can send commands, control signals or content to one or more external devices in addition to the second devices. | 09-22-2011 |
20110230179 | WIRELESS/WIRED BACKHAUL-AWARE CELL SELECTION MECHANISM - A method for selecting a cell in a wireless communication system includes performing a cell selection process in a mobile terminal, which includes receiving, in the mobile terminal, information from each of at least one cell, each information including a preference value, where each preference value indicates a congestion level of a corresponding one of the at least one cell, and selecting, in the mobile terminal, one of the at least one cell according to the received preference value. The method for selecting a cell a wireless communication system further includes attempting, by the mobile terminal, to connect with the selected cell by performing a random access procedure with the selected cell. | 09-22-2011 |
20110230180 | WIRELESS BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless base station includes an antenna for communicating with a terminal in a coverage area; a transmitting unit that transmits to an adjacent wireless base station via the antenna, configuration information used by the wireless base station to control communication with the terminal; a receiving unit that receives configuration information of the adjacent wireless base station via the antenna; and a configuration information controlling unit that sets configuration information of the wireless base station, based on the configuration information of the adjacent wireless base station received by the receiving unit. | 09-22-2011 |
20110230181 | Avoiding Transmitter Collision Sessions in Femtocells Arrays - Control unit within a femtocell base station is arranged to detect a transmission collision situation and resolves it by adjusting the timing of the transmission signal and consequently the frame position gradually over time. The adjustment (or shift) is performed in a slow enough rate such that the User Equipments currently connected (camped) to the femtocell base station remain connected. Additionally, a method is also provided. The method comprises: detecting neighboring base stations; detecting frame boundaries of the transmitting signal of each detected neighboring base station; calculating optimal transmit position; setting transmit position to calculated optimal transmit position; and maintaining optimal transmit position by gradually adjusting transmit position over time. In case, detecting neighboring base stations is not possible, the method comprises: detecting absolute time drifting in view of an absolute accurate time reference and maintaining constant absolute transmit position by gradually adjusting transmit position over time. | 09-22-2011 |
20110237238 | CELLULAR SERVICE WITH IMPROVED SERVICE AVAILABILITY - A cellular communication system in which overload of a base station is averted by offering users the option to communicate using a spectrum outside of the spectrum allocated for cellular communication. Incentives are offered to connect to the base station using the alternative spectrum, which may not support communications at the same rate as could be supported using the spectrum allocated to the base station for cellular communications. Users may be selected to receive an offer to receive incentives based on range to the base station, with users closer to the base station being more likely to receive such an offer. The cellular communications system may be a 3G wireless system and the alternative spectrum may be white space in the digital TV spectrum. | 09-29-2011 |
20110237239 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTIVELY MUTING A CONTROL CHANNEL FOR A FEMTOCELL FOR INTERFERENCE AVOIDANCE - A method of providing a framework for efficient scanning and session establishment may include receiving vocabulary independent property information indicative of a property request and corresponding setting information of an application associated with a device capable of communication with a network communication environment, determining capabilities of the network communication environment relative to the received property information, and enabling generation of a selected scan function having selected scan parameters based at least in part on the determined capabilities and the property information. A corresponding apparatus and computer program product are also provided. | 09-29-2011 |
20110237240 | COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT METHOD, MANAGEMENT SERVER, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - There is provided a communication management method including the steps of registering, by a management server managing communication of a base station, a communication terminal whose connection to the base station is to be permitted as a first communication terminal, registering, by the management server, another communication terminal as a second communication terminal based on a request from the communication terminal registered as the first communication terminal, requesting the base station, by a communication terminal, for connection, and permitting, by the management server, connection to the base station in a case the communication terminal which has requested the base station for connection is registered as the first communication terminal or the second communication terminal. | 09-29-2011 |
20110237241 | Wireless Communication Device - A first wireless communication device may communicate specific data with a second wireless communication device by utilizing a wireless connection according to wireless communication setting information for communicating the specific data. The first wireless communication device may send second wireless setting information to the second wireless communication device by utilizing a first wireless connection according to first wireless setting information in a case where an instruction is input. The first wireless communication device may (A) newly set the second wireless setting information as the wireless setting information for communicating the specific data in a case where a predetermined signal is received, and (B) maintain the first wireless setting information as the wireless setting information for communicating the specific data in a case where the predetermined signal is not received. | 09-29-2011 |
20110237242 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH MOVING BASE STATION - A mobile communication system employs moving base stations moving in the direction of flow of traffic moving along a roadway. The moving base station communicates with fixed radio ports connected to a gateway office. A plurality of moving base stations are spaced apart on a closed loop and move with the flow of traffic along one roadway on one leg of the loop and with a flow of traffic on another roadway in another leg of the loop. The moving base stations communicate with a plurality of fixed radio ports connected by a signal transmission link to a gateway office which, in turn, is connected to the wire line network. The moving base stations are each provided with a pair of directional antennas with one antenna directed toward the flow of traffic and another antenna directed to the fixed radio ports. | 09-29-2011 |
20110244847 | SCALABLE QUANTIZATION OF CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FOR MIMO TRANSMISSION - Techniques for reporting channel state information (CSI) are described. A user equipment (UE) may receive data transmission from one or more cells among a plurality of cells and may report CSI for each of the plurality of cells. In an aspect, the UE may generate CSI with different quantization granularity (e.g., different codebook sizes), or different frequency granularity (e.g., different subband sizes), and/or different time granularity (e.g., different reporting intervals) for different cells based on the performance impact of each cell for data transmission to the UE. The performance impact of each cell may be determined based on a long-term channel gain or received power of the cell at the UE. The UE may quantize the CSI for each cell based on the codebook size for the cell. The UE may generate the CSI for each cell based on the subband size and/or the reporting interval for the cell. | 10-06-2011 |
20110244848 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND PHONE DEVICE FOR THE SAME - A communication system switches a communication state from a first communication state where a wireless communication unit of a communication device performs data communication and voice communication with an external device and a phone device to a second communication state to perform the data communication between the phone device and the external device, in response to electric power supply to the wireless communication unit being interrupted. The first communication state is set with a communication-device network ID used for the communication device and a phone-device network ID used for the phone device. The second communication state is set with the phone-device network ID used for the communication device and the communication-device network ID used for the phone device. | 10-06-2011 |
20110244849 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND PHONE DEVICE FOR THE SAME - A communication system switches a communication state from a first communication state where a communication device performs data communication and voice communication with an external device, a first phone device, and a second phone device to a second communication state to perform the voice communication between the communication device and the second phone device and the data communication between the first phone device and the external device, when the voice communication is started using the second phone device in response to a call from a communication line. The second communication state is set when a first-phone-device network ID is used for the communication device, a communication-device network ID is used for the first phone device, and a party device of the second phone device is set to a device identified with the first-phone-device network ID. | 10-06-2011 |
20110244850 | Cell Searching System and Method - For wireless networks that transmit synchronization signals allowing user equipment to synchronize to cells within the network and transmit reference signals allowing user equipment to determine cell identities, a method and apparatus taught herein advantageously link the synchronization signal sequences to the reference signal sequences according to a defined mapping. The linking simplifies the cell search process by allowing user equipment to determine cell identities based on mapping detected synchronization signal sequences to the corresponding reference signal or to the corresponding subset of reference signals in embodiments where there are more reference signal sequences than synchronization signal sequences. In at least one embodiment, the network is a 3G LTE network and at least the Primary Synchronization Signal (P-SyS) sequences are linked to the Downlink (DL) reference symbol sequences according to a defined mapping, thereby allowing to user equipment to determine cell identities from detected P-SyS sequences. | 10-06-2011 |
20110250879 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR A LEVEL - [Problems to be Solved] In view of the problem of known wireless communication systems for a level, it is an object of the present invention to provide a wireless system that can operate both for individual communications and simultaneous communications. | 10-13-2011 |
20110256857 | Systems and Methods for Improving Antenna Isolation Using Signal Cancellation - Interference compensation circuits can isolate a victim antenna from an aggressor antenna, which causes the antennas to appear as being spaced further apart. The interference compensation circuit can obtain samples of signals generated by a transmitter for transmission by the aggressor antenna and process the samples to generate an interference compensation signal. The generated interference compensation signal can be applied to a signal path between the victim antenna and a receiver to suppress, cancel, or otherwise compensate for interference imposed on the victim antenna by the signals transmitted from the aggressor antenna. The interference compensation signal is generated by adjusting at least one of amplitude, phase, and delay of the samples to emulate the interference imposed on the victim antenna. | 10-20-2011 |
20110256858 | Method of Handling System Information Reception and Related Communication Device - A method of handling system information reception for a mobile device capable of receiving and transmitting on a plurality of component carriers in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises receiving system information of a secondary component carrier of the plurality of component carriers via a first dedicated signaling, and maintaining the system information of the secondary component carrier valid until an update of the system information of the secondary component carrier is received via a second dedicated signaling. | 10-20-2011 |
20110256859 | WIRELESS STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A wireless station apparatus is proposed that solves the problem of deterioration of communication quality. An arrival direction detection unit ( | 10-20-2011 |
20110256860 | WIRELESS BASE STATION, TERMINAL, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS METHOD - A wireless base station includes a communicator that performs wireless communication with a subordinate terminal, using any one among various types of wireless channels; and a processor to control the wireless base station in accordance with a process including: analyzing a utilization state of the wireless channel used by the terminal; and controlling information delivered to the terminal, according to the analyzing results. | 10-20-2011 |
20110263241 | USE OF MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICE SENSORS TO INITIATE A TELEPHONE CALL OR MODIFY TELEPHONE OPERATION - A system and a method are disclosed for initiating a voice communication, such as a telephone call, or modifying an output device used to present audio data. After receiving a destination identifier, such as a telephone number, data from one or more sensors included in the mobile computing device is analyzed. Responsive to the sensor data describing movement in a first direction of a first axis, such as upward motion along a vertical axis, a voice communication is established using the destination identifier. While audio data from the voice communication, or from another source, is presented, data from the sensors is also analyzed. Responsive to the sensor data indicating one or more types of movement or interactions with a surrounding environment, the output device used to present the audio data is modified. | 10-27-2011 |
20110263242 | UNIQUELY IDENTIFYING TARGET FEMTOCELL TO FACILITATE FEMTO-ASSISTED ACTIVE HAND-IN - Systems, methods, devices, and computer program products are described for supporting macrocell-to-femtocell hand-ins of active macro communications for mobile access terminals. An out-of-band (OOB) link is used to detect that an access terminal is in proximity of a femtocell (e.g., using an OOB radio integrated with the femtocell or in a common subnet with the femtocell). Having detected the access terminal in proximity to the femtocell, an OOB presence indication is communicated to a femto convergence system disposed in a core network in communication with the macro network to effectively pre-register the access terminal with the femto-convergence system. When the femto convergence system receives a handoff request from the macro network implicating the pre-registered access terminal, it is able to reliably determine the appropriate target femtocell to use for the hand-in according to the pre-registration, even where identification of the appropriate target femtocell would otherwise be unreliable. | 10-27-2011 |
20110269447 | MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATION NETWORK DEVICE, MOBILE TERMINAL, AND METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION OF CONTROL INFORMATION - A mobile radio communication network device is descried including a receiver configured to receive control information from a mobile terminal, wherein the receiver is configured to receive the control information in a first mode or in a second mode, wherein in the second mode, less of the control information is received in time from the mobile terminal than in the first mode, and a controller configured to control the receiver to receive the control information in the first mode if the mobile terminal is associated with a first mobile terminal mobility class and to control the receiver to receive the information in the second mode if the mobile terminal is associated with a second mobile terminal mobility class. | 11-03-2011 |
20110269448 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR UPDATING CONFIGURATIONS OF RADIO RESOURCES WITH SYSTEM INFORMATION - A mobile communication device with a wireless module and a controller module is provided. The wireless module performs wireless transceiving to and from a service network. The controller module, configured in a connected mode according to configurations of at least one dedicated radio resource, receives a broadcast system information indicating configurations of common radio resources from the service network via the wireless module, and determines whether the common radio resources comprise at least one of the dedicated radio resource. Also, the controller module applies the configurations of the common radio resources, except for the dedicated radio resource comprised in the common radio resources, in response to the common radio resources comprising at least one of the dedicated radio resource. | 11-03-2011 |
20110269449 | Subcell Measurement Procedures in a Distributed Antenna System - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for reporting downlink signal measurement information in a wireless communication system utilizing coordinated multipoint transmission from two or more subcells in each of a plurality of cells. The method comprises monitoring signal quality metrics for a first set of downlink signals comprising at least a first common channel signal transmitted from two or more subcells of a neighbor cell, evaluation of the monitored signal quality metrics, with respect to one or more predetermined criterion, and the selective increasing of a measurement rate, an event evaluation rate, or both, for at least a first subcell-specific signal from the neighbor cell, based on the evaluation. | 11-03-2011 |
20110269450 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ACQUIRING CHANNEL INFORMATION IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to an apparatus and to a method for acquiring downlink channel information in a radio communication system having a multi-cell/sector structure, comprising receiving channel quality information of a mobile station and loading information of cells/sectors adjacent to the mobile station, checking the carrier to interference and noise ratio (CINR) contained in the channel quality information, checking the average loading factor of the adjacent cells/sectors contained in the loading information, summing the average loading factors for each of the adjacent cells/sectors to calculate an effective loading factor, and compensating for the CINR with the effective loading factor to acquire channel information of the base station. | 11-03-2011 |
20110269451 | Method for sending auxiliary detection signaling - The present invention discloses a method for sending auxiliary detection signaling, comprising: for each base station in a base station group, that is, a first base station, the other base stations in the base station group except the first base station respectively send auxiliary detection signaling at the carrier frequency of the first base station. The technical solution saves both signaling overhead and power and reduces the complexity of a search carried out by an MS. | 11-03-2011 |
20110275359 | Carrier Aggregation For Two Radio Systems - A method includes enabling interoperability between different types of wireless communication systems operating with different types of air interfaces to provide downlink radio resource aggregation for a user equipment. Enabling includes establishing a first connection between a medium access control (MAC) protocol layer of a first wireless communication system and a physical layer of the first wireless communication system; establishing a second connection between the MAC protocol layer of the first wireless communication system and a MAC protocol layer of a second wireless communication system; using the first connection, performing wireless communications with the user equipment via one or more component carriers over a first air interface of the first wireless communication system; and communicating data over the second connection, the data used in wireless communications via one or more component carriers over a second air interface of the second wireless communication system. Apparatus and program products are also disclosed. | 11-10-2011 |
20110275360 | PRIVACY GATEWAY - The present invention relates to methods and apparatus for maintaining the privacy of a user | 11-10-2011 |
20110275361 | RESTRICTING ACCESS POINT TRANSMISSIONS - Transmissions by a first access point (e.g., a femto cell) are restricted upon detecting an access terminal in the vicinity of the first access point in the event the access terminal is communicating with a second access point (e.g., a macro cell). Upon detection of such an access terminal, the access terminal restricts transmission (e.g., beacon transmission) on a downlink carrier frequency on which the access terminal is actively receiving information from the second access point. This restriction of transmission by the access point may involve, for example, temporarily reducing transmit power, reducing the periodicity of transmission, or ceasing transmission. | 11-10-2011 |
20110275362 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a communication system, an upper-level carrier has communication functions for both first and second sessions. A first communication unit communicates with the upper-level carrier through a first communication session established therewith. A second communication unit communicates with the upper-level carrier through a second communication session established therewith. A communication control unit controls the first and second communication units. The communication control unit disconnects the first communication session and directs a signal intended for the first communication session to the second communication session, so that the signal is delivered to the upper-level carrier by using the second communication session as a detour. | 11-10-2011 |
20110275363 | METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING A MBSFN SUBFRAME AT A USER EQUIPMENT (UE) IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for identifying a MBSFN (Multimedia Broadcast multicast service Single Frequency Network) subframe at a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. Receiving module may receive receiving a subframe type information from an base station (BS). Receiving module may receive type information of the MBSFN subframe. The identifying module may identify an index of a MBSFN subframe based on the received subframe type information. The identifying module may identify a type of the MBSFN subframe based on the received type information of the MBSFN subframe. Decoding module may decode only a physical control channel region of the MBSFN subframe based on the identified type of the MBSFN subframe. Alternatively, Decoding module may decode the MBSFN subframe if the identified type of the MBSFN subframe is a decodable type or a known type. | 11-10-2011 |
20110281574 | ACCESS TERMINAL-ASSISTED TIME AND/OR FREQUENCY TRACKING - An access point (e.g., a femto cell) that is connected in an active call with an access terminal may cooperate with that access terminal or another access terminal to derive timing information from one or more neighboring access points (e.g., macro access points). In addition, an access point may cooperate with an idle access terminal to derive timing information from one or more neighboring access points. For example, an access terminal may determine the difference between pilot transmission timing or frame transmission timing of a femto cell and a macro cell, and report this timing difference to the femto cell. Based on this timing difference, the femto cell may adjust the timing and/or frequency of its transmissions so that these transmissions are synchronized in time and/or frequency as per network operation requirements. | 11-17-2011 |
20110281575 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A Home NodeB (HNB) is provided that can be triggered to dynamically change its operating radio parameters, such as its transmission frequency or its primary scrambling code without having to be rebooted and which communicates the changed operating parameters to the mobile user devices served thereby. In this way a seamless changeover of the operating parameters can be provided that is transparent to users. The HNB may be triggered to change operating parameters by the mobile operating network or by an internal procedure. | 11-17-2011 |
20110281576 | BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND LINK ESTABLISHING METHOD - A link establishing method to be implemented in a radio communication system sends a notifying signal notifying a plurality of radio resources from a base station when the base station judges that a collision of requests from a plurality of mobile stations has occurred, depending on a call request signal or a first connection request signal, and sends a second connection request signal from the mobile station using one radio resource selected from the plurality of radio resources notified by the notifying signal. | 11-17-2011 |
20110281577 | ENABLING SOCIAL INTERACTIVE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A computer-implemented system and method for enabling social interactive wireless communication between at least two mobile devices is presented. In particular, the system and method comprises affiliating and/or synchronizing a first mobile device and a second mobile device with an interactive social network. Further, the present invention comprises associating at least one first social interactive pairing criterion with the first mobile device, and associating at least one second social interactive pairing criterion with a second mobile device. Upon disposition of the first and second mobile devices in a physical and/or geographic proximity to one another, the present invention further comprises determining whether the first and second social interactive pairing criterion at least partially coincide with one another, and establishing a communication channel between the first and second mobile devices for communication therebetween. | 11-17-2011 |
20110287758 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE STATION, AND NETWORK DEVICE - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes a step of a radio network controller of a first communication scheme transmitting an instruction signal to a mobile station UE in a case where a radio access capability of the mobile station UE is contained in the received connection setup request signal, the instruction signal instructing the mobile station UE to make an attempt to set up a connection in a cell of a second communication scheme, and a step of the mobile station UE setting up the connection in the cell of the second communication scheme in response to the received instruction signal, wherein in the mobile station UE transmits a connection setup request signal not containing the radio access capability of the mobile station UE, in a case where the mobile station UE detects the predetermined trigger but the attempt to setup the connection in the cell of the second communication scheme has been made a predetermined number of times or more within a predetermined period of time. | 11-24-2011 |
20110287759 | METHOD FOR OPERATING SERVICE UNAVAILABLE MODE OF FEMTO BASE STATION - The present invention relates to a broadband wireless access system, and more particularly, to a method for efficiently operating a service unavailable mode of Femto base station. The method for operating a service unavailable mode of Femto base station in the broadband wireless access system according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: determining whether the preset condition for the operation of a service unavailable mode is satisfied; and broadcasting service unavailable mode information for indicating the state of service unavailable mode of the Femto base station in accordance with the result of determination on the preset condition. | 11-24-2011 |
20110287760 | MOBILE STATION, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, INAPPROPRIATE CELL ID DETECTION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A method of detecting an inappropriate cell ID in an environment in which synchronization using reference signals is not ensured in adjacent cells, without employing a method of using a report from an adjacent base station. A mobile station (UE) stores occurrence of an event in which synchronization using a reference signal has been lost with a cell being in a state of call connection, synchronization has been achieved again with a cell having a same cell ID as the cell with which the synchronization has been lost, and then the call connection has been released. The mobile station (UE) notifies occurrence of the event to a base station together with the cell ID when a call connection is subsequently made. | 11-24-2011 |
20110287761 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR FILTERING CELLULAR TELEPHONE MESSAGES - Systems and methods for filtering cellular messages to prevent receipt of certain messages are described. In one aspect, a computing device detects an incoming cellular telephone message for delivery to a receiver. The device filters the message by determining source identification information for the incoming cellular telephone message. The device compares this information to source identification entries in an acceptable senders list. The acceptable senders list includes source identification information corresponding to previous incoming and outgoing voice contacts by the receiver. If the source identification information for the incoming cellular telephone message is not found in the source identification entries in the acceptable senders list, the device deletes the cellular telephone message from a memory to prevent receipt of the message by the receiver. | 11-24-2011 |
20110294491 | Method and System for Discontinuous Reception Operation for Long Term Evolution Advanced Carrier Aggregation - A method for discontinuous reception operation for carrier aggregation comprising: receiving a first set of discontinuous reception parameters for a first carrier and a limited or different set of discontinuous reception parameters for a second carrier; and configuring discontinuous reception parameters on the first carrier and second carrier. | 12-01-2011 |
20110294492 | FEMTOCELL, COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR THE FEMTOCELL, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM THEREOF - A femtocell, a communication method for the femtocell, and a computer program product thereof are provided. A network system comprises the femtocell, a base station, and a femto gateway. The base station connects to an Internet via the femto gateway, and the femtocell initially connects to the Internet via a backhaul network. After the femtocell detects the backhaul network being in a disconnection status, it switches to a user equipment (UE) mode. Then, the femtocell uses the UE mode to build a connection with the base station so that the femtocell is able to connect to the Internet via the base station and the femto gateway. | 12-01-2011 |
20110294493 | MODULATING CELL INFORMATION ON A PHYSICAL CHANNEL - An access point transmits cell information via a physical layer channel. In some cases, the cell information sent on the physical layer channel comprises a physical layer identifier. For example, a physical layer channel may be modulated based on a cell identifier and/or a closed subscriber group identifier associated with the access point. Through the use of this cell information, an access point may be quickly identified for mobility and/or interference management operations. In addition, this cell information may be used for finger-printing operations. | 12-01-2011 |
20110294494 | PREDICTIVE WAKEUP FOR PUSH-TO-TALK-OVER-CELLULAR (POC) CALL SETUP OPTIMIZATIONS - A predictive wakeup function for Push-to-Talk-over Cellular (PoC) call setup optimizations in a cellular mobile phone network. In performing the predictive wakeup for call setup optimizations, an originating mobile transmits an event trigger to a real-time exchange that interfaces to a mobile switching center in the cellular mobile phone network. The real-time exchange transmits a wakeup message to one or more terminating mobiles of predicted participants, in order to transition the terminating mobiles of the predicted participants from a dormant state to an active state prior to a call being setup with the terminating mobiles of the predicted participants. The terminating mobiles of the predicted participants are identified by a predictive wakeup mechanism before the originating mobile sends a list of one or more terminating mobiles of actual participants to the real-time exchange. The predicted participants may be determined based on static or dynamic information, including heuristics involving calling patterns. | 12-01-2011 |
20110294495 | FEMTOCELL BASE STATION FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION ACCORDING TO SPECIFIED CRITERIA - A method and apparatus is disclosed to restrict access services to a communication device. The services may be restricted based upon hardware characteristics, geographic characteristics, user specifications of the communication device and/or specified rules. The method and apparatus may restrict its service to only specific applications suitable for the environment and the time. Upon a request for a service that is now restricted, the method and apparatus may notify an end user that the service was requested. Further, the method and apparatus may notify an originator of the request that the service is not available and may ask for a short message to be delivered to the end user. | 12-01-2011 |
20110294496 | SMALL-SIZE BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM - A small-size base station is obtained that allows an authorized user to reliably perform communication via the small-size base station by avoiding a mobile communication terminal of a third person from being connected to the small-size base station. A femtocell base station | 12-01-2011 |
20110294497 | Improved Testing of a Cellular System by Recording and Playing Back Transmitted Traffic in a Control Node - The invention discloses a method ( | 12-01-2011 |
20110294498 | RETROFIT INLINE ANTENNA POWER MONITOR SYSTEM AND METHOD - A system and method for measuring and monitoring the transmitted power from cellular antennas, and reporting the measurement over AISG protocol back to the user. The device associated with this system and method is capable of retrofitting existing telecommunications antennas currently in use by connecting directly in-line with an AISG communication cable already interfaced with the antenna. The system will monitor the broadcast power level of the antenna and may optionally be set to provide the user with alerts when the power levels are not within ideal parameters. | 12-01-2011 |
20110300849 | ACK/NACK Detection in LTE PUSCH - The present invention relates to ACK-NACK detection in an LTE wireless communication system. To determine a threshold value for an ACK-NACK transmission, an SC-FDMA signal is received from user equipment. Then, a power estimate of soft data bits is used to establish a threshold value for determining the presence of an ACK-NACK signal. Using this threshold value, a signal from the user equipment is analyzed to determine if it contains an ACK or NACK transmission. | 12-08-2011 |
20110300850 | TWO-WAY WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND SYSTEM APPLYING THE SAME - Disclosed is a two-way wireless communication apparatus. According to one embodiment of the present invention, the two-way wireless communication apparatus mainly includes a mobile communication module and a femtocell module. The mobile communication module has a first antenna for extending wireless signals, especially for extending the outdoor mobile communication signals. The femtocell module has a second antenna for providing a mobile coverage, especially for the end devices that user uses indoor. More particularly, the claimed two-way wireless communication apparatus uses a signaling means to link the mobile communication module and the femtocell module, and to exchange the downlink and uplink signals there-between. The two-way wireless communication apparatus is preferably capable of bridging at least two mobile communication networks. | 12-08-2011 |
20110300851 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING - Systems and methods for distributed computing between communication devices. A femto node is treated as a trusted extension of a user equipment and performs processing tasks on behalf of the user equipment. The femto node is also treated as a trusted extension of network servers and performs services on behalf of the network servers. Tasks are thus distributed between the network servers, the femto node and one or more user equipments. The tasks include processing data, filtering incoming messages, and caching network service information. | 12-08-2011 |
20110300852 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING - Systems and methods for distributed computing between communication devices. A femto node is treated as a trusted extension of a user equipment and performs processing tasks on behalf of the user equipment. The femto node is also treated as a trusted extension of network servers and performs services on behalf of the network servers. Tasks are thus distributed between the network servers, the femto node and one or more user equipments. The tasks include processing data, filtering incoming messages, and caching network service information. | 12-08-2011 |
20110300853 | FRONT-END MODULE NETWORK FOR FEMTOCELL APPLICATIONS - A wireless communication device includes a front-end module (FEM) network, an RF connection, and a system on a chip (SOC). A first set of FEMs is operable to output, via an antenna, a first outbound RF signal to a first wireless communication device and receive a first inbound RF signal via an antenna. A second set of FEMs is operable to output, via an antenna, a second outbound RF signal to a second wireless communication device, wherein the second outbound RF signal is representative of the first inbound RF signal, and receive a second inbound RF signal via an antenna, wherein the first outbound RF signal is representative of the second inbound RF signal. The SOC is operable to activate the first and second sets of FEMs, facilitate the first outbound RF signal representing the second inbound RF signal, and facilitate the second outbound RF signal representing the first inbound RF signal. | 12-08-2011 |
20110300854 | METHOD OF CONTROL INDICATION IN MULTI-INPUT MULTI-OUTPUT COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Multiple Transport Blocks (TBs) or data streams are provided in Multi-Input-Multi-Output (MIMO) wireless communication systems herein. The base station (eNB) controls and schedules all downlink and uplink transmission to and from User Equipments, which need to receive an uplink grant from BS/eNB before they transmit. The uplink grant is carried as one of the control indication message in the downlink. The BS/eNB also transmits ACK/NACK information in the HARQ indication channel to the UE for each of the transport blocks. The UE detects the control indication to determine the actual uplink scheduling, as well as the HARQ indication. A method of transmitting a control indication message, which contains a detailed transmit format for one of the TBs to be transmitted, while allowing simultaneous communications on the other TBs is also enclosed. | 12-08-2011 |
20110300855 | METHOD FOR SUPPORTING AN OPERATIONAL WIRELESS CONNECTION OF A MOBILE STATION TO A MACROCELL OR FEMTOCELL BASE STATION - A method for supporting an operational wireless connection of a mobile station to a macrocell or femtocell base station—current base station—, wherein the mobile station is located both within the coverage area of the current base station and in the coverage area of another base station—foreign base station—, in particular a femtocell base station, wherein the mobile station has access authorization to the current base station and no access authorization to the foreign base station, is characterized in that a restricted connection is permitted between the mobile station and the foreign base station. | 12-08-2011 |
20110300856 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, CONTROL METHOD OF BASE STATION, CONTROL METHOD OF MOBILE STATION, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - An object of the present invention is to provide a radio communication system capable of effectively coping with the two problems, which are in a trade-off relation between the deterioration of the use efficiency of the radio resources and the deterioration of the radio quality of the secondary cell, in the cases where both a combination of carrier frequency bands that are away from each other and a combination of carrier frequency bands that are adjacent to each other can be alternatively used as the combination of carrier frequency bands for a primary cell and a secondary cell. A radio communication system according to the present invention includes a mobile station ( | 12-08-2011 |
20110306333 | Support of multiple 3GPP standards versions - The preferred methodology involves operating internally at the PCRF node at a highest supported minor version of the 3GPP standards and supporting multiple minor versions of the 3GPP standards at the PCRF node. The preferred methodology may also involve: determining which minor version of the 3GPP standards is used by a component in a network; selecting the minor version of the 3GPP standards supported by the component in the network; and utilizing the minor version of the 3GPP standards supported by the component in the network for sending content and messaging from the PCRF node. | 12-15-2011 |
20110306334 | METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR IDENTIFYING AT LEAST ONE TERMINAL FOR WHICH SIGNALS TRANSFERRED BETWEEN THE AT LEAST ONE TERMINAL AND A BASE STATION HAVE TO BE RELAYED BY A RELAY - A method for identifying at least one terminal for which signals transferred between the at least one terminal and a base station of a wireless cellular telecommunication network have to be relayed by a relay, the base station providing a random access channel enabling any terminal to notify to the base station the presence of the terminal by transferring a random access signal to the base station. The relay: transfers the random access signal to the base station for obtaining a list of at least one terminal, receives the list, identifies, from the received list, at least one terminal for which signals transferred between the at least one identified terminal and the base station have to be relayed by the relay, and relays signals between the at least one identified terminal and the base station. | 12-15-2011 |
20110306335 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method of transmitting a sounding reference signal from a user equipment to a base station in a wireless communication system using a plurality of component carriers is disclosed. The present invention includes the steps of checking offset values of a plurality of the component carriers corresponding to a subframe having the sounding reference signal applied thereto from the base station and if the sounding reference signal is transmitted using a certain component carrier of a plurality of the component carriers, transmitting the sounding reference signal to the base station using the certain component carrier in a sub-frame corresponding to the offset value of the certain component carrier. Preferably, the present invention further includes the step of if the sounding reference signals are transmitted using at least two component carriers in the same subframe, transmitting the sounding reference signal having a longest transmission periodicity among the sounding reference signals only. | 12-15-2011 |
20110306336 | METHOD OF DETERMINING AN ACCESS MODE OF CELL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and UE providing wireless communication services, and a method of determining the operation mode of a base station, that is, the connection mode (access mode) of a cell, based on which UE's connection is allowed by a base station in an evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) that has evolved from a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) or a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, and it may be an object of the present invention to provide a process of determining the connection mode of a cell by checking the existence of a subscriber group identity if it is determined that the connection mode of a cell is not allowed for one or more UEs belonging to a particular subscriber group. | 12-15-2011 |
20110312315 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TIME-BASED MEDIATION OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus for time-based mediation of wireless communications is provided to a user of a wireless communications device. The method involves determining local time information associated with the recipient communication device in response to a user-initiated contact function; determining a mediation condition based at least in part on said local time information; and if the mediation condition satisfies a predetermined criterion: providing, to a user of the wireless communication device, an indication of said mediation condition; presenting, to said user, a menu of two or more options for contacting the recipient communication device using the wireless communication device; and initiating communication in accordance with an option selected from said menu. The method can be implemented on an apparatus such as a wireless communication device. | 12-22-2011 |
20110312316 | Method and Arrangement for Signaling of Parameters in a Wireless Network - According to some embodiments, a method in a user equipment ( | 12-22-2011 |
20110312317 | INTER-CARRIER INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT IN DEDICATED CHANNEL FEMTOCELL NETWORKS - In one embodiment, a method of mitigating uplink inter-carrier interference (ICI) from macrocell mobile stations at a dedicated channel femtocell base station is provided that includes: determining a timing offset for a femtocell uplink symbol timing that reduces the ICI based upon an expected spatial distribution for the macrocell mobile stations with respect to the femtocell base station; communicating the timing offset to at least one femtocell mobile station; and at the femtocell base station, receiving an uplink symbol transmission from the at least one femtocell mobile station according to the timing offset. | 12-22-2011 |
20110312318 | SYSTEM, DEVICE, DATABASE AND METHOD FOR INCREASING THE CAPACITY AND CALL VOLUME OF A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - Capacity of cellular telephone network is increased by using database to record number of callers using low data rate equipment, such as noise reducing or canceling equipment. Use of noise reduction telephones leads to increase in SNR which allows greater number of users. As number of low data rate communications devices, such as noise reduction cellular telephones increases on network and replace higher data rate devices, capacity of network increases as compared to a network that has greater number of higher data rate devices, and number of allowed calls on network may be increased. Business method for operating network, such as a cellular telephone network, that increase revenues and profitability of network as result of increasing network capacity without increasing network infrastructure. Database alone and in combination with cellular device and network used to identify and track number of cellular telephone users who are using low data rate equipment. | 12-22-2011 |
20110319066 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RELAYING CONTENT BETWEEN A MACROCELL AND A FEMTOCELL - An apparatus is provided for relaying content between a macro base station and a femto base station of a femtocell whose geographic area of coverage is at least partially overlapped by a macrocell including the macro base station. As a user equipment, the apparatus may receive information, including a random access code, which has been coordinated between the macro base station and femto base station. The apparatus may prepare the random access code for transmission on a random access channel to the macro/femto base station in an instance in which the other of the macro/femto base station is serving the apparatus. The code serves to notify the macro/femto base station that the apparatus has been selected to relay content between the macro base station and femto base station. And consequently, the apparatus may also relay content between the macro base station and femto base station. | 12-29-2011 |
20110319067 | Method for Wireless Cell Site Collocation Optimization - A method and system to optimally choose antenna collocation sites in a geographic region for one or more cellular carriers based on a quantified relative measure of site desirability, considering variables such as terrain elevation, ground clutter, RF propagation coverage, proximity to fiber, existing antenna mounting structure load capacity, and market. | 12-29-2011 |
20110319068 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CSI IN CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A Channel Status Information (CSI) transmission method and apparatus of a terminal are provided for use in a wireless communication system. In the wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation, the terminal transmits the CSIs of component carriers without conflict of their transmission time points, resulting in an improvement of system performance. In a case where the transmission time points are determined to overlap unavoidably, the terminal transmits the CSI as compressed. | 12-29-2011 |
20110319069 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR MOBILE CAPABILITY SIGNALING - A mobile communications device with a wireless module and a controller module is provided. The wireless module performs wireless transmissions and receptions to and from a service network. The controller module receives a capability enquiry message from the service network via the wireless module, and determines a first capability category indicating carrier aggregation capability of the wireless module in response to the capability enquiry message. Also, the controller module transmits a capability information message comprising the first capability category to the service network via the wireless module. | 12-29-2011 |
20110319070 | ENABLING LONG INTER-RAT MEASUREMENTS - A cellular communications system is described in which a mobile cellular device is configured to return status data to the network when instructed to obtain cell measurements. When used, the status data may indicate that measurements are in hand and that further measurement reports may or will follow. The status data may also indicate if the reporting interval and/or the measurement gaps defined by the network are suitable to make the measurements given the current status of the mobile device. A network node is also disclosed that can receive the measurement reports and interpret the status data to decide to wait for further measurement results or to issue a new reporting interval or a new cell list or arrange a new configuration of idle gaps in which cell measurements may be made. | 12-29-2011 |
20120003970 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes the steps of: (A) measuring, at a mobile station (MUE) that is in communication in a first cell under the control of a first radio base station (MBS), a reception timing difference between a timing of receiving a downlink signal from the first cell and a timing of receiving a downlink signal from a second cell under the control of a second radio base station (FBS); (B) reporting, from the mobile station (MUE) to the first radio base station, the measured reception timing difference; and (C) transmitting, from the first radio base station (MBS) to the second radio base station (FBS), an adjustment instruction instructing to adjust a timing of transmitting a downlink signal in the second cell, based on the reception timing difference. | 01-05-2012 |
20120003971 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile communication system includes a mobile station connected with a base station by radio when being in a cell formed by the base station, and configured to communicate with a counter side unit through the base station; and a relay station configured to form a limitation area. The relay station receives a downlink signal from the base station and transmits a limitation downlink signal obtained by adding information showing that it is in the limitation area to the downlink signal to the limitation area. When receiving the limitation downlink signal, the mobile station transmits an uplink signal showing a function limited state to the base station in synchronization with a downlink channel received from the base station. | 01-05-2012 |
20120009915 | GROUP COMMUNICATION SESSIONS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - In an embodiment, an access terminal (AT), requests a non-exclusive floor (NEF) for a group communication session (GCS) in response to a detection that a user of the AT intends to speak to an associated communication group (CG). In another embodiment, the AT later requests that its NEF for the GCS be revoked in response to a detection that the user of the AT no longer intends to speak to the CG. In another embodiment, another AT holds a NEF for the GCS, and a user of the AT decides to revoke the other AT's NEF such that the AT sends a floor-revocation request to an application server (AS) that is arbitrating the GCS. In another embodiment, the AS grants NEFs to multiple ATs, selectively mixes media received from the ATs for transmission to the CG, and selectively revokes NEFs from one or more of the multiple ATs. | 01-12-2012 |
20120009916 | METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZING DATA WITHIN MOBILE COMMUNITIES - A method for synchronizing data related to a communication event between a first mobile device and a second mobile device includes modifying a first data element stored in the first mobile device using a processor of the first mobile device in response to a user action event related to the communication event. The first data element and the modified first data element are related to the communication event. A synchronization message is generated using the processor of the first mobile device, where the synchronization message is related to the modification of the first data element. The synchronization message is transmitted from the first mobile device to the second mobile device. The synchronization message is received and handled using the processor of the second mobile device so as to modify a second data element stored in the second mobile device so as to provide a modified second data element. The modified second data element corresponds to the modified first data element. | 01-12-2012 |
20120009917 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN A MIMO NETWORK - The present invention relates to method for communicating in a network, said network comprising a primary station and at least one secondary station having a plurality of antennas, the method comprising the step of the primary station transmitting to a first secondary station an indication of a first receive combining matrix that the first secondary station should use to combine the signals received at its said plurality of antennas from a first subsequent transmission from the primary station. | 01-12-2012 |
20120015645 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A SYNCHRONOUS CHANNEL AND AN ESSENTIAL CONTROL INFORMATION CHANNEL, AND FEMTO BASE STATION THEREOF - The present invention provides a method for transmitting a synchronous channel and an essential control information channel in a femto base station. The method comprises the steps of: acquiring by the femto base station segment information from a macro base station which overlays the femto base station; discriminating by the femto base station the segment or subcarrier used by the macro base station; and transmitting by the femto base station a synchronous channel and essential control information thereof on the segment or subcarrier different from the segment or subcarrier discriminated in the previous step. | 01-19-2012 |
20120015646 | METHOD FOR ACCESSING A SERVICE UNAVAILABLE THROUGH A NETWORK CELL - A method performed by user equipment (UE) includes receiving a request to access a service unavailable through a first network cell associated with the UE, and receiving a message from an access device associated with the first network cell, wherein the message identifies a plurality of second network cells providing the service. | 01-19-2012 |
20120021734 | METHOD FOR RESOLVING CONFLICT BETWEEN NETWORK SEARCHING AND TRAFFIC AND MULTI-CARD MULTI-STANDBY MOBILE PHONE - A method for resolving conflict between network searching and traffic includes: determining if a service request corresponds to mobile originated traffic or mobile terminated traffic, when a second user card receives the service request during a process of the network searching of a first user card; temporarily suspending the mobile originated traffic and continuing to perform the network searching of the first user card, when the service request corresponds to the mobile originated traffic; and temporarily suspending the network searching of the first user card, firstly processing the mobile terminated traffic, and continuing to perform the network searching of the first user card after completing the mobile terminated traffic, when the service request corresponds to the mobile terminated traffic. A multi-card multi-standby mobile phone of the present invention includes at least two types of user card, a communication unit for transmitting communication information, a microcontroller unit and a determining unit. The present invention avoids impact of the network searching to the mobile originated traffic and the mobile terminated traffic. | 01-26-2012 |
20120021735 | METHOD FOR OPERATING A WIMAX FEMTOCELL BASE STATION AND FEMTOCELL BASE STATION - A method for operating a WiMAX femtocell base station, wherein the femtocell base station has an active operational mode, in which the radio interface subsystem of the femtocell base station is fully power supplied, is characterized in that a power saving mode with reduced radio interface activity is provided, wherein the femtocell base station is enabled to transit between the active operation mode and the power saving mode. Furthermore, a corresponding femtocell base station for deployment in a WiMAX network is disclosed. | 01-26-2012 |
20120021736 | FEMTO CELL BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD AND PROGRAM - The femto cell base station is a femto cell base station that connects a UE (User Equipment) to a core network side and includes storing means and control means. The storing means retains subscriber information of the UE visiting an area under control of the femto cell base station. The control means deletes the subscriber information of the UE, that is removed from the control of the femto cell base station, from the storing means. | 01-26-2012 |
20120021737 | METHOD FOR IMPROVING CALL SUCCESS RATE AND BASE STATION SYSTEM THEREOF - The present invention discloses a method for improving the call success rate and a base station system thereof, which send reverse power control bits by using a specific parameter value according to the distance between a user and a base station, so as to improve the probability that the base station captures the mobile station and thereby improve the call success rate. The method includes the following steps of: distinguishing user type according to information in an origination message from a mobile station, and setting an initial value of a forward transmission power; and a base station sending a forward traffic channel null frame to the mobile station according to the initial value of the forward transmission power, wherein the forward traffic channel null frame contains reverse power control bits information. | 01-26-2012 |
20120021738 | Method for Setting Control Multi Point in Wireless Communication System and Apparatus Thereof - The present invention relates to a method for setting a control multi point of a serving cell in a wireless communication system. The serving cell selects more than one adjacent base station as a control multi point set based on first link information between terminals and the adjacent base stations received from the terminals. Furthermore, the serving cell: receives a pre-coding matrix index corresponding to the adjacent base stations which is selected by the terminals, selects more than one pre-coding matrix index from the received pre-coding matrix indexes according to a preset condition, generates a pre-coding matrix index list, and transmits pre-coding matrix index list to the corresponding base station. | 01-26-2012 |
20120028626 | POLICY DETERMINATION FOR USER EQUIPMENT PROVIDNG MUTUAL AID IN A VISITED ENTERPRISE OPERATING AREA OF A LONG TERM EVOLUTION SYSTEM - A Mutual Aid QoS Function (MAQF) performs a method for determining policy for user equipment (UE) providing mutual aid in a mutual aid enterprise operating area of a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system. The method includes: receiving an indication that a UE is assigned to provide mutual aid in a mutual aid enterprise operating area, wherein the UE has a home enterprise operating area that is different than the mutual aid enterprise operating area; detecting that the UE has entered the mutual aid enterprise operating area; selecting a set of mutual aid policy rules for the UE while the UE is providing mutual aid in the mutual aid enterprise operating area. | 02-02-2012 |
20120028627 | Method and Apparatus for Biasing a Handoff Decision Based on a Blackhaul Link - A decision whether to perform a handover between a relay and a base station may depend, at least in part, on a backhaul link between the relay and the donor base station serving the relay. That is, the relay may provide information relating to a characteristic of the backhaul link to the user equipment, and the user equipment may utilize this information to bias its measurements of signals transmitted from the relay and the base station in accordance with the characteristic of the backhaul link. In this way, if the backhaul link suffers such that it becomes a bottleneck, the handover decision between the relay and the base station is better informed than a decision based solely on the transmissions from the relay and from the base station. | 02-02-2012 |
20120028628 | Switching between Open and Closed Loop Multi-Stream Transmission - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for multi-stream wireless communication between a transmitter node and a receiver node. The method comprises applying an open-loop multi-stream transmission technique during an initial part of a transmission burst. In another step of the method, detailed channel state information is received ( | 02-02-2012 |
20120028629 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SETTING A TRANSMIT POWER LEVEL - An access point for supporting communication in a femto cell of a cellular communication network. The access point comprises transceiver circuitry arranged to enable communication with at least one cell subscribed wireless communication unit located within the femto cell, and signal processing logic module. The signal processing logic is arranged to configure a transmit power level of a Common Pilot CHannel (CPICH) for transmission based at least on cell subscribed wireless communication unit information. | 02-02-2012 |
20120028630 | Base Station and Cellular Wireless Communication System - A femtocell base station collects the terminal distribution within the cell and selects terminals to represent the cell-center and the cell-edge from among the terminals within the cell. The femtocell base station also calculates maximum transmit power for the respective the cell-center and cell-edge terminals allowable by the macrocell base station. The femtocell base station sets the respective transmit power of the cell-center and the cell-edge in a range that will not exceed the maximum transmit power, adjusts the transmit power control parameter to allow control by the terminal at the power value that was set, and notifies the terminal. Communication with high throughput can in this way be attained for terminals in cells within the femtocell base station during uplink communications to the femtocell base station, and interference applied to the terminals in the macrocell base station can be suppressed. | 02-02-2012 |
20120028631 | METHOD OF UTILIZING A RELAY NODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and a user equipment (UE) providing wireless communication services, and more particularly, a method of preventing transmission error of data while maintaining its security and a method of controlling an access of a Relay Node (RN) to a Donor eNB (DeNB) and an access of the UE to the RN during a process of transmitting and receiving user data when the RN as a radio network node is connected to the DeNB in an Evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS), a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, and a LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) system that have evolved from a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS). | 02-02-2012 |
20120028632 | METHOD FOR OPERATING A BASE STATION AND BASE STATION - A method for operating a base station of a mobile wireless system, in particular of a mobile communications network, wherein the base station is configured to operate in different operation states, wherein the operation states at least include an active operational mode, in which the radio interface subsystem of the base station is fully activated, and a low-duty operational mode with reduced radio transmission activity, is characterized in that in the low-duty operational mode the base station implements a window mechanism including availability intervals during which radio transmissions are allowed and unavailability intervals in which no radio transmissions are allowed. Furthermore, a corresponding base station for deployment in a mobile wireless system is disclosed. | 02-02-2012 |
20120034910 | PRIORITY BASED SERVICE SELECTION METHODS AND APPARATUS - Wireless communication techniques are provided to receive a service priority scheme selection and determine, during reception of a first service, whether or not to switch to a second service, based on the received service priority scheme selection. Devices, systems and methods can be configured to implement the techniques for service priority scheme selection. | 02-09-2012 |
20120034911 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMANCE ENHANCEMENT IN OPEN LOOP MULTI CELL MIMO SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for operating a Mobile Station (MS) in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes receiving a threshold for a gap of an average Receive (Rx) power between a neighboring Base Station (BS) and a serving BS, transmitting to the serving BS, identification information of a BS having the average power greater than a first value, receiving information of a BS involving joint processing generated using information of the BS having the average power greater than the first value, feeding Precoding Matrix Index (PMI) information of the BS involving the joint processing, back to the serving BS, receiving information indicating a PMI operation mode of the MS, from the serving BS, and determining a PMI operation mode according to the information indicating the PMI operation mode of the MS. | 02-09-2012 |
20120040659 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION, AND MOBILE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes: a step (A) of adjusting, at a second radio base station (FBS), a timing of transmitting a downlink signal in a second cell under the control of the second radio base station (FBS), based on an measurement result of a timing of receiving a downlink signal from a first cell under the control of a first radio base station (MSB). | 02-16-2012 |
20120040660 | COMMUNICATION ARRANGEMENT - According to one embodiment, a communication arrangement is provided which has a first antenna for transmitting signals into the coverage area of a first mobile radio cell, a second antenna for transmitting signals into the coverage area of a second mobile radio cell and a signal radiating device which is arranged for radiating signals, which are sent out by the first antenna, into an area which is associated with the coverage area of the first mobile radio cell and which overlaps the coverage area of the second mobile radio cell. | 02-16-2012 |
20120040661 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An information processing device that includes processing devices and a relay device. Each processing device has at least one processing function associated with a unique function information item, a function determination portion, and a device information item notification portion. The function determination portion determines whether the processing device includes a processing function that corresponds to a function information item received from the relay device. If the processing device has the processing function, the device information item notification portion transmits a device information item to the relay device. The relay device includes a storage portion that stores the device information items, a function information item transmission portion, and a device information item recording portion. | 02-16-2012 |
20120046025 | PROXIMITY AGENT BASED OUT OF BAND COMMUNICATION FOR FEMTOCELL OPERATION - Out of band (OOB) communication facilitates femtocell operation. One or more proximity agent provides out of band communication with nodes (e.g., mobile client devices) to provide assistance in or otherwise facilitate femtocell discovery, reselection, and/or interference mitigation. Out of band communication techniques provide for low power discovery, association, and communication as compared to corresponding femtocell or cellular network communication techniques. An OOB proximity agent is provided in association with a femtocell to provide transmit power level control with respect to the femtocell. In operation, if a client device searches for and finds an OOB proximity agent, it will find a femtocell, thereby avoiding a need to aggressively search for femtocells. | 02-23-2012 |
20120046026 | CONTROLLING ACCESS POINT TRANSMIT POWER BASED ON EVENT-TRIGGERED ACCESS TERMINAL MESSAGING - Transmit power for an access point is controlled based on measurement reports received by the access point from one or more access terminals that are not currently being served by the access point. In some aspects, transmit power is controlled based on the number of received messages that correspond to a particular event. In some aspects, transmit power is controlled based on the contents of the received messages. For example, the access point may use signal strength information included in the messages to determine a level of transmit power that mitigates interference at a defined subset of reporting access terminals. | 02-23-2012 |
20120046027 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION IN A MOBILE NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method for communicating between a primary station and at least one secondary station, comprising configuring a secondary station being in a first state to search at least one of a plurality of search spaces having a first structure, said first structure consisting of at least a first number of resource sets having a first size, where at least one resource set might be used to transmit a message to the considered secondary station, changing the search space structure to a second structure different from the first structure when the secondary station enters into a second state. | 02-23-2012 |
20120064881 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR USING CELLULAR COMMUNICATION DEVICE AVAILABILITY INFORMATION TO PREDICT COVERAGE OVERLAP BETWEEN CALLERS - Disclosed herein are methods and systems for determining the availability of a communication device. According to embodiments, a method may include receiving, via a network, first availability information from a first communication device and receiving second availability information from a second communication device. The method further includes determining an estimate of common coverage by comparing the first availability information with the second availability information and transmitting the estimate of common coverage to at least one of the first communication device and the second communication device. | 03-15-2012 |
20120064882 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal including a wireless communication unit; a touchscreen configured to display an input menu for inputting information and including an input option displayed as a thumbnail representing input items that can be selected; and a controller configured to automatically provide candidate options to be input into a selected second input field based on characteristics of an input item input into the first input field. | 03-15-2012 |
20120064883 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EPLMN LIST MANAGEMENT IN MOBILE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for Equivalent Public Land Mobile Network (EPLMN) list management in a mobile terminal are provided. The method includes receiving a message from a network after storing an EPLMN list having at least one PLMN entry, determining whether an EPLMN list is present in the received message, and performing EPLMN list management by maintaining, when an EPLMN list is not present in the received message, the stored EPLMN list. As a result, the mobile terminal may retain an accurate EPLMN list and efficiently perform cell selection/reselection. | 03-15-2012 |
20120064884 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF IMPROVING CIRCUIT-SWITCHED FALLBACK PERFORMANCE - Circuit-switched fallback (CSFB) is a technique to deliver voice-services to a mobile, when the mobile is camped in a long-term evolution (LTE) network. This may be required when the LTE network does not support voice services natively. If a user makes a mobile originating (MO) call, or receives a mobile terminating (MT) call, the LIE may inform the LTE network that the UE is leaving for the call by initiating a call setup procedure. However, there may be instances where the call setup procedure may fail. If the call setup procedure was either not initiated, or was initiated but failed, the UE may determine to search for a suitable CS RAT/cell on its own without instructions/commands from the network. Therefore, certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques for the UE to find CS services based on information collected at the UE. | 03-15-2012 |
20120071153 | Receive Signal Processing In Wireless Networks - Among the various methods proposed to address interference problems in wireless networks, two promising ones are: Network Multi-Input-Multi-Output (often referred to as Network MIMO) decoding (which employs joint MIMO receiver processing of signals received at multiple antennas); and Multi-Cell Successive Interference Cancellation (MC-SIC). These methods have complementary strengths and limitations when implemented in a practical setting. The approach described herein attempts to combine the strengths of these two methods while working within the constraints imposed by practical implementations to provide a viable hybrid solution. | 03-22-2012 |
20120071154 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION - Apparatus and method for recognizing Global System for Mobile communication (GSM) signals are provided. The solution comprises obtaining as an input a sampled signal; determining the 8 | 03-22-2012 |
20120071155 | Method and Apparatus for Binding Mobile Device Functionality to an Application Definition - In one embodiment, a mobile device renders a page on a screen thereof in response to the mobile device receiving a serialized page definition via a wireless communication link from a server implementing a CRM. The serialized page definition comprises first data and a first command that is bound to the first data. The mobile device is configured to implement a first function when the first command is invoked by a user. The mobile device implements the first function in response to user invocation of the first command, wherein the first function is implemented using the first data. | 03-22-2012 |
20120071156 | METHOD FOR MODIFYING MEASUREMENT CONFIGURATION IN LONG TERM EVOLUTION SYSTEM AND APPARTUS THEREOF - A method and apparatus are disclosed for modifying measurement configuration in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system. An Evolved NodeB (eNB) configures measurement configuration information of User Equipment (UE). If the measurement configuration information corresponding to a measurement identity of the UE is modified, indicating the UE to remove all of original measurement object information and report configuration information corresponding to the measurement identity at first, and then to add modified measurement object information and report configuration information corresponding to the measurement identity. The method and apparatus save the memory capacity of the eNB, and simplify the processing flow of the eNB, and also simplify the processing flow of the UE at the same time. | 03-22-2012 |
20120077483 | ENABLING INTERFACE AGGREGATION OF MOBILE BROADBAND NETWORK INTERFACES - A network traffic associated with a communication request within a computing device can be identified. The device can comprise of a first and second communication stack which can addresses a first and a second network interface within the computing device. The first network interface can be associated with a mobile broadband network and the second network interface can be associated with a computing network. A first and second portion of the network traffic associated with the communication request can be programmatically determined to be conveyed to the first and second network interfaces. The first and second portions of network traffic can be conveyed simultaneously to the mobile broadband network associated with the first network interface and the computing network associated with the second network interface. | 03-29-2012 |
20120077484 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RANDOM ACCESS CONTROL CHANNEL (RACH) PREAMBLE - In a method for transmitting a radio access control channel (RACH) preamble, steps may include supplying power to a device, checking a base time offset for the device, generating a random time offset used to transmit the RACH preamble, and transmitting the RACH preamble based on the checked base time offset or the generated random time offset. Devices having the same base time offset may be grouped together, and devices in a same group may transmit the RACH preamble according to their respective generated random time offsets. A device to transmit an RACH preamble includes a power supply unit, a control unit, an offset generating unit, and a communication unit. | 03-29-2012 |
20120077485 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING DOWNLINK BEAMFORMING VECTORS IN HIERARCHICAL CELL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method and apparatus for determining a downlink beamforming vector in a hierarchical cell communication system. Small base stations may determine transmit beamforming vectors of the small base stations so that interference from the small base stations may be reduced in a macro terminal. A macro terminal and small terminals may determine receive beamforming vectors based on the transmit beamforming vectors of the small base stations. A macro base station may determine a transmit beamforming vector based on effective channels to terminals using the receive beamforming vectors of the terminals. | 03-29-2012 |
20120077486 | METHOD OF LOW DUTY MODE OPERATION IN A FEMTO BASE STATION IN CONSIDERATION OF A FEMTO CELL TYPE - The present invention relates to a broadband wireless access system including a femto cell, and more particularly, to a method of low duty operation in a femto base station. According to one embodiment of the present invention, in a broadband wireless access system, a method of a low duty mode operation of a femto base station saving power includes the steps of determining a low duty mode pattern to be performed by the femto base station according to a preset reference and performing the low duty mode operation according to the determined pattern. In this case, the preset reference can include at least one selected from the group consisting of a battery level, an available resource status and a subscriber type of the femto base station. | 03-29-2012 |
20120083261 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BASE STATIONS AND THEIR PROVISIONING, MANAGEMENT, AND NETWORKING - In wireless system, a group of Base station (BTSs) with smaller footprints have the capability to communicate with each other as well as with the BTSs with relatively larger footprints via wireless air-interfaces. One of such example is coordinated cell systems. A coordinated cell system comprises a group of coordinated cell base stations that have the capability to communicate with each other as well as with relevant macro cell or Pico cell base stations via wireless air-interfaces. Each coordinated cell BTS consists of an over the air control unit in addition to the conventional coordinated cell BTS system. A set of protocols in the form of messages and database are also defined to enable the networking capability. This enables enhancement in performing a variety of tasks by coordinated cell systems, including interference management and coordination, registration and authentication, quality of service coordination, installation and maintenance, location services, etc. | 04-05-2012 |
20120088495 | Apparatuses, Systems, and Methods for Connection Setup - A mobile communications apparatus with a wireless module and a controller module is provided. The wireless module is arranged for performing wireless transceiving operations to and from a service network. The controller module is arranged for transmitting a first connection request message to the service network via the wireless module, and determining whether a connection rejection message indicating network congestion has been received from the service network via the wireless module, or whether a predetermined period of time corresponding to the first connection request message has expired. Also, the controller module is arranged for transmitting a second connection request message to the service network and waiting to receive, on a Forward Access CHannel (FACH), a subsequent response message from the service network via the wireless module, in response to the connection rejection message being received or the predetermined period of time being expired. | 04-12-2012 |
20120088496 | FEMTO ACCESS POINT AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATICALLY SETTING AREA CODE - Provided is a method for automatically setting an area code by a femto access point (AP) located in a coverage area of a macro cell. The method includes receiving a broadcast signal of the macro cell, extracting an area code of the macro cell from the received broadcast signal, and setting the extracted area code as an area code of the femto cell. The femto AP sets the same area code as that of the macro cell as its area code and transmits the area code of the femto AP to the mobile station, thereby preventing the mobile station from repeating the location registration and enabling the mobile station to receive the same paging message from the femto AP and the macro cell. | 04-12-2012 |
20120094648 | Systems, Methods, and Computer Program Products for Managing Access to Femtocell Coverage - Systems, methods, and computer program products are for managing access to a femtocell coverage area. An exemplary method includes storing in a memory component a first identifier corresponding to a subscribed service of a communication device and a second identifier corresponding to a user of the communication device, and granting access to the femtocell coverage area using the second identifier. | 04-19-2012 |
20120094649 | SYSTEM FOR MONITORING THE PHYSICAL ACTIVITY OF A USER, A PORTABLE MEDIUM AND A METHOD FOR MONITORING | 04-19-2012 |
20120094650 | METHOD OF COMMUNICATION - A method of communication comprising: determining whether a mobile station (MS) is within a collaborative zone with respect to a first base station (BS | 04-19-2012 |
20120094651 | METHOD OF PERFORMING A MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention disclosed herein relates to a wireless communication system and a user equipment (UE) providing wireless communication services, and more particularly, to a method of effectively performing the measurement of a plurality of frequencies while reducing the measurement load of the UE in the carrier aggregation technology for increasing data transmission speed using a plurality of frequencies in an Evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS), a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, and a LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) system that have evolved from a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS). | 04-19-2012 |
20120094652 | COMMUNICATION UNIT AND METHOD FOR FREQUENCY SYNCHRONIZING IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A communication unit comprises receiver circuitry for receiving radio frequency (RF) signals from at least one wireless serving communication unit, and a signal processing logic module. The signal processing logic module is arranged to decode system information within received RF signals transmitted by the at least one wireless serving communication unit, determine whether the wireless serving communication unit supports a restricted access communication cell based on the decoded system information, and decide whether RF signals received from that at least one wireless serving communication unit are suitable as a timing signal source when synchronising an operating frequency of the communication unit based at least partly on the determination. | 04-19-2012 |
20120094653 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND WIRELESS BASE STATION - A mobile communication system including: a first wireless base station; a second wireless base station located within a service area of the first wireless base station and configured to have a service area smaller than the service area of the first wireless base station; a wireless terminal configured to couple to the first or second wireless base stations; and a communication control apparatus; wherein the communication control apparatus controls adjustment of communication parameters of the first wireless base station, instructs the second wireless base station whose communication parameters have been changed to measure a wireless quality of the first wireless base station when changes to the communication parameters of the first wireless base station have occurred, obtains the wireless quality measured by the second wireless base station, and determines whether the communication parameters of the first wireless base station were adjusted based on the wireless quality. | 04-19-2012 |
20120094654 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANAGING BASE STATION AND TERMINAL - A base station management method according to the present invention is a method for managing an operation mode of a base station, and includes determining whether a terminal exists in a cell managed by the base station and operating in a low duty operation mode (LDM) when no terminal exists in the cell. | 04-19-2012 |
20120108227 | ROGUE TOWER DETECTION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A system associated with a first tower in a wireless network receives, at the first tower, tower lists generated by other towers that are nearby the first tower. The system further authenticates each of the received tower lists, and identifies ones of the nearby towers as rogue towers based on failures to authenticate respective ones of the received additional tower lists. The system also broadcasts a tower black list that lists the identified rogue towers to the nearby towers and to nearby mobile devices. | 05-03-2012 |
20120108228 | METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING A MOBILE TELEPHONE - Method for identifying a mobile telephone, a device, where there is a ADD system ( | 05-03-2012 |
20120108229 | PROVIDING LOCAL TRAFFIC IN A CELL OR GROUP OF CELLS OF A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A network component for a cellular network. The cellular network includes a plurality of access nodes covering a cell area and an access control node common to all access nodes for controlling the provision of traffic. The network component includes a communication manager and a classifier for classifying users of the cellular network into a first group of users and a second group of users. The communication managers checks if a call or an SMS is set up by a user belonging to the first or second group of users, takes control over calls and/or SMSs set up between users of the first group of users, and passes control to the access control node of the remaining calls and/or SMSs. | 05-03-2012 |
20120108230 | CONSUMER ELECTRONIC REGISTRATION, CONTROL AND SUPPORT CONCIERGE DEVICE AND METHOD - We disclose a concierge device that can be configured to register, control and support a consumer device. It can alternatively or redundantly connect to a home management bridge and/or cloud-based management servers. It can accept menus that allow a single concierge device to provide a wide range of functions for various consumer devices. The concierge device allows the user in a single action to initiate a support session, automatically identifying the consumer device. The concierge device can be configured for voice or video support calls. The concierge device in conjunction with a home management bridge or gateway can manage on boarding of components of an automated home, such as switches and lamps. Implementations of the concierge device that include a display can show supplemental information, such as advertising, optionally in coordination with media being played on a consumer device coupled in communication with the concierge device. | 05-03-2012 |
20120115459 | Measurement reporting method for closed subscriber group cell and corresponding user equipment - A measurement reporting method for a Closed Subscriber Group (CSG) cell and a corresponding User Equipment (UE) are provided in the present invention. The method comprises the following steps that: after detecting a neighboring accessible CSG cell which is not on a frequency in a measurement configuration, a UE in a connected state requests a network for a measurement configuration by reporting indication information which contains the frequency information of the accessible CSG cell and/or the bandwidth information of the accessible CSG cell. The present invention solves the problem about the measurement and reporting of a CSG cell by a UE, so that a network is able to make a decision in time according to a measurement report, satisfying the requirement of the UE on mobility. | 05-10-2012 |
20120122444 | FEMTO BS FOR REDUCING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL USING THE SAME - A signal transmission method includes determining whether there is a User Equipment (UE) within an area of the femto BS, determining whether the UE is in an active mode, operating in a first mode of alternating a first Available Interval (AI) with a first UnAvailable Interval (UAI) in time, if no UE exists within the area of the femto BS, operating in a second mode of alternating a second AI with a second UAI shorter than the first UAI in time, if a UE exists within the area of the femto BS and operates in an inactive mode and operating in a third mode of continuously transmitting a signal, if a UE exists within the area of the femto BS and operates in the active mode. | 05-17-2012 |
20120122445 | Method and apparatus for reducing mutual interference of multi-carrier - The disclosure discloses a method for reducing mutual interference of multi-carrier, comprising: adjusting the delay of at least one modulation signal; respectively modulating each adjusted modulation signal onto each modulated signal; and comparing the performance indices of modulated signals with set performance indices, wherein the delay of at least one modulation signal is adjusted when the set performance indices are not reached, until the performance indices of modulated signals reach the set performance indices, and each current modulated signal is set as an output signal, or each current modulation signal is set as an input signal when the set performance indices are reached. The disclosure further discloses an apparatus for reducing mutual interface of multi-carrier. The disclosure can improve the performance obviously under the circumstance of arranging the multi-carrier adjacent to each other, and enable the multiple carriers to operate simultaneously in the coverage area of one radio signal, thereby greatly improving the frequency spectrum utilization ratio. | 05-17-2012 |
20120122446 | FAST CELL SEARCH - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate searches for a cell in a wireless communication environment. A mobile device can employ a searcher that can detect timing information respectively associated with PSCs and cells to determine the cell with the highest correlation. The searcher can detect SSCs, which can include detecting associated phase information, to determine the SSC with the highest correlation, CP length, and/or other information to facilitate identifying a desired cell having the strongest signal to establish communication between the mobile device and the desired cell. PSCs respectively associated with cells can have different positions in the symbol sequences, and SSCs can respectively be phase shifted at different angles to facilitate detection and identification of a cell(s), where a PSC can be utilized as a phase reference by the associated SSC. | 05-17-2012 |
20120129515 | METHOD OF DETERMINING AN ACCESS MODE OF CELL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and UE providing wireless communication services, and a method of determining the operation mode of a base station, that is, the connection mode (access mode) of a cell, based on which UE's connection is allowed by a base station in an evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) that has evolved from a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) or a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, and it may be an object of the present invention to provide a process of determining the connection mode of a cell by checking the existence of a subscriber group identity if it is determined that the connection mode of a cell is not allowed for one or more UEs belonging to a particular subscriber group. | 05-24-2012 |
20120129516 | Group Handling For Push-To-Talk Services - A method of controlling Group establishment for an IP multimedia communication service facilitated over a communications network, wherein an established Group comprises a set of member Users each of which possesses a User Equipment and, at Group establishment, members' group by a server of said communications network. The method comprises, within said communications network, defining for each of a set of Users of said service, a Group membership policy defining Groups that the User does or does not wish to join. Prior to Group establishment, for each User selected for possible inclusion in the Group, the Group membership policy for that User is used to determine whether or not the User may wish to be included. Invitations are sent only to CBUS those users for which it is determined that they Get may wish to be included in the Group. | 05-24-2012 |
20120135724 | Circuit switched millimeter wave communication network - A high bandwidth, low latency middle-mile core communications network providing low-cost and high-speed communications among the users of the network. Embodiments of the invention include a number of network access points located at a number of spaced apart sites. At least some of these network access points in the network are in communication with each other via millimeter radio links with microwave backup links. In preferred embodiments the millimeter radio links include two millimeter radios, one transmitting in the frequency range of 71-76 GHz and receiving in the frequency range if 81 to 86 GHz and the other radio transmitting in the frequency range of 81-86 GHz and receiving in the frequency range if 71 to 76 GHz. In these preferred embodiments each millimeter wave radio is equipped with an antenna designed to produce a millimeter wave beam with an angular spread of less than two degrees. A high-speed switch is located at each network access point. The switches include a plurality of ports through which a plurality of network users transmits information through the network. Preferred embodiments utilize Ethernet switches programmed to encapsulate and tag incoming packets with a special set of tags which allow the tagging switch and other Ethernet switches in the network to direct the packets to one or more output ports of itself and/or one or more of the output ports of other Ethernet switches at one or more distant network access points, without a need for any of the network equipment to read any MAC or IP address information contained in the packets. | 05-31-2012 |
20120135725 | METHOD TO FACILITATE LATE JOINING OF A CALL - Methods of enabling late entry into an on-going spread spectrum call are described. A late join frame replaces, and has the same size as, a traffic frame. A late join slot in the late join frame contains sufficient information in preamble and sync subframes to permit a target to join the call. The traffic slots in the late join frame replicate data such that call quality of the call is substantially unaffected if one of the remaining traffic frames is not received. The preamble and sync subframes frequencies may be the same as, or different from, preamble and sync frames frequencies during a call establishment phase of the call. If different, the preamble and sync subframes frequencies are selected from one or more frequencies. Use of the preamble and sync subframes frequencies is compensated for when selecting the traffic slot frequencies to obtain uniform utilization of the spectrum. | 05-31-2012 |
20120135726 | MOBILE APPLICATION TRAFFIC OPTIMIZATION - Systems and methods for mobile application traffic optimization are disclosed. In one aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure include a distributed proxy and cache system, including, a local proxy on a mobile device for intercepting a data request made via a mobile device, and a proxy server coupled to the mobile device and a content server to which the data request is directed. In one embodiment, the local proxy can forward the data request to the proxy server for transmission to the content server for a response to the data request. In addition, the proxy server sends the data request to the content server independent of activities on the local proxy and notifies the local proxy when changed or different content on the content server is detected for the data request. One embodiment of the distributed proxy and cache system further includes a cache shared between the local proxy and the proxy server and the component on the local proxy and is queried for a locally stored response to the data request prior to the data request being forwarded on to the proxy server. | 05-31-2012 |
20120142333 | Systems and Methods for Information Exchange and Synchronization Using DTMF Over Telephone Communication Channels - Systems, methods, protocols and apparatus for information exchange and synchronization using DTMF signaling over telephone communication channels are provided. Information is packetized and converted from one format, e.g., ASCII formatted data, to another format, e.g., BCD formatted data. The information is wrapped in one or more packets by a sending apparatus, each packet including one or more headers, such as a Name and Length field that identify the information being exchanged and the amount of data included in the packet payload/value field. The data in the packets are converted from BCD to DTMF signals and are transmitted over a telephone communication line to a receiving apparatus. The receiving apparatus converts the DTMF signals back to BCD formatted data and processes the packets to obtain the information contained therein. | 06-07-2012 |
20120142334 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, SMALL CELL BASE STATION, RADIO TERMINAL, TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD, AND ALLOCATION CONTROL METHOD - A radio communication system wherein a femto cell base station ( | 06-07-2012 |
20120149361 | MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICES AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING A MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE - According to various embodiments, a mobile radio communication device may be provided. The mobile radio communication device may include a receiver configured to receive information; a requirement determiner configured to determine whether first broadcast information scheduled to be received from a first base station is required; and a receiver controller configured to control the receiver to receive the first broadcast information from the first base station in case it is determined that the first broadcast information is required and to control the receiver to receive second broadcast information from a second base station in case it is determined that the first broadcast information is not required. | 06-14-2012 |
20120157082 | Signaling UE measurement restrictions for inter-cell interference - A network access node eNB sends to a user equipment UE a pattern of subframe measurement restrictions and an indication of how to utilize the pattern for measuring subframes. The indication may select from among: the UE's own-cell measurements; the UE's neighbor-cell measurements; both same and neighbor-cell measurements, and no measurement restrictions. The eNB may generate the pattern from an almost-blank subframe ABS pattern for the UE's own-cell and of its neighbor-cell. The pattern and indication may be sent in separate RRC messages, or if sent in one message there is a second indication sent in a second RRC message instructing the UE to terminate utilizing the pattern and indication for restricting its subframe measurements. Embodiments are particularly useful for inter-cell interference mitigation eICIC for the LTE-Advanced system. | 06-21-2012 |
20120157083 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING DISCHARGE AUTHORIZATION TO A BATTERY-POWERED VEHICLE VIA A TELEMATICS SYSTEM - The described method and system allows for the utilization of a telematics unit on a telematics-equipped vehicle to prevent the unauthorized discharge of a vehicle battery. A user may communicate an authorization request for allowing discharge of the vehicle battery through a telematics unit or telematics service provider (TSP) call center. If approved by the TSP call enter or telematics unit, an authorization, which may include an authorization code, is communicated to a charge controller which controls the discharge of the vehicle battery. Alternatively, the user may communicate an authorization code directly to the telematics unit which passes it on to the charge controller for approval. | 06-21-2012 |
20120157084 | APPARATUS FOR INTERFERENCE CANCELLING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD USING THE SAME - An interference cancellation method include detecting macro terminals which experience interference between a first signal output from a macro base-station and a second signal delivered from a femto terminal that is greater than a reference value; determining the number of channels of the femto base-station by subtracting the number of the detected macro terminals from the number of antennas of the femto base-station; generating a transmission beamforming weight vector using channel information of a signal interfered by the first signal and the second signal and channel information of the first signal; and providing a service, using the transmission beamforming weight vector, to as many femto terminals as the number obtained by subtracting the number of the detected macro terminals, which experience the interference greater than the reference value, from the number of the antennas of the femto base-station. | 06-21-2012 |
20120157085 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE STATION, AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention comprising a step in which a mobile station UE in communication with a first cell #A transmits a measurement report including the reception quality and the PCI of a second cell, the second cell being a neighbouring cell, to a radio base station eNB#A , which manages the first cell #A, a step in which, when it is determined that it is probable that PCI according to the received measurement report is used by a plurality of neighbouring cells, the radio base station managing the first cell notifies the mobile station of a predetermined gap and instructs the mobile station to notify the CGI of the second cell, and a step in which, when it is not possible to acquire the CGI of the second cell for the notified predetermined gap, the mobile station notifies that it is not possible to acquire the CGI. | 06-21-2012 |
20120157086 | Method, Device and Computer Program Product for Updating Location Numbers on an MSC - A method and apparatus of updating location numbers of cells associated with a mobile switching centre, MSC ( | 06-21-2012 |
20120157087 | APPARATUS AND METHOD PROVIDING PUSH TO TALK OVER CELLULAR (PoC) DYNAMIC SERVICE OPTIONS - A method and server for establishing a push to talk type service such as push to talk over cellular (PoC). The server receives a message from Client A indicating one or more media types that Client A will accept in defined circumstances in a push to talk type session. When the server receives a message from Client B inviting Client A to establish a push to talk type session for one or more proposed media types, the server determines whether the media type(s) proposed by Client B are acceptable to Client A. If at least one proposed media type is acceptable, the server forwards the invitation to Client A with a list of the acceptable media types. Thereafter the session is established. | 06-21-2012 |
20120165003 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE - A wireless access device is operable in a mode in which its maximum transmit power is set to a value that means that the device has a range of less than 1 metre. This allows the device to operate as a basestation in a cellular communications network, even in locations in which it is not specifically licensed, because the power level is so low that it will not cause interference on the licensed frequencies. The wireless access device is designed such that a handheld portable device can be maintained in a close spatial relationship to it. | 06-28-2012 |
20120165004 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DETECTION IN CELL RANDOM ACCESS - A method and a device for detection in cell random access are provided. The method includes: extending an original format used for a random access procedure to change a CP range defined by the original format; in the process of extracting a time-domain signal of a random access channel, extracting and splitting input data into time-domain antenna data in the original format and time-domain antenna data in an enhanced format, and performing signal extraction processing on the time-domain antenna data in the original format and the time-domain antenna data in the enhanced format respectively; and in the process of detection, detecting the time-domain antenna data in the original format and the time-domain antenna data in the enhanced format after the signal extraction processing to obtain detection information. The method can improve the performance of a BS and reduce the network construction costs without affecting an MS. | 06-28-2012 |
20120165005 | FEMTOCELL ARRANGEMENTS - A femtocell arrangement comprises a plurality of femtocells Femto 1 to Femto 13 having coverage distributed over a region, such as, for example, an office. A border femtocell, Femto 3 or Femto 10, of said plurality has coverage at an entrance to the region and is arranged to operate at a higher transmit power level to provide a larger coverage area than that provided by neighboring femtocells. In addition, the border femtocell may be allocated a specific Primary Scrambling Code (PSC) to show its designation as a border femtocell. An approaching user equipment UE 1 or UE 2 tends to attach to the higher transmit power border femtocells. The Femto Gateway managing the connection is aware of the likelihood that an approaching UE will tend to attach to a border femtocell, and this is further confirmed by the use of a specific PSC. Hence, handover is expedited as the most suitable femtocells may be chosen as targets for handover. | 06-28-2012 |
20120172028 | METHODS FOR ASSIGNING A PLETHORA OF GROUP COMMUNICATIONS AMONG A LIMITED NUMBER OF PRE-ESTABLISHED MBMS BEARERS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An infrastructure device in a 3GPP compliant system performs a method to allocate MBMS bearers. The 3GPP compliant system includes a RAN partitioned into a plurality MBMS services areas, wherein each MBMS service area has a plurality of pre-established MBMS bearers for transporting media streams. The infrastructure device: receives a request to transmit a media stream to a communication group; selects a set of the MBMS service areas for transporting the media stream; determines an available MBMS bearer in each selected MBMS service area to assign to transport the media stream; and identifies the assigned MBMS bearers to members of the communication group. In addition, a UE performs a method for MBMS service area location update in the 3GPP compliant system. Accordingly, the UE: determines a 3GPP MBMS service area in which the UE is currently located; and identifies the 3GPP MBMS service area to an infrastructure device. | 07-05-2012 |
20120172029 | COMMUNICATION METHOD OF MOBILE PHONE - A communication method is used for a mobile phone. The mobile phone is capable of receiving a first subscriber identity module (SIM) card and a second SIM card. The mobile phone acquires a first paging reception time of the first SIM card and a second paging reception time of the second SIM card, and further calculates a minimum time gap between the first paging reception time and the second paging reception time. If the minimum time gap is less than a threshold time gap, the mobile phone modulates the first paging reception time and the second paging reception time, such that the minimum time gap is not less than the threshold time gap. | 07-05-2012 |
20120172030 | MOBILE PHONE WITH FUNCTION TO ACQUIRE TARGETED MESSAGE AND METHOD THEREOF - The disclosure provides a mobile phone with function to acquire targeted message and method thereof. The method includes steps: recording sub-actions of the mobile phone in response to input signals from a user in a predetermined time period in a coverage area of the base station, acquiring a defined key phrase of each sub-action and grouping all sub-actions associated with a same key phrase into a same action, counting the number of times of the action is performed in the predetermined time period in the coverage area of the base station, judging whether the number of times of the action reaches a preset value, if yes, sending a wireless signal including the key phrase of the action to the base station, and receiving a message including the key phrase within the text body of the message from the base station and displaying the message. | 07-05-2012 |
20120172031 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DELIVERING MEDIA TO A PLURALITY OF MOBILE DEVICES IN A CELL WITH A GROUP TRANSPORT FUNCTION - A group transfer function (GTF) receives a plurality of inputs and media for delivery to a plurality of mobile devices. The mobile devices are served by a plurality of cells potentially having a plurality of different radio access technologies such that each mobile device is wirelessly connected to one of the cells. The GTF applies policy rules to the inputs to determine, for each mobile device, content delivery using point-to-multipoint or point-to-point media transport based on the capabilities of the servicing cell. The GTF initiates an allocation of a set of resources in each cell to transport the media to each mobile device in the group using the determined media transport for that mobile device. Media is then replicated by the GTF for delivery to the mobile devices over the allocated resources. | 07-05-2012 |
20120172032 | METHOD FOR DETERMINNG THE TYPE OF A MOBILE RADIO BASE STATION; RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND NETWORK DEVICES; RADIO COMMUNICATION SMART CARD DEVICE - In an embodiment, a method for determining the type of a mobile radio base station is provided. The method may include receiving a synchronization message comprising a mobile radio base station identifier, and determining the type of a mobile radio base station using a previously signaled and stored piece of mobile radio base station type determining information indicating a rule as to how the type of a mobile radio base station out of a plurality of types of a mobile radio base station can be derived from a mobile radio base station identifier and the received mobile radio base station identifier. | 07-05-2012 |
20120178435 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PERPOSTEROUS CELLULAR BLACK BOX APPLICATIONS - A system and method for setting up a call between an originator and a destination are disclosed. A request for an interconnect call is sent to a push-to-talk (PTT) location register. The PTT location register determines whether the destination is currently available. If it is determined that the destination is not currently available, a call failure message to sent to the originator. If it is determined that the destination is available, then a PTT call is setup between the originator and destination. An interconnect call is then setup between the source and destination and the PTT call is torn down. | 07-12-2012 |
20120178436 | Wait Timer for Delay Tolerant Terminal - The invention provides a method, an apparatus and a computer program for wireless communication. The invention includes setting a wait timer value for a delay tolerant apparatus for wireless communication as a response to an unsuccessful radio resource connection setup procedure, said wait timer delaying the radio resource connection setup procedure and calculating or searching the wait timer value from a table comprising timer data and values corresponding to timer setup information. | 07-12-2012 |
20120178437 | METHOD TO CALIBRATE RF PATHS OF AN FHOP ADAPTIVE BASE STATION - A base transceiver station including a transceiver unit is provided. A method of calibration uses a transceiver unit to receive an RF signal, measure a calibration value, and transmit the measured value. The calibration value is used to determine weighting parameters to compensate for relative RF path phase delay and amplitude variation. | 07-12-2012 |
20120184262 | HLR Reset Signaling via S6A in EPS - Embodiments relate to HLR reset signalling via the s6a interface in EPS. This is provided as nodes and methods for improved utilization of radio resources in a telecommunications network, where Home location registers (HLR) identities related to associated user equipment contexts and associated Mobile Service Centers (MSC) are saved in a mobility management entity (MME). An identity of a restarted HLR is received in the MME and the MME compares the HLR identity with a saved list of HLR identities saved for UE and associated with a respective mobile service center (MSC) server. The MME sets a flag for UE associated with the restarted HLR, the flag indicating an alert. When the MME receives a UE signaling event for a UE with the flag set the MME sends an SGs application Part message to the respective MSC server to indicate that activity from the UE has been detected. | 07-19-2012 |
20120184263 | RADIO TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND RADIO TRANSMISSION METHOD - A radio transmission apparatus according to the present invention detects an output current of a power supply section that varies in response to a variation of the output impedance of an amplification section, and corrects a distortion of the input/output characteristic of the amplification section by using an LUT corresponding to the detected output current. In addition, a threshold used for switching an LUT is caused to be different depending on a switching direction between LUTs, thereby suppressing frequent occurrence of switching of the LUT. | 07-19-2012 |
20120190353 | SYSTEMS, DEVICES AND METHODS FOR DYNAMIC SELECTION OF DATA AND TELECOMMUNICATION SERVICE PROVIDERS - Communication service providers systems are dynamically selected for use by a subscriber device such as cellular telephone, other mobile device, or landline telephone based on the current location of the subscriber device and automatically comparing communication service characteristics of the communication service provider systems to determine the least expensive or otherwise preferable service provider. The communication service characteristics may include items such as current usage rates, signal strength, available bandwidth and network speed. Once a communication service provider system is selected, service provider identification information is automatically communicated to the subscriber device to enable seamless or nearly seamless switching to the selected communication service provider system, even while a current communication session is in progress using another communication service provider system. | 07-26-2012 |
20120190354 | UICCs EMBEDDED IN TERMINALS OR REMOVABLE THERE FROM - The invention proposes several improvements related to the management of secure elements, like UICCs embedding Sim applications, these secure elements being installed, fixedly or not, in terminals, like for example mobile phones. In some cases, the terminals are constituted by machines that communicate with other machines for M2M (Machine to Machine) applications. | 07-26-2012 |
20120190355 | Method and System for Cellular Network Services and an Intelligent Integrated Broadcast Television Downlink Having Intelligent Service Control With Feedback - In an RF communication system, aspects for cellular network and intelligent integrated broadcast television downlink with intelligent service control with feedback may comprise generating a request in a mobile terminal for media to be delivered to the mobile terminal. The mobile terminal may transmit the request via a cellular service. The mobile terminal may receive the requested media having a specified quality of service via a single integrated cellular and VHF/UHF baseband processing integrated circuit. The received requested media may be received from a cellular broadcast service, the cellular service and/or a VHF/UHF broadcast service. The mobile terminal may negotiate for an acceptable quality of service with a service provider that controls delivery of the media. The media may be delivered via at least one of the cellular broadcast service, the cellular service and the VHF/UHF broadcast service. | 07-26-2012 |
20120190356 | Method and Apparatus for Performing Channel Measurement for Cell - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and an apparatus for performing channel measurement for a cell. The method includes: sending information about a location of a to-be-measured reference signal to a user equipment, where the location of the to-be-measured reference signal is a part of a location occupied by a reference signal of the cell; and receiving a channel measurement report of the cell. The channel measurement report is sent by the user equipment and is obtained after the user equipment performs channel measurement for the cell according to the information about the location of the to-be-measured reference signal. | 07-26-2012 |
20120190357 | DATA TRANSMISSION ADJUSTMENT SYSTEM AND DATA TRANSMISSION ADJUSTMENT METHOD - An data transmission adjustment system that comprises a server and a plurality of data transmission devices within a sensing region. The server adapts to receive a sensed data from at least one data transmission device, define a timeline, divide the timeline into a plurality of monitoring periods, calculate a ratio of the number of the monitoring periods that have received the sensing data from the data transmission device within the sensing region or not to the number of all the monitoring periods, and broadcast at least one message to the data transmission devices within the sensing region according to said ratio. | 07-26-2012 |
20120190358 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A first transmission controller ( | 07-26-2012 |
20120190359 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, CONTROL APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - Home base stations ( | 07-26-2012 |
20120196589 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR NOISE FLOOR ESTIMATION - In a method of complexity reduced noise floor estimation in a wireless communications system, determining, for a respective of at least a subset of a plurality of power grid points /c, a product of complementary cumulative distribution functions, each such function corresponding to a respective of a plurality j of provided wideband power measure estimates Ln a sliding window, and determining, for each of said at least subset of power grid points, a probability distribution function of a minimum of said plurality of wideband power measure estimates based on said determined product. | 08-02-2012 |
20120208521 | Antenna Mast and a Method of Providing a Further Function in an Antenna Mast - An antenna mast for a wireless communication system is provided. The antenna mast comprises a mast body that is configured to form a supporting structure for an antenna arrangement of the wireless communication system at an elevated position on the antenna mast. The mast body is also configured to house therein a transceiver arrangement and a processor adapted to perform random user-related communication operations in a cell of the wireless communication system, the cell comprising the antenna arrangement, the transceiver arrangement, and the processor. The mast body is further configured to house at least part of a device to be utilized for a function other than supporting the antenna arrangement. The device comprises a communication interface for establishing a connection with the wireless communication system. A method of providing a further function in an antenna mast for a wireless communication system is also provided. | 08-16-2012 |
20120208522 | Mobile Network Scanner Device - Various methods, systems, and computer program products are disclosed for scanning a mobile network using a device such as a tablet device. For example, a method may include scanning a mobile network at a plurality of locations of the mobile network. The method may further include determining one or more real-time measurements at a particular location among the plurality of locations of the mobile network based on the scan. The method may further include determining a location of one or more cells corresponding to the one or more real-time measurements. In other words, the location of one or more measured cells may be determined. The method may include displaying a user interface that displays a graphical representation of the one or more real-time measurements pointed from the particular location toward the location of the corresponding one or more cells. | 08-16-2012 |
20120208523 | RADIO RELAY COMMUNICATION DEVICE, METHOD FOR RELAYING DATA, MOBILE TERMINAL, AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A SENDER OF A SIGNAL - According to an embodiment, a radio relay communication device is described a radio receiver configured to receive data from a radio base station, a radio sender configured to send data received from the radio base station to at least one mobile terminal, a detector configured to detect whether a pre-determined transmission symbol sequence has been received from the radio base station, a changing circuit configured to change the transmission symbol sequence such that from the change of the transmission symbol sequence an identification of the relay communication device can be determined, and a controller configured to control the radio sender configured to send the changed transmission symbol sequence to at least one mobile terminal. | 08-16-2012 |
20120208524 | GENERIC INFORMATION ELEMENT - A computer data signal embodied in a non-transitory computer-readable medium is described. In one embodiment, the computer data signal includes a generic element identifier, a plurality of task-specific data, a variable length identifier and a multi-use data type identifier. The generic element identifier is configurable to identify an information element containing the generic element identifier as a generic information element. The variable length identifier is configurable to indicate a number of the plurality of task-specific data. The multi-use data type identifier is configurable to indicate a type of the plurality of task-specific data. | 08-16-2012 |
20120208525 | COMPACT BASE STATION AND PROGRAM - An object of the present invention is to provide a compact base station and a program that can inform a user of communication quality of uplink communication in mobile communication. A compact base station of the present invention is a femtocell base station | 08-16-2012 |
20120214477 | COORDINATION OF OPERATIONAL DATA OF BASE STATIONS IN A MULTIPROTOCOL ENVIRONMENT - Systems and methods are disclosed for translating operational data between different protocols used by base stations to allow the base stations to coordinate their operational data. One embodiment is a system including a database, an interface, and a control system. The database stores translations between protocols used by base stations. The interface receives operational data in a first protocol from a first base station. The control system identifies a second base station as a target for the operational data, identifies a second protocol for the operational data used by the second base station, and identifies a translation stored in the database from the first protocol to the second protocol. The control system converts the operational data from the first protocol to the second protocol using the translation. The interface transmits the operational data in the second protocol to the second base station. | 08-23-2012 |
20120214478 | System, Method and Apparatuses for Providing a Filtered Localized Information Service - A system for providing a localized information service using an infrastructure of a cellular communication network, the system comprising at least one service source terminal arranged for transmitting a network upload message to the cellular communication network, said network upload message comprising a payload part, a reflection entity of said cellular communication network arranged for receiving said network upload message, for generating one or more reflection messages comprising said payload part, and for sending said reflection messages to a group of service destination terminals that have a predetermined spatial relationship with said service source terminal, and a filter arranged for blocking a further network upload message that has a predetermined context relationship with said network upload message from being sent to the group of service destination terminals. | 08-23-2012 |
20120220286 | Periodic Channel Quality Indicator on Physical Uplink Control Channel for Carrier Aggregation - This application considers the need for enhancements to the baseline CSI reporting mechanisms including maximum payload size, CQI/PMI reporting configurations and CSI transmission in the event of collision between CSI reports from different CCs. | 08-30-2012 |
20120220287 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR SLOW ASSOCIATED CONTROL CHANNEL SIGNALING - Methods and systems for slow associated control channel signaling are disclosed. An example method for securing communications in a mobile network disclosed herein comprises transmitting a first variant of a message of a first type on a first slow associated control channel (SACCH) before ciphering is started on the first SACCH, and after ciphering is started on the first SACCH, transmitting a second variant of the message of the first type on the first SACCH, and subsequently transmitting the second variant of the message of the first type on the first SACCH, wherein the subsequently transmitted second variant of the message of the first type is the next transmitted message of the first type on the first SACCH. | 08-30-2012 |
20120220288 | FEMTO CELL ACCESS POINT PASSTHROUGH MODEL - The subject innovation provides system(s) and method(s) to supply fixed, differentiated quality of service (QoS) for packetized traffic (e.g., voice and data) intended for femto cell coverage when transmitted concurrently with external broadband traffic. Quality of Service differentiation is supplied without an external implementation. Femto cell coverage is prioritized over concurrent packetized traffic to deliver a rich user experience for delay and jitter sensitive applications. A passthrough configuration for a femto access point (AP) facilitates supplying hard QoS for data packet streams, or flows, intended for femto cell coverage or non-femto-cell coverage. The femto AP receives a consolidated packet stream through backhaul link(s) and distinguishes flow(s) for femto coverage and flow(s) for auxiliary broadband coverage. The femto AP routes the flow(s) intended for femto with hard QoS according to QoS policy which can be determined by a network operator or a subscriber. | 08-30-2012 |
20120225646 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMPACT BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication system ( | 09-06-2012 |
20120231781 | Method and Apparatus for Identifying Network Affilications of Churned Subsbribers - In one aspect, the teachings herein provide a method and apparatus for identifying the new network affiliation of a churned subscriber that has moved from an old network operator to a new network operator. Knowing the new network affiliation of a former subscriber provides a number of significant advantages to the old network operator. By way of non-limiting example, the old network operator can undertake new or adjusted advertising targeted at retaining remaining subscribers of like demographics. Additionally or alternatively, the old network operator can review pricing and service plans from the new network operator that are comparable to that used by the former subscriber, and make competitive pricing or service adjustments. | 09-13-2012 |
20120231782 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR INTER FREQUENCY MEASUREMENTS - A User Equipment (UE) and a mobile communications network node perform or handle inter frequency measurements. The technology prevents overloading the UE with frequency measurement processing by allowing different requirements for measurements, i.e., measurement performance requirements on different frequencies, i.e., cells. When ordering the UE to perform inter frequency measurements, two or more separate neighbour cell lists may be used. This allows a UE having a certain processor capacity to perform measurement control for more cells and frequencies, i.e., measurements on more than two non-used frequencies, without increasing the processing load of the UE. | 09-13-2012 |
20120231783 | PORTABLE TELEPHONE AND COMMUNICATION MODE SETTING METHOD - To realize a portable telephone which can always receive the user information via a MBMS service. The portable telephone includes: an antenna for transmitting/receiving radio waves to and from a network; a wireless section for modulating/demodulating radio waves transmitted/received by the antenna; and a control section which has a function of analyzing and processing Layer 3 messages including MBMS related messages demodulated by the wireless section and wherein, upon recognizing that there is user information which has not been received while receiving user information via a MBMS service in the PtM mode, the control section transmits a request to provide the MBMS service in PtP mode to the network via the wireless section. | 09-13-2012 |
20120244852 | SEGMENTED DATA TRANSFER WITH RESUME CAPABILITY - A large volume of location related information, e.g., assistance data or location information, is transferred in separate messages between a server and a target by segmenting the location related information into a plurality of messages. If the connection between the server and target is released prior to completion of the transfer of the location related information, the transfer is resumed by sending the remaining messages after connection is reestablished. Each message is sent after receiving an acknowledgement of receipt. Thus, both the server and target can control the flow of the transfer by delaying the sending of one or more messages or delaying the sending of the acknowledgements of receipt. | 09-27-2012 |
20120244853 | MOBILE STATION - To conceal AC of a mobile station UE from an MMTEL/IMS layer function, and at the same time, perform SSAC barring in the MMTEL/IMS layer function. In the mobile station UE according to the present invention, an AS layer function | 09-27-2012 |
20120252431 | SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING VOICE COMMUNICATION - A system and method for providing voice communication to an occupant of a vehicle through a mobile device. The system communicates with a mobile device with an occupant of the vehicle, for example using a telematics controller or network access device. The system receives an identification from the mobile device and transmits a request, as well as, the identification to a service provider. The service provider then initiates a communication to the mobile device based on the request and identification. | 10-04-2012 |
20120252432 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR OBTAINING DEACTIVATED SECONDARY CELL MEASUREMENTS WHILE A MOBILE TERMINAL IS IN MOTION - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided that take into account the speed with which a mobile terminal is moving in determining the measurement cycle for one or more deactivated secondary cells. The method, apparatus and computer program product determine a speed with which a mobile terminal is moving and also determine a measurement cycle based upon the speed of the mobile terminal. The method, apparatus and computer program product further cause signals from at least one deactivated secondary cell to be measured in accordance with the measurement cycle. | 10-04-2012 |
20120252433 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR TRIGGERING THE REPORTING OF NEIGHBOR RELATION INFORMATION - Various methods for triggering the reporting of neighbor relation information are provided. One example method may include causing neighbor cell relation information to be stored in association with a transition from a first radio access technology to a second radio access technology, and determining that a user equipment has idle mode signaling reduction enabled. The example method may also include in response to at least performing the transition and determining that the user equipment has idle mode signaling reduction enabled, causing a connection to be established to send a neighbor cell relation information indicator, which indicates that the neighbor cell relation information is available to be reported from a user equipment to a network entity. Similar and related example methods, example apparatuses, and example computer program products are also provided. | 10-04-2012 |
20120252434 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT METHOD - An integrative radio base station holds station data required for operation including information on the cell managed by itself and the information on the cells managed by an adjacent integrative radio base stations. If information on the cells of the destination of a mobile terminal is not held at the time of the handover of the mobile terminal, the information is acquired from a station data management device. The station data management device manages station data for each integrative radio base station and transmits information on the cell requested from the integrative radio base station to a source that made the request. | 10-04-2012 |
20120252435 | Wireless femtocell setup methods and apparatus - Methods and apparatus that enable a wireless femtocell to operate in its designated frequency so as to minimize interference between the wireless femtocell and neighboring base stations (and other femtocells or nomadic cells). In one exemplary embodiment, the femtocell cell comprises a UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System) femtocell which has the ability to scan the air interface in a manner similar to that associated with a UE in order to identify unallocated resources within the wireless network, and subsequently request access for the unallocated resources. Business methods useful in combination with the aforementioned methods and apparatus are also disclosed. | 10-04-2012 |
20120252436 | Methods and Arrangements for Handling a Setup of an S1 Application Protocol Signalling Connection - The invention relates to a method in a Mobility Management Entity ( | 10-04-2012 |
20120258703 | DETECTION OF POTENTIAL FOR NETWORK CONTROLLED D2D COMMUNICATION PRIOR TO ACTIVATION OF CELLULAR BEARERS - The invention allows detection and evaluation of device-to-device (D2) potential prior to the establishment of a cellular connection between communicating mobile devices. Cellular radio access network information of an originating mobile device is obtained from a received session establishment message of session initiation signaling of cellular data communication. The obtained cellular radio access network information of the originating mobile device is compared to acquired cellular radio access network information of a terminating mobile device. Based on the comparison, it is detected whether the proximity between the originating mobile device and the terminating mobile device suffices to allow local cellular device-to-device data communication between the originating mobile device and the terminating mobile device. | 10-11-2012 |
20120258704 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING ISR DEACTIVATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a mobile communications system, and particularly, to a method for determining whether to keep or deactivate an activated Idle mode Signaling Reduction (ISR) feature for a terminal in a mobile communications system. In case of the UE's intra-SGSN mobility and intra-MME mobility, when deciding, by a mobility management node, ISR activation for a UE in an IMS network environment where heterogeneous mobile communications networks (e.g., E-UTRAN and UTRAN/GERAN) interwork with each other, considered are not only whether the mobility management node can support an ISR feature, and whether the UE can use IMS voice, but also conditions (information) on whether each mobility management can support IMS voice over PS session. This may allow an incoming voice call to the UE from the IMS network to be delivered through a first trial, to a domain (PS domain or CS domain) selected with consideration of access network situations. | 10-11-2012 |
20120264416 | SELECTIVE STATE TRANSITIONS OF A USER EQUIPMENT WITHIN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - In an embodiment, a user equipment (UE) determines that a client application has entered a period of transmission inactivity whereby the UE will not be required to transmit data on behalf of the client application. The UE selectively transmits a transmission inactivity notification to an access network (AN) to notify the AN of the transmission inactivity period. The AN receives the transmission inactivity notification and determines to transition the UE from a first state to a second state based at least in part on the received transmission inactivity notification, the second state associated with lower-power consumption of the UE than the first state. The AN sends instructions to the UE to facilitate the transition of the UE from the first state to the second state. In another embodiment, the AN can send instructions to the UE to prohibit the UE from sending transmission inactivity notifications. | 10-18-2012 |
20120264417 | Method and System for Mobility Parameter Negotiation Between Base Stations - The disclosure discloses a method for mobility parameter negotiation between base stations (BSs). A target BS performs a mobility parameter decision and an optimization processing after receiving a mobility parameter modification request message from a source BS. When the processing succeeds, the target BS sends a mobility parameter modification acknowledgement message at least carrying a message type and a source cell ID to the source BS; when it fails, the target BS sends a mobility parameter modification failure message at least carrying a message type, a reason of failure, and the source cell ID to the source BS. A system for mobility parameter negotiation between BSs is also provided. Through the disclosure, the source BS is able to precisely recognize which source cell the mobility handover parameter negotiation is performed to, and further precisely knows which target cell the negotiation message comes from, thereby avoiding the inconsistency of the mobility parameter modification caused by message disorder, improving robustness of the mobility parameter modification and enhancing the network performance. | 10-18-2012 |
20120264418 | FEMTOCELL BASE STATION AND MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THEREOF - Provided are femtocell base stations and a management system therefor establishing an X2 interface between femtocell base stations. The method may include obtaining, by the femtocell base station, an Internet Protocol (IP) address of one or more neighbor femtocell base stations, and establishing the X2 interface between the femtocell base station and the neighbor femtocell base station using the corresponding, obtained IP address. | 10-18-2012 |
20120264419 | MEASURING MACROCELL QUALITY USING FEMTOCELL - The disclosure is related to measuring macrocell quality of a macrocell using femtocells. A method may be provided for measuring macrocell quality of at least one macrocell using a femtocell base station. The method may include measuring, by the femtocell base station, macrocell quality of at least one macrocell based on event information, generating macrocell quality report information based on a result of the measuring, and transmitting the generated macrocell quality report information to a server through a femtocell gateway. The measuring macrocell quality may include determining whether a macrocell identifier is present in the event information, measuring the macrocell quality of a target macrocell corresponding to the mermen identifier of the event when the macrocell identifier is present in the event information, and measuring the macrocell quality of substantially all neighbor macrocells when the macrocell identifier is absent from the event information. | 10-18-2012 |
20120270535 | Implicit CSI Feedback for DL Multiuser MIMO Transmission - This invention is method of implicit channel state information (CSI) feedback for multiuser multiple input, multiple output (MU-MIMO) communication between a base station (eNB) and a plurality of user equipment (UE). Each user equipment reporting a plurality of single user precoding matrix indicators (PMI) including a first PMI indicating a recommended optimum precoding matrix and at least one further PMI indicating information for beamforming at said base station. The base station communicates with each user equipment based on precoding matrix indicators received from the plurality of user equipment. | 10-25-2012 |
20120276892 | HUB BASE STATION - The invention relates to a hub base station being capable of communicating with a plurality of remote network entities over a cellular communication network. The hub base station comprises a transmitter being configured to transmit a plurality of distinct radio frequency beams towards a plurality of distinct directions for backhaul communications. | 11-01-2012 |
20120276893 | METHOD OF OPTIMIZING THE QUALITY OF A CELLULAR NETWORK - This method of optimizing the quality of a cellular network includes at least one iteration, each iteration comprising:
| 11-01-2012 |
20120276894 | MEASURING DEVICE, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, MONITORING SYSTEM AND PROGRAM - A measuring device in a monitoring system including a monitoring device for monitoring data received via a network is provided. The measuring device includes a measurer for measuring the data, a data transmitter for sending the data to a communication device that performs communication with the monitoring device, a forbidding condition determiner for determining whether or not a predetermined forbidding condition is satisfied, and a transmission forbidder for forbidding transmission of the data to the communication device or to the monitoring device when the forbidding condition determiner determines that the predetermined forbidding condition is satisfied. | 11-01-2012 |
20120276895 | INITIAL ACCESS METHOD AND APPARATUS OF USER EQUIPMENT USING POWER REDUCTION REQUEST IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - An initial access method of a user equipment (UE) and an apparatus performing the same are provided. The initial access method of a user equipment attempting access a macro cell base station in a network with which the macro cell base station and at least one Femto cell base station share, includes: receiving a cell ID from the macro cell base station or the Femto cell base station; transmitting an interference control request message to the Femto call base station when the received cell ID is a Femto cell ID; and receiving a macro cell ID provided from the macro cell base station when an interference control response message is received from the Femto cell base station to attempt an initial access. When a macro UE near to a Femto cell base station attempts to access a macro cell, it searches an ID of the macro cell through interference control from the Femto call base station to achieve initial access. | 11-01-2012 |
20120282915 | CONNECTING DEVICE VIA MULTIPLE CARRIERS - A user device establishes a first connection with a first carrier network of a first carrier. The first carrier issues a first phone number used by the user device. The user device further establishes a second connection with a second carrier network of a second carrier. The second carrier issues a second phone number used by the user device. The user device receives a notification about a call from the first carrier network while connected to the first carrier network and the second carrier network. | 11-08-2012 |
20120282916 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO TERMINAL, RADIO NETWORK, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - A radio terminal, which has a function to collect and report measurement information designated by a radio network, comprises: means for receiving collection/reporting control information related to the radio terminal's execution of at least one of the collection of measurement information and the reporting of the measurement information to the radio network; and control means for executing, based on the collection/reporting control information, at least one of the collection and the reporting if execution determination information, which is related to at least one of the collection of the measurement information and the reporting of the measurement information to be executed by the local terminal, satisfies a given determination criterion. | 11-08-2012 |
20120289220 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REALIZING INTEGRITY PROTECTION - Provided in the present invention are a method, an apparatus and a system for realizing integrity protection. The method includes the following steps: a relay node (RN) receives a message, from a base station, carrying integrity protection information; the RN provides integrity protection for the transmitted data according to the integrity protection information. The embodiments of the present invention can provide integrity protection for the data that requires the integrity protection, especially for S1-AP messages and X2-AP messages. | 11-15-2012 |
20120289221 | Intra-Premises Content and Equipment Management In A Femtocell Network - System(s) and method(s) are provided to route traffic and signaling between a set of networked femto access points (APs) and devices served there from, and enable management of content and equipment that is part of a network functionally coupled to the set of networked femto APs. Networked equipment spans a network deployed within the coverage area spanned by the set of femto APs. A routing platform functionally couples the networked equipment and the femto AP to enable content manipulation amongst a mobile device and the equipment. Routing platform also affords remote control of the networked equipment. Delivery of advertisement and monetary incentive(s) can be provided through the routing platform to the equipment. Routing platform further provides security features related to operation of specific equipment and wireless services supplied via the routing platform. | 11-15-2012 |
20120289222 | INITIALIZING FEMTOCELLS - A femtocell may be initialized on a network by automatically contacting a network service provider. The access point then automatically downloads an initial configuration from a bootstrap server belonging to the network service provider. In some cases, a femtocell access point may automatically determine, after boot up, whether it was pre-provisioned with credentials to authenticate itself with the network service provider. If so, it may use a domain name service to obtain an address of a bootstrap server. Otherwise, it may use dynamic host configuration protocol to discover the bootstrap server's Internet Protocol address. | 11-15-2012 |
20120295604 | Receiver of a Mobile Communication Device - A mobile communication device receiver for receiving a communication signal of a base station via a carrier includes a filter, a scanner and a first controller. The scanner is configured to scan a frequency range in order to determine a spectral distribution of interference within and/or adjacent to the carrier. The first controller is configured to adapt a passband characteristic of the filter based on the spectral distribution. | 11-22-2012 |
20120295605 | INTERFERENCE REDUCTION FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - An apparatus, method and program reduce interference in interfered cell sites of a wireless communications network. A cell site is a region in which wireless communications are provided to mobile devices, and the interfered cell sites being cell sites where mobile devices are subject to interference signals from at least one interfering transmitter. A transmitter is selected from a list of interfering transmitters in need of adjustment and corresponding antennas. A critical zone is determined with respect to the selected transmitter. Parameters of the selected transmitter and the corresponding antenna are altered and performance of the wireless network in the critical zone around the problem transmitter and interference in the cell sites interfered by the problem transmitter are monitored. Altering of the parameters of the transmitter and the corresponding antenna is performed continuously until a desired interference reduction is achieved in the cell sites interfered by the selected transmitter. | 11-22-2012 |
20120295606 | Measurement reporting of Inter-Rat Cells of More than One Rat in Geran - Methods and apparatus, including computer program products, are provided for measurement reporting In one aspect there is provided a method. The method may include receiving, at a user equipment from a base station, a first message providing one or more parameters for measurement reporting, selecting one or more first cells from among a plurality of cells, wherein the selecting is based on at least one comparison value determined based on at least one reporting threshold defined for at least one of a plurality of radio access technologies being used by at least one of the plurality of cells, wherein the at least one reporting threshold is further defined based on at least one measurement quantity used for the at least one of a plurality of radio access technologies, and sending, by the user equipment to the base station, one or more measurement results for the selected one or more first cells, the one or more measurement results included m the measurement report message, when the measurement report message lacks capacity to report valid measurement results for each of the plurality of cells, wherein the one or more results are included based on the at least one comparison value including the at least one reporting threshold. Related apparatus, systems, methods, and articles are also described. | 11-22-2012 |
20120295607 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTABLISHING A SERVICE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND A MOBILE DATA SERVER FOR CONNECTING TO A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method and system for establishing a service relationship between a mobile communication device and a mobile data server for connecting to a wireless network are disclosed. In accordance with one embodiment, an Internet browser receives a request to establish a service relationship between a mobile communication device and a mobile data server. A device identifier and device capability data is received from the mobile communication device. Service data for the mobile communication device is received from a mobile data administration server in accordance with the device identifier and device capability data, which is then stored in a memory of the mobile communication device. | 11-22-2012 |
20120302227 | MULTI-RAT MEASUREMENT REPORTING - An example method for preparing a measurement report on neighbour resources of a multi-RAT mobile station is disclosed. In the example method, the mobile station (MS) supports a plurality of radio access technologies (RATs). The example method comprises receiving a plurality of RAT resource reporting values, each RAT resource reporting value indicating a number of resources of the corresponding RAT to be included into the measurement report, determining a plurality of lists of valid neighbour resources associated with the plurality of RATs, and including resources from the plurality of lists of valid neighbour resources into the measurement report according to a RAT sequence of the plurality of RATs, wherein a second resource of the given RAT is included into the report, subject to including a first resource into the measurement report, for each of the plurality of RATs for which the RAT resource reporting value is greater than zero. | 11-29-2012 |
20120302228 | Remote Power Microgenerator Device and Method - Disclosed is a microgenerator device adapted to retrofit into an existing utility power grid and provide a local means of power generation in remote locations, a relay communication means and a charging station for an electric car. Further disclosed is a method of use, wherein an electrical microgenerator is utilized to locally contribute power to an electrical grid, store power locally and supply users in remote areas with a means of communication and local power access. The microgenerator device comprises a direct current power generator assembly having a vertical axis wind turbine, a photovoltaic array, a micro-inverter, a telephonic communications relay capability, and energy storage unit, wherein the assembly is connectable to an existing power grid and utility pole. The device provides supplemental power to the grid, provides local power access and storage, while also providing a means of communication in remote locations. | 11-29-2012 |
20120302229 | MACHINE-TO-MACHINE DEVICE TRIGGERING USING SESSION INITIATION PROTOCOL UNIFORM RESOURSE IDENTIFIER - A machine-to-machine communication proxy node is presented herein. The proxy node may be used as a translation device in machine-to-machine communications. For example, if an application server in a packet based network initiates communication with device in a mobile network, the proxy node may be utilized to translate application domain specific device identities coded in the format of Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) and Uniform Resource Identifier's (URI's) to mobile specific identities such as IMSI and establish communication connection in the mobile network. This identifying of mobile devices may be utilized to replace the commonly used E.164 Mobile Subscriber Integrated Services Digital Network (MSISDN) numbers for identifying mobile devices. | 11-29-2012 |
20120302230 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND CONNECTION METHOD BETWEEN USER EQUIPMENT AND A MOBILITY MANAGEMENT ENTITY - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and a connection method between user equipment and a mobility management entity and comprises: selecting a mobility management entity and requesting identification information for user equipment by a base station when the user equipment is connected; determining whether to assign identification information by the mobility management entity; and if the identification information is not assigned, selecting another mobility management entity by the mobility management entity, assigning identification information to the user equipment by the other mobility management entity, and performing a connection with the other mobility management entity by the user equipment. According to the present invention, user equipment can be efficiently connected with a mobility management entity in a wireless communication system. | 11-29-2012 |
20120309382 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING CELLULAR TELEPHONE RADIATION EXPOSURE - In some aspects, a cellular telephone includes (1) a user interface portion having a communications circuit; and (2) a cellular portion having a first communications circuit adapted to communicate with the communications circuit of the user interface portion and a second communications circuit adapted to communicate with a cellular network. The cellular portion is removably coupled to the user interface portion so as to allow a user of the cellular telephone to communicate over a cellular network by using the user interface portion while the cellular portion is separated from the user interface portion. Numerous other aspects are provided. | 12-06-2012 |
20120309383 | Apparatus and Method with Server Including Data Replicated from the Mobile Device - Apparatus and method for communication are provided. The apparatus includes a controller and a memory connected to the controller. The apparatus is configured to store a mobile context of user equipment, the mobile context including information on the Home NodeB's of which closed subscriber groups the user equipment belongs to. | 12-06-2012 |
20120309384 | Method for Controlling Interference in a Radio Communications System and Apparatus Thereof - Method and Apparatus thereof, for controlling intercell interference in a radio communications system having a plurality of user equipment and a plurality of access nodes including the steps of: a user equipment of said plurality connected to a serving access node, upon determining that an access node of said plurality is causing interference, transmitting a request to said serving access node; said serving access node forwarding said request to an apparatus controlling said interfering access node over an X2 interface, and said apparatus, instructing said interfering access node to execute said request. | 12-06-2012 |
20120309385 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, NETWORK APPARATUS AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A network apparatus | 12-06-2012 |
20120309386 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING AND MAINTAINING A CONNECTION BETWEEN DEVICES - A system and method to establish and maintain a connection between devices, which in one example embodiment of a method, may comprise receiving a request to establish a connection between a first communication device and a second communication device. A determination is made as to whether the second communication device is reachable via a data network. Based on the determination that the second communication device is reachable over the data network, a connection between the first communication device and the second communication device is established via the data network. Based on the determination that the second communication device is not reachable over the data network, a connection between the first communication device and the second communication device is established via a telecommunications network. Additional systems and methods are described. | 12-06-2012 |
20120315889 | DYNAMIC BINDING OF SERVICE ON BEARER - Methods that facilitate automatic selection of service bearers in a mobile based on user-initiated policies and service-provider-initiated policies set forth in a policy document are described herein. The mobile device initially receives a policy document from either the mobile device manufacturer or the service provider before the mobile device is provisioned on a communications network. The mobile device user and the service provider may make subsequent changes to the policy document. When a user-initiated policy change conflicts with a service-provider-initiated policy, the user-initiated policy change is disregarded in favor of the service-provider-initiated policy. The mobile device automatically selects an appropriate bearer based at least on the availability of service bearers in the current environment and the policies set forth in the policy document. | 12-13-2012 |
20120315890 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO PERFORM MEASUREMENTS - Methods and apparatus to perform measurements are disclosed. An example method disclosed herein for a user equipment (UE) comprises receiving configuration information from a network, the configuration information to configure the UE to perform logging of measurements in an idle mode, wherein the configuration information includes a duration, and storing the configuration information at the UE. | 12-13-2012 |
20120315891 | BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided is a base station including a plurality of branches that perform CoMP transmission with another base station, a multiplying unit that multiplies a transmission signal from each of the plurality of branches by a calibration coefficient of each of the plurality of branches, wherein the calibration coefficient is a coefficient obtained by adjusting an individual calibration coefficient acquired by branch calibration between the plurality of branches in the base station based on a branch calibration result between a branch of the base station and a branch of the other base station. | 12-13-2012 |
20120322436 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL APPARATUS AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - A communication system, a control apparatus and a base station apparatus, capable of changing PCI of the base station apparatus without causing a hole in coverage, are provided. | 12-20-2012 |
20120322437 | METHOD AND FEMTOCELL BASE STATION FOR SUPPORTING WIRELESS CONNECTIVITY OF A MOBILE STATION TO A CELLULAR NETWORK - A method for supporting wireless connectivity of a mobile station to a cellular network, wherein the mobile station is located within the coverage area of a femtocell base station of which it is a non-CSG mobile station, and wherein the mobile station experiences interference which it indicates to the femtocell base station, is characterized in that the femtocell base station, upon receiving the experienced interference indication from the non-CSG mobile station, triggers the non-CSG mobile station to report interference related information, wherein, based on the interference related information, the femtocell base station performs a first check whether it is originator of the interference experienced by the non-CSG mobile station. Furthermore, a corresponding femtocell base station for supporting wireless connectivity of a mobile station to a cellular network is disclosed. | 12-20-2012 |
20120329448 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CREATING A CHANNEL BETWEEN FEMTO BASE STATIONS BASED ON USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for generating a direct or indirect wireless channel between femto base stations to relieve interference that occurs in user equipment depending on the proximity of the femto base station and generate an adaptive control channel and a data channel between the femto base stations, thereby increasing the communication efficiency. | 12-27-2012 |
20130005326 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING THE IDENTITY OF A FEMTO CELL - A femto cell is located within a macro cell of a wireless communication system. A method of identifying the femto cell comprises: determining at least one timing difference, the at least one timing difference being observed for communications between a wireless communication unit and each of a femto cell and at least one macro cell; and comparing the at least one observed timing difference to reference timing difference data. The identity of the femto cell may allow the location of the femto cell to be set as a geographical location for a wireless communication device that is within the footprint of the femto cell. The identity of the femto cell may allow hand in of an ongoing call, from the macro cell to the femto cell. | 01-03-2013 |
20130005327 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DERIVING FEMTO CELL TIMING INFORMATION - A method for deriving timing information for a femto cell of a wireless communication system comprises a wireless communication unit of the system receiving observed timing data for a femto cell within a macro cell, and observed timing data for the macro cell. Timing difference values between timing offsets for the femto cell and timing offsets for the macro cell are used to determine a central reference timing difference value for the femto cell. The central reference timing difference value is set as reference timing information for the femto cell. A network element and computer program product for implementing the method of the invention are also provided. | 01-03-2013 |
20130005328 | Handling Closed Subscriber Group Lists - A core network receives in an uplink message a first list of closed subscriber groups (CSGs) located within one gateway domain to which mobility is possible for a user equipment UE. The core network creates a third list by checking the first list received in the uplink message against a second list which is the UE's allowed CSG list, and sends the third list downlink to at least one of a serving gateway of the UE or a serving access node of the UE. In one embodiment the first list consists of all CSGs within a domain of the respective serving gateway/access node; and in another embodiment it consists of all neighbor closed subscriber group cells of the respective serving gateway/access node which sent the uplink message to the core network. In different embodiments the third list is a whitelist or a blacklist. | 01-03-2013 |
20130005329 | RELAY DEVICE, RELAY DEVICE CONTROL METHOD, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An information receiving unit receives specific information for specifying a radio signal that uses a predetermined type of data transmitted by the mobile station. The radio signal receiving unit receives, on the basis of the specific information, the radio signal transmitted by the mobile station. A measuring unit measures reception quality of the radio signal received by the radio signal receiving unit. The quality transmitting unit transmits the reception quality of the radio signal measured by the measuring unit. | 01-03-2013 |
20130012187 | METHOD OF MANAGING MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND MONITORING CONTROL APPARATUS - A method for managing a mobile communication system in which a base station and a mobile station communicate with each other, the method includes: stopping, among cells of a plurality of base stations, operation of a cell whose amount of use of communication is smaller than a reference value; and operating, among the cells of the plurality of base stations, a cell whose amount of use of communication is larger than the reference value using a high-order multi-input and multi-output configuration in which a plurality of antennas are used for transmission. | 01-10-2013 |
20130012188 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REPORTING NEIGHBOR CELL INFORMATION - The present invention provides a method and system for reporting neighbor cell information. The method includes: a network side sending a measurement configuration and reporting information of a drive test to user equipment; the user equipment performing the drive test, and reporting drive test results containing information of neighbor cells around the user equipment to the network side when a reporting triggering condition is satisfied ( | 01-10-2013 |
20130012189 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A mobile station determines, in accordance with reception quality of a radio signal from a base station, a measurement cycle of a predetermined measurement on a link status and/or on/off of the predetermined measurement and controls execution of the predetermined measurement based on the determination. | 01-10-2013 |
20130012190 | WIRELESS REPEATER WITH ARBITARY PROGRAMMABLE SELECTIVITY - The invention relates to wireless repeater systems and methods. In embodiments, such systems and methods involve receiving a wireless transmission signal; and processing the wireless transmission signal using a digital signal processing facility (DSP); wherein the DSP is adapted to filter at least one sub-band of the wireless transmission signal using a digital bandpass filter. | 01-10-2013 |
20130012191 | Method and Apparatus for Providing Machine-to-Machine Communication in a Wireless Network - A method and apparatus are provided that may enable the provision of machine to machine (M2M) communication in a wireless network environment. In this regard, for example, relatively low power devices (specifically referencing low transmission power) such as sensors or other machines in an M2M system may be enabled to communicate with a mobile terminal via a first carrier when the power ratio between the average received machine power and the average downlink received cellular power is below a threshold value and communicate with the mobile terminal via a second carrier if the power ratio exceeds the threshold value. Thus, only one carrier may be needed by devices in such an environment in order to perform M2M communication. | 01-10-2013 |
20130012192 | Method and system for notifying update information to core network - The disclosure provides a method for notifying update information to a Core Network (CN), the method includes: a target access network element sends Close Subscriber Group (CSG) information of a cell that a User Equipment (UE) currently accesses to the CN after the UE is handed over from a source access network element to the target access network element; or the UE sends the CSG information of the cell that the UE currently accesses to the CN after receiving an instruction from the target access network element. According to the technical solution of the disclosure, when the CN does not participate in the handover process, the CSG information of the cell that the UE currently accesses is notified to the CN. | 01-10-2013 |
20130017820 | Method And Apparatus Providing Multi-Level Proximity Indication And Small Cell DiscoveryAANM Drazynski; KarolAACI WrocklawAACO PLAAGP Drazynski; Karol Wrocklaw PLAANM Dalsgaard; LarsAACI OuluAACO FIAAGP Dalsgaard; Lars Oulu FIAANM Doppler; Klaus F.AACI EspooAACO FIAAGP Doppler; Klaus F. Espoo FIAANM Korhonen; Juha S.AACI EspooAACO FIAAGP Korhonen; Juha S. Espoo FIAANM Malkamaki; Esa M.AACI EspooAACO FIAAGP Malkamaki; Esa M. Espoo FI - A method includes receiving a first measurement configuration at a user equipment from a wireless communication network; making measurements using the first measurement configuration; in response to a condition being satisfied resulting from the measurements that are made, transmitting an indication that an allowed small cell has been detected; receiving a second measurement configuration at the user equipment from the wireless communication network; and making measurements of the allowed small cell using the second measurement configuration, where the first measurement configuration results in measurements being made less frequently than measurements made in accordance with the second measurement configuration. An apparatus configured to perform the method is also disclosed. | 01-17-2013 |
20130017821 | WIRELESS CONNECTION CONTROL - Controlling a wireless connection of a mobile wireless communication device to a wireless communication network. When the mobile wireless communication device is connected to a base transceiver station through a radio frequency link, the mobile wireless communication device detects a signal quality of the radio frequency link. If the detected signal quality is at or below a first threshold and decreasing over a first detection time interval, then the mobile wireless communication device estimates a maximum response time interval until the detected signal quality of the radio frequency link is below a second threshold. The mobile wireless communication device delays transmitting only those control messages that cause the wireless communication network to respond to subsequent control messages beyond the estimated maximum response time interval. | 01-17-2013 |
20130023264 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE STATION, AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile communication system according the present invention including a mobile station UE configured to detect a cell using CC with a measurement target frequency designated by the radio base station eNB, in a measurement gap designated by the radio base station eNB within a predetermined time period TIdentify_Inter, and when the mobile station UE is not performing CA, the predetermined time period TIdentify_Inter is determined based on the number Nfreq of the CCs with the measurement target frequencies, and when the mobile station UE is performing CA, the predetermined time period TIdentify_Inter is determined based on the number Nfreq of the CCs with the measurement target frequencies and the number M of CCs in each of which the measurement gap is set. | 01-24-2013 |
20130029655 | REFERENCE SIGNAL DESIGN FOR DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEMS - In a distributed antenna system (DAS), the number of physical antennas is usually larger than that of the antenna ports supported by LTE/LTE-A RS pattern in each cell. Systems and methods are directed to a RS transmission scheme in which the RRHs (or RRH groups) are dynamically scheduled and mapped to the antenna ports for RS transmission based on user density distribution such that the accuracy of the channel state information (CSI) estimation in the DAS is optimized. | 01-31-2013 |
20130029656 | Callback Tokens for Dropped Calls - A method and system that support re-establishing a dropped call or communication is disclosed. A terminal may publish its parameters to other terminals through in-band or out-of-band signaling. Token values may then be determined by a weighted sum of parameters, where the terminal having the largest weighted sum possesses the token. If the call or communication drops, the terminal possessing the token then initiates communication to the other terminals. In addition, a plurality of tokens may be used when there are more than two terminals in a call. The terminals may be partitioned into groups, where one of the terminals in each group possesses a token. | 01-31-2013 |
20130029657 | Method and System for Access and Uplink Power Control for a Wireless System Having Multiple Transmit Points - A method and system for access and uplink power control for a wireless system having multiple transmit points. In one aspect, a method at a user equipment operating in a wireless network having a plurality of transmission points including a macro evolved Node B (‘eNB’) and at least one low power node (‘LPN’) having transmit power lower than that of the macro eNB, the method finding, at the user equipment, at least one reference transmission point, the finding utilizing at least one of a calculation at the user equipment and a message from a network element; and performing, by the user equipment, uplink power control based on the at least one reference transmission. | 01-31-2013 |
20130035088 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING ACCESS AT USER END - A system and a method for controlling access at a user end are disclosed. The correlation between a tag signal of a femtocell access point and a tag signal of a fixed internet device is established, such that when the femtocell access point would access internet via the fixed internet device, a tag signal of the femtocell access point and a tag signal of the fixed internet device are acquired, so as to determine whether the tag signal of the femtocell access point and the tag signal of the fixed internet device match the correlation in the data bank. When the tag signal of the femtocell access point and the tag signal of the fixed internet device match the correlation, the femtocell access point is allowed to provide access services. The present invention provides an effective mechanism for controlling access at a user end. | 02-07-2013 |
20130035089 | Generating an OD Matrix - Computers, a user equipment, a computer system, computer program products, and a method for a computer system are disclosed. In some embodiments, the method comprises the steps of: receiving user IDs, cell IDs and time stamps associated with the cell IDs and the user IDs; requesting and receiving, from a cell ID database, geographical coordinates corresponding to the cell IDs; finding stations and times for each user ID based on, at least in part, the geographical coordinates and time stamps associated with each user ID; exchanging the stations with a place for each one of the stations; generating at least one OD sub-matrix associated with each user ID based on, at least in part, places and times of arrival and departure associated with these places; and merging the OD matrices into an OD matrix. | 02-07-2013 |
20130035090 | REPEATER DEVICE FOR REDUCING THE ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION TRANSMITTED FROM CELLULAR PHONE ANTENNAS AND EXTENDING PHONE BATTERY LIFE - A cellular communication system and method is described where a low-cost repeater is used to reduce the transmit power of a cell phone. The cell phone transmits a low-power modulated carrier signal to a nearby repeater. The repeater amplifies the signal and transmits it to a cellular base-station. The reduction of cell phone transmit power lowers the exposure of humans to RF radiation and increases the battery life of the cell phone. | 02-07-2013 |
20130035091 | Transmission Method and Related Base Station - The invention relates to transmission from a base station to a receiver, the base station comprising first radiating means arranged for transmitting according to an antenna pattern with respect to the receiver and further comprising second radiating means arranged for transmitting according to the same antenna pattern as the first radiating means with respect to the receiver, the transmissions of the first and second radiating means being time shifted by a determined duration. | 02-07-2013 |
20130040633 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR MANAGING ASSOCIATIONS BETWEEN USERS IN MULTIPLE OVER-THE-TOP SERVICE PLATFORMS - According to one aspect, the subject matter described herein includes a method for managing associations between users in multiple over-the-top (OTT) service platforms. The method includes receiving a first message indicating an action associated with a first user in a first OTT service platform. The method also includes generating, based on the first message, a second message for performing a related action in a second OTT service platform. The method further includes communicating the second message to the second OTT service platform. | 02-14-2013 |
20130040634 | Method and Apparatus for Managing Access to User Equipment Event Information - A method of managing access to problem event information collected by a User Equipment (UE). In one novel aspect, access to the problem event information is determined by a public land mobile network (PLMN) list stored in the UE. The UE collects problem event information, stores a PLMN list, and sends an indication that problem event information is available to a Radio Access Network (RAN) controller. In response, the RAN controller sends a request indicator to the UE requesting the event information. The UE transmits the requested event information when the requesting PLMN is included in the PLMN list stored in the UE. In one embodiment, the event information includes Minimization Drive Test (MDT) measurement information. In another embodiment, the event information includes radio link failure information. The solution enables managing access to problem event information with maximum simplicity and minimum impact to existing systems. | 02-14-2013 |
20130040635 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING OUTPUT OF BASE STATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for controlling an output of a small base station in a mobile communication system is provided. The method includes measuring Received Signal Strength Indication (RSSI) and receive sensitivity of at least one of a macro base station and a neighboring small base station, determining a service margin of the small base station, and determining transmission power based on the RSSI, the receive sensitivity and the service margin. The method may further include extracting the receive sensitivity of the neighboring small base station from the measured receive sensitivity, calculating the RSSI of the macro base station from total RSSIs based on a receive sensitivity ratio of the neighboring small base stations prior to determining the service margin. | 02-14-2013 |
20130045732 | Femtocell Base Station, Method, Computer Program and Computer Program Product - It is presented a method for a femtocell base station, for facilitating communication between a communication terminal and a core network. The method comprises the steps, performed in the femtocell base station, of: sending a first femtocell base station message to the communication terminal; receiving a first terminal message from the communication terminal, the first terminal message comprising a first sequence number; and repeatedly sending further femtocell base station messages to the communication terminal and receiving corresponding terminal messages, comprising incremented sequence numbers, from the communication terminal, such that an expected next terminal message from the communication terminal comprises a sequence number being equal to the first sequence number. A corresponding femtocell base station, computer program and computer program product are also presented. | 02-21-2013 |
20130045733 | FEMTOCELL BASE STATION AND METHOD THEREOF - The present invention relates to a method of a femtocell base station ( | 02-21-2013 |
20130045734 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A communication system includes a first terminal with first and second communication units and an information manager, and a second terminal with third and fourth communication units and an information storage unit. The first communication unit makes a wireless communication with a first base station according to a first protocol using information managed by the information manager. The fourth communication unit makes a wireless communication with the first terminal according to a third protocol and receives information used for a wireless communication with the second base station according to a second protocol. | 02-21-2013 |
20130045735 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECORDING CHANNEL MEASUREMENT INFORMATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for efficiently configuring information during a process in which a terminal records channel measurement information in a mobile communication system. Disclosed is an operation of a terminal for accurately indicating to a base station whether or not a serving cell or neighbor cells are measured in configuring channel measurement information. In addition, disclosed is a method in which a terminal adjusts the frequency of recording in consideration of the importance of the measured information. | 02-21-2013 |
20130053021 | PILOT POWER SETTING METHOD AND FEMTOCELL USING THE SAME - A pilot power setting method and a femtocell using the same are disclosed. The pilot power setting method is for using in a femtocell which is operated in a closed mode to provide service to a user equipment (UE). The method includes the following steps. A communication link connecting the | 02-28-2013 |
20130053022 | FEMTOCELL HANDSET ASSISTED CLOCK CORRECTION - A method of improving frequency accuracy of a clock unit adapted to clock a femtocell local cellular communication home base station is provided. The method comprising: providing a local cellular communication home base station having an oscillator adapted to operate as a clock therein, wherein at least one cellular communication device is camped thereto, and wherein the at least one camped cellular communication device is further in communication with at least one neighboring cellular communication base station which is associated with an oscillator adapted to operate as a clock therein; periodically applying a derivative operator over periodically obtained local communication parameters and periodically obtained neighboring communication parameters thereby generating derivative communication parameters over time; and correcting the accuracy of the frequency of the clock in the femtocell local cellular communication home base station using the derivative communication parameters over time. | 02-28-2013 |
20130059575 | DEVICE-INTEROPERABILITY NOTIFICATION METHOD AND SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR ASSESSING AN INTEROPERABILITY OF AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE WITH A VEHICLE - A device-interoperability notification method and system are disclosed herein. The method involves establishing a connection between an electronic device and a telematics unit operatively disposed in a vehicle. Via the telematics unit, data obtained from the device is transmitted to a data aggregator at a call center. From the data, the data aggregator recognizes that an interoperability issue exists between the device and the vehicle within which the device is disposed. Via a communications module at the call center, a message is sent to the telematics unit or the electronic device, and this message includes information pertaining to an interoperability of the electronic device with the vehicle. The system includes elements to perform the steps of the method above. Also disclosed herein is a method for assessing the interoperability between an electronic device and a vehicle. | 03-07-2013 |
20130059576 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UTILIZING A SECOND RECEIVER TO ESTABLISH TIME AND FREQUENCY - Apparatus and methods for synchronizing a network element (e.g. access points, femtocells, etc.) to a master network (such as a cellular network) to provide accurate frequency and/or time references for their internal systems. In one embodiment, the network element utilizes a dedicated receiver (or transceiver) to receive timing information from the master network. The implementation of the dedicated receiver is advantageous for cost and simplicity reasons. Furthermore, the timing or frequency information, as received from the master network, is used to correct the network element's internal timing. In addition, the network element's internal timing can operate in open-loop mode, if no master network can be found, thereby allowing for the device to continue providing service to network users. Additionally, a dedicated receiver can also receive information (e.g. location, SID, NID, SSID, etc.) local to the network element, such information may be useful or required for seamless operation within the master network. | 03-07-2013 |
20130065580 | CELLULAR SERVICE WITH IMPROVED SERVICE AVAILABILITY - A cellular communication system in which overload of a base station is averted by offering users the option to communicate using a spectrum outside of the spectrum allocated for cellular communication. Incentives are offered to connect to the base station using the alternative spectrum, which may not support communications at the same rate as could be supported using the spectrum allocated to the base station for cellular communications. Users may be selected to receive an offer to receive incentives based on range to the base station, with users closer to the base station being more likely to receive such an offer. The cellular communications system may be a 3G wireless system and the alternative spectrum may be white space in the digital TV spectrum. | 03-14-2013 |
20130065581 | MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH NOISE RATIO ESTIMATION MECHANISM AND METHOD OF OPERATION THEREOF - A method of operation of a mobile telecommunication system includes: measuring a received reference power; removing a guard portion from the received reference power; determining a noise variance estimate from both a noise region of the received reference power and a noise sample in a signal region of the received reference power, or calculating a dispersion power of a noise region of the received reference power and determining the noise variance estimate based on at least a dispersion power; and calculating a signal to noise ratio from the noise variance estimate for adjusting a receiver device. | 03-14-2013 |
20130072180 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A communication control apparatus, system, and method, the apparatus including a determining module that determines whether a communication path is established between a permitting base station permitted to relay communication by the communication connection and a mobile phone unit, a permission instructing module that sends a permission signal that permits establishment of a communication path with the mobile phone unit and relaying of the communication to a rejecting base station that is present at a location enabling establishment of the communication path but is not permitted to relay the communication only when the determining module determines that the communication path is established, and a stop instructing module that sends a deletion signal that indicates deletion of the communication path that is established with the mobile phone unit to the rejecting base station when the determining module determines that the communication path is not established. | 03-21-2013 |
20130072181 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISTRIBUTING DATA AMONG MOBILE STATIONS VIA A BASE-STATION NETWORK - An apparatus serves as a base station included in a base-station network. The apparatus transmits a range-check message, via the base-station network, to other base stations in the base-station network, where the range-check message includes designated-range information that defines a service-area range indicating a range of a service area to which distribution data is to be distributed within the base-station network. The apparatus detects response messages that are transmitted from one or more base stations included in the other base stations, via the base-station network, in response to the range-check message, where the response messages include cell information identifying cells that are covered by the one or more base stations. The apparatus transmits the cell information, via the base-station network, to a data-distribution apparatus that distributes the distribution data to one or more mobile stations located within the service-area range via the base-station network. | 03-21-2013 |
20130072182 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING A LOGGED MEASUREMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for reporting a logged measurement in a wireless communication system. A terminal receives a minimization of drive tests (MDT) configuration from a cell of a first radio access technology (RAT), and logs a measurement based on the MDT configuration so as to collect the logged measurements. The terminal transmits a logging indicator, which indicates the availability of the logged measurements, to a cell of a second RAT. | 03-21-2013 |
20130078989 | Neighbor List Distribution for Smart Mobility - A user equipment UE receives from a serving cell indications of frequency bands supported by neighbor cells/frequencies, and at least one individual neighbor cell/frequency supports a plurality of frequency bands. The neighbor cells/frequencies are filtered to retain only those which are indicated to support a frequency band or frequency bands which are also supported by the UE. Examples are given of various system information blocks for sending the frequency band indications to the UE. In one embodiment they are arranged in an information element IE having an entry for each of the neighbor cells/frequencies and a list of frequency bands for each entry. In another the IE has an index and an associated frequency band(s) where a value of the index indicates that one or more of the neighbor cells/frequencies referred to by the index belong to the associated frequency band(s). | 03-28-2013 |
20130078990 | MOBILE DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING REPRODUCTION OF CONTENTS IN MOBILE DEVICE - A method of controlling a mobile device and which includes wirelessly communicating, via a wireless communication unit of the mobile terminal, with other devices existing in a network including the mobile terminal; displaying, on a display unit of the mobile terminal, a multimedia file display region displaying contents existing in one of the devices in the network including the mobile device; and displaying, on the display unit, a reproduction control region including a first region displaying a first reproduction device for reproducing a first content selected from the multimedia file display region, and a second region for displaying the reproduced first content. | 03-28-2013 |
20130084848 | FLEXIBLE DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION SCHEME BASED ON LIKELIHOOD OF SCHEDULING - One embodiment is directed to a method for applying a flexible discontinuous reception scheme. The method includes initializing, at a user equipment, a timing alignment timer. The method then includes determining a type of discontinuous reception cycle to apply based on a likelihood of scheduling of the user equipment, and applying the determined type of discontinuous reception cycle. | 04-04-2013 |
20130084849 | MOBILITY ENHANCEMENT FOR FAST MOVING USER EQUIPMENT IN A HETEROGENOUS NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - Relative sizes of neighbor cells are identified, and measurement reporting of the neighbor cells is differentiated in dependence on at least the relative size. In one embodiment the relative sizes are identified by a frequency layer and/or physical cell identity sent by a serving cell. The differentiated reporting may be implemented by using different values, based on the relative sizes, of a measurement or reporting parameter or a scaling factor (such as T | 04-04-2013 |
20130090111 | Method of Handling Measurement Reporting and Related Communication Device - A method of handling measurement reporting for a network in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The network maintains an active set for storing at least a cell identity which is capable of providing a service to a mobile device of the wireless communication system. The method includes receiving a measurement report message from the mobile device, wherein the measurement report message is used for notification of a cell replacement procedure and includes a first cell identity corresponding to a first cell, determining whether the first cell identity is included in the active set and whether a number of the cell identity in the active set exceeds a threshold, to generate a result, and performing the cell replacement procedure according to the result. | 04-11-2013 |
20130090112 | System and Method for Improving Cellular Telephone User Experience - A method for determining an amount of time required to download a data file to a wireless device includes receiving information indicating a first amount of wireless bandwidth allocated for the download of the data file, calculating a first length of time required to download the data file to the wireless device based on the first amount of wireless bandwidth allocated, and comparing the first length of time required to a predetermined amount of time. If the first length of time required is less than the predetermined amount of time, the download begins. If the first length of time required is more than the predetermined amount of time, information indicating the first length of time required is sent to the wireless device, a start download signal is received from the wireless device, and download of the data file to the wireless device begins in response to the start download signal. | 04-11-2013 |
20130095815 | PACKET GATEWAY INTEGRATED WITH CONTENT MANAGEMENT FOR 3G AND 4G MOBILE NETWORKS - Methods and apparatus, including computer program products, for a packet gateway integrated with content management for 3G and 4G mobile networks. A network server includes a processor, a memory, a packet gateway module integrated with a content management module, the content management module including mobile subscriber information, and communication links to one or more of a mobile network operator's Online Charging System (OCS), an Offline Charging Subsystem (OFCS) and Policy Control and Charging Function (PCRF). | 04-18-2013 |
20130095816 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DETERMINING A NUMBER OF MIMO LAYERS - The embodiments herein relate to a method in a base station for communicating with a user equipment in the communication network. The base station is configured to communicate with the user equipment according to a selectable of at least two user equipment categories. Based on information about a selected user equipment category, the base station determines a first number of maximum transmission layers supported by the base station. The base station communicates with the user equipment according to up to the determined first number of maximum transmission layers and according to the selected user equipment category. | 04-18-2013 |
20130095817 | CELLULAR TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM NETWORK ELEMENT - A network element ( | 04-18-2013 |
20130102302 | METHOD FOR MANAGING POWER LEVELS IN A WIRELESS CELLULAR NETWORK - The present invention refers to a method for managing power levels in the uplink communications of user equipments attached to the base station of a network small cell wherein the contribution of neighbouring cells user equipments in the interference level produced at said base station is taken into account in the determination of the attached user equipment power levels. | 04-25-2013 |
20130102303 | USER EQUIPMENT AND METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - User equipment having operating modes of at least a connected mode (CONN) and an idle mode (IDLE) includes a measurement unit configured to measure radio quality in the idle mode in accordance with measurement target information indicating that the user equipment is preset to report a measurement value of the radio quality to a base station, a storage unit configured to store the measurement target information and the measurement value of the radio quality measured by the measurement unit and a transmitting unit configured to, if a predefined report condition (log exist condition, FIG. | 04-25-2013 |
20130102304 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting feedback information by a User Equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system are provided. The method includes receiving information about at least one Channel State Information Reference Signal (CSI-RS); performing channel estimation based on the information about at least one CSI-RS; receiving information about at least one feedback; and transmitting at least one feedback including a channel estimation result using the information about at least one feedback, wherein the information about at least one feedback includes information about a transmission timing and a feedback mode for at least one feedback. | 04-25-2013 |
20130102305 | WIRELESS ACCESS METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a wireless access method, device, and system. The method includes: sending pilot signal strength or channel characteristics to a central processing node, where the pilot signal strength or channel characteristics are fed back by a user terminal within the coverage area of a wireless access node and are between the wireless access node and the corresponding user terminal; receiving access indication information of the user terminal, which is fed back by the central processing node and is determined according to the pilot signal strength or channel characteristics, where the access indication information of the user terminal includes an identifier of the wireless access node connected with the user terminal and a corresponding coding and modulation scheme; and sending the identifier of the wireless access node connected with the user terminal and the corresponding coding and modulation scheme to the corresponding user terminal. | 04-25-2013 |
20130109372 | PERFORMING INTER-FREQUENCY MEASUREMENTS IN A MOBILE NETWORK | 05-02-2013 |
20130109373 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, CONTROL DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING TRANSMISSION PARAMETER | 05-02-2013 |
20130122890 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication device has a first wireless communication unit configured to wirelessly communicate with an external network, a management information storage configured to store application management information received through the first wireless communication unit, a second wireless communication unit configured to wirelessly communicate with an external communication device, and a management unit configured to control, based on the application management information stored in the management information storage, information wirelessly transmitted and received between the second wireless communication unit and the external communication device. | 05-16-2013 |
20130122891 | Methods and Arrangements for Processing of Measurement Data in Cellular Communication Systems - The problem of unsynchronized internal clocks of user equipments in a cellular communication system is addressed by a solution where a mechanism relying on a standalone clock function in user equipments is provided. Embodiments provide a network node that distributes a time reference to a user equipment (UE), and wherein the UE, using an internal clock function, time-stamps the logged measurements and/or events relative to the received time reference. When the UE has logged measurements the UE indicates to the network node that it has an available measurement log. The network node may then request several UEs to deliver their measurement log, respectively. The network node is then able to retrieve time stamped measurement information from the measurement log of each UE relative the sent time reference. Furthermore, the network node is then able to compare measurement information from each UE in a cell provided at the same time interval in all UEs. | 05-16-2013 |
20130122892 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RELAY NODE - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes a step in which, when a relay node RN, which is subordinate to a radio base station DeNB and is in an “RRC_CONNECTED state”, received an “RRC connection release message” from the radio base station DeNB, the relay node RN is transitioned to an “RRC_IDLE state” after transmitting an “RRC connection release message” to a mobile station UE, which is subordinate to the relay node RN and is in the “RRC_CONNECTED state”, and a predetermined time T2 elapses. | 05-16-2013 |
20130137420 | MECHANISM FOR FACILITATING DYNAMIC AND SEGMENT-BASED MONITORING OF CELLULAR NETWORK PERFORMANCE IN AN ON-DEMAND SERVICES ENVIRONMENT - In accordance with embodiments, there are provided mechanisms and methods for facilitating dynamic and segment-based monitoring of cellular network performance. In one embodiment and by way of example, a method includes dividing a cellular network path of a cellular network into a plurality of network segments, and monitoring performance of the cellular network at a first network segment of the plurality of network segments. The first network segment is associated with a first segment point includes a first computing device. The method may further includes generating first metrics based on first monitoring data relating to the first network segment, and forwarding the first metrics to a second segment point coupled with the first segment point over the first network segment. The second segment point includes a second computing device. | 05-30-2013 |
20130143547 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES, CELLULAR STATIONS, MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEMS, AND METHODS FOR HANDLING RANDOM ACCESS FAILURES - A mobile communication device with a wireless module and a controller module is provided for handling random access failures in a multi-carrier system. The wireless module performs wireless transceiving to and from a cellular station. The controller module performs operations of a Media Access Control (MAC) layer. The operations includes: retrying a random access procedure on a carrier frequency with the cellular station via the wireless module, and stopping the retry of the random access procedure in response to the retry of the random access procedure being failed or receiving a message from the cellular station via the wireless module. | 06-06-2013 |
20130150021 | FEMTO BASE STATION GATEWAY AND OPERATING METHOD OF FEMTO BASE STATION GATEWAY - Disclosed is a femto base station gateway which includes an X2 interface configured to perform X2 communication; an S1 interface configured to perform S1 communication; and an X2 cache configured to store an X2 response message received via the X2 interface. | 06-13-2013 |
20130150022 | SMALL BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING SELF-ORGANIZING NETWORK (SON) FOR SMALL BASE STATION - Provided are a small base station, and a method for providing a Self-Organizing Network (SON) for the small base station. There is provided a small base station including: a server configured to receive a session establishment request message from a control unit, and to generate a session establishment request event; a message conversion engine configured to receive, after a session with the control unit is established, an information request message from the control unit, to analyze the information request message to provide the results of the analysis, and to convert response information that is to be transmitted to the control unit, into a format of a predetermined message; and a session manager configured to manage the session with the control unit in response to the session establishment request event, and to provide the response information corresponding to the results of the analysis. | 06-13-2013 |
20130157650 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UNPLANNED DEPLOYMENT OF BASE STATIONS - Methods and apparatuses are provided that include deploying a femto node in a wireless network. The femto node can measure received signal quality upon initialization in a wireless network and/or according to a timing. The femto node can determine whether to communicate in the wireless network based on comparing the received signal quality to a threshold signal quality. The timing can be determined based on various factors to ensure fairness among femto nodes initializing in the wireless network. A centralized entity can be used to determine the timing and/or whether a femto node should communicate. | 06-20-2013 |
20130157651 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DEPLOYMENT AND CONTROL OF BASE STATIONS - Methods and apparatuses are provided for performing power control for a femto node deployed in a wireless network that include adjusting a transmission parameter of the femto node based on one or more signal energy parameters, such as a received signal strength indicator (RSSI). A comparison between the signal energy, a noise floor, and a threshold signal energy can be determined, and a transmission parameter of the femto node is accordingly adjusted based on the comparison. | 06-20-2013 |
20130157652 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DEPLOYMENT AND CONTROL OF SMALL CELLS - Methods and apparatuses are provided for performing power control for a femto node deployed in a wireless network that include adjusting a transmission parameter of the femto node based on one or more radio frequency (RF) environment parameters. An RF environment parameter can be determined for a femto node related to a location in a coverage area. A different RF environment parameter related to other femto nodes at the location in the coverage area can be received from one or more devices, a network listening module, etc. A transmission parameter of the femto node, such as a transmit power, can be adjusted based on the RF environment parameter and the different RF environment parameter. | 06-20-2013 |
20130165104 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INTEGRATED METROLOGY WITHIN A FEMTOCELL ACCESS POINT - One embodiment of the present invention sets forth a hybrid femtocell device comprising a femtocell access point and a metrology device, such as a commercial power meter. Each hybrid femtocell device is configured to connect to a backhaul network either via a local network connection or via a neighboring hybrid femtocell. A hybrid femtocell device may be advantageously installed in place of a conventional power meter to operate as both a conventional femtocell access point providing cellular coverage for a targeted location, as well as a smart power meter. | 06-27-2013 |
20130165105 | METHOD AND DEVICE IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - There is provided a method of method of estimating a quality of a signal, the method in a first device comprising measuring a signal transmitted from a second device to a third device; determining a value of a metric from an autocorrelation function of the measured signal; and determining an estimate of the quality of the signal from the determined metric. | 06-27-2013 |
20130165106 | CELL SEARCH AND SYNCHRONIZATION USING NON-CIRCULARITY OF SIGNAL STATISTICS - There are provided measures for cell search and synchronization. Such measures may exemplarily comprise acquiring an observation signal for a carrier signal on a carrier which is under consideration for synchronization with a desired cellular system, calculating a power measure of the observation signal, which indicates a received power of said carrier signal, calculating a non-circularity measure of the observation signal, which indicates a non-circularity of said carrier signal, and calculating a ranking measure, which indicates an applicability of said carrier for synchronization with the desired cellular system, based on the calculated power measure and the calculated non-circularity measure. | 06-27-2013 |
20130171982 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REMOTE SECURE ACCESS TO WIRELESS NETWORK - In one embodiment, a method includes initiating at a mobile device, a secure connection with a wireless controller of a wireless network, receiving traffic from a wireless client device at the mobile device, and transmitting the traffic to the wireless controller over the secure connection. The mobile device is located remote from the wireless network. An apparatus and logic are also disclosed. | 07-04-2013 |
20130171983 | Method and Base Station for Managing Capacity of a Wireless Communication Network - The present invention provides a method and a base station for managing capacity of a wireless communication network, which relates to the field of wireless communications and is capable of saving energy while adjusting capacity of a wireless communication network of a base station. The present invention includes: checking total traffic of all overlay networks belonging to the base station; if the checked total traffic keeps being smaller than a preset load threshold, searching for and determining a first overlay network; maintaining normal work of a power amplifier of at least one antenna in each group of antennas in the first overlay network and turning off power amplifiers of one or more other antennas; and connecting the one or more other antennas to the power amplifiers maintaining normal work in the groups in which the one or more other antennas are located. | 07-04-2013 |
20130171984 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, METHOD FOR DETERMINING FREQUENCY USED BY RADIO BASE STATION, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - A location judgment unit ( | 07-04-2013 |
20130178201 | USER APPARATUS AND METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method in which a user apparatus including at least operation modes of a connection mode (CONN) and an idle mode (IDLE), includes: a measurement unit that measures radio quality in the idle mode according to measurement target information indicating that the user apparatus is set beforehand to report a measurement value of radio quality to a base station; a storage unit that stores the measurement target information and the measurement value of radio quality measured by the measurement unit; and a transmission unit that transmits, in the connection mode, an indicator indicating that there is the measurement value of radio quality to the base station, and transmits a report signal including the measurement value of radio quality according to a request from the base station, wherein when a predetermined condition for deleting measurement target information (configuration flush condition) is satisfied, the storage unit deletes the measurement target information. | 07-11-2013 |
20130178202 | Method and Communication Device for Handling Time Offsets between Communication Device and Transmission Points - A method of handling a plurality of time offsets between a communication device of a wireless communication system and a plurality of transmission points of the wireless communication system is disclosed. The method is utilized in the communication device, and comprises obtaining the plurality of time offsets by using a first reference signal; and transmitting the plurality of time offsets to the plurality of transmission points, respectively; wherein the plurality of transmission points compensate the plurality of time offsets, respectively, when communicating with the communication device. | 07-11-2013 |
20130183959 | METHOD FOR USE IN ASSOCIATING TRACKING AREA LISTS WITH USER EQUIPMENTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method for use in a core network node, such as a mobility management entity, is described for associating a tracking area list comprising at least one tracking area identity (TAIs) with a user equipment. A wireless communication network, such as an EPS network, comprises the core network node. The method comprises the steps of: registering at least one tracking area identity sequence of tracking areas repetatively used by a plurality of user equipments; and compiling at least one tracking area list using the at least one registered tracking area identity sequence. The disclosure also relates to a core network node and a computer program product. | 07-18-2013 |
20130189970 | RADIO MEASUREMENT COLLECTION METHOD AND RADIO TERMINAL - A radio measurement collection method in one embodiment is provided with: a step (S | 07-25-2013 |
20130196648 | Power Restriction Control for Inter-Band Multi-Carrier Capable Devices - There are provided measures for enabling power restriction control for inter-band multi-carrier capable devices, such as e.g. inter-band carrier aggregation capable devices. Such measures may exemplarily include a distortion level determination on a downlink band of a terminal device when using at least one output power restriction value for output power for at least one uplink band of the terminal device, and a power restriction control with respect to the at least one output power restriction value on the basis of the determined distortion level and a preconfigured distortion threshold condition. | 08-01-2013 |
20130203401 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING MULTI-CELL DATA EFFICIENCY IN LINK ADAPTIVE WIRELESS NETWORKS - Network performance related to the evaluation of an interference reduction scheme may include measuring a signal strength value for a signal sent by at least one base station and received by a plurality of user equipment, calculating first signal strength ratios using the first signal strength value, converting the first signal strength ratio into first user equipment spectral efficiency values for each user equipment of the plurality of user equipment, and comparing the first spectral efficiency value to a second spectral efficiency value to evaluate a data efficiency metric associated with an interference reduction scheme that is running on the base station when the signal strength value is measured. | 08-08-2013 |
20130210419 | System and Method for Associating Media Files with Messages - A system and method for composing an audio message are disclosed, which may include a memory for storing control parameters identifying respective preconfigured audio segments, the preconfigured audio segments being emotones; a recorder for enabling a user of the recording system to introduce user voice input into an audio message; and command input means for enabling the user of the recording system to selectively add user voice input and emotones into the audio message. | 08-15-2013 |
20130217381 | BROADCASTING SHARED NETWORK INFORMATION - Devices, systems, articles of manufacture, and methods for broadcasting information related to multiple core networks using a single access network are described. According to some embodiments, information to be broadcast corresponding to the multiple core networks is obtained. A single system information (SI) message is generated based on the obtained information. The single system information (SI) message is broadcast to a wireless communication device. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 08-22-2013 |
20130225155 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MIGRATING CO-CHANNEL INERFERENCE - A method of communicating data between a first transceiver and any of a plurality of second transceivers, wherein areas serviced by each of the plurality of second transceivers either overlap or are adjacent. The method comprises operating the first transceiver and the plurality of second transceivers in an overlapping frequency range. Each of the plurality of second transceivers operates in a time period different from a time period of another of the plurality of second transceivers. | 08-29-2013 |
20130225156 | Systems and Methods for Convergence and Forecasting for Mobile Broadband Networks - An embodiment method of forecasting traffic growth for a mobile wireless network in a network planning period includes determining traffic growth of a plurality of service types, and defining a plurality of clusters each containing a respective quantity of cell sites that share similar traffic growth characteristics. The method further includes determining seasonality factors in traffic growth for the plurality of service types in each of the plurality of clusters, and identifying and rejecting outliers in historical traffic measurements. The method also includes utilizing cyclo-stationary weekly traffic behavior to increase a quantity of sample points to accelerate traffic growth estimator convergence. | 08-29-2013 |
20130231104 | Technique for Managing Measurements for Multiple Subscriptions in a Mobile Terminal - A technique for managing measurements for at least two subscriptions in a mobile terminal is described. A method implementation of this technique performed in the mobile terminal comprises the steps of determining a common carrier set being an intersection between the first carrier set associated with a first subscription and the second carrier set associated with at least one second subscription, performing a first measurement on the first carrier set, and the second measurement on the second carrier set excluding the common carrier set, and mapping results associated with the first measurement of the first subscription relating to the common carrier set to the at least one second subscription. | 09-05-2013 |
20130237210 | DATA TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING INTERCELL INTERFERENCE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Data transmitting and receiving apparatus and method for control intercell interference efficiently in a mobile communication system. A mobile communication system includes distributed small base stations including a super node and two or more general nodes. Each of the general nodes processes and transmits first data for transmission, and outputs second data independent of the first data to the super node. The super node receives the second data from the respective general nodes, and processes and transmits the second data and third data for transmission. | 09-12-2013 |
20130237211 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE STATION, AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention having a step of transmitting, by a radio base station eNB# | 09-12-2013 |
20130244639 | WIRELESS BASE STATION, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM STORING DEVICE - A wireless communication system includes a wireless base station FAP | 09-19-2013 |
20130244640 | MULTIPLE TIME ADVANCE FOR RADIO ACCESS NETWORKS - In an example embodiment, a system may include a mobile terminal. The mobile terminal may be configured to receive a first signal including a first time advance value. The first signal may be transmitted by a first base station. The mobile terminal may be further configured to receive a second signal. The second signal may be transmitted by a second base station. The mobile base station may be further configured to determine a difference in propagation delay between the first and second signals. The mobile terminal may be further configured to determine a second time advance value by correlating the first time advance value with the difference in propagation delay. | 09-19-2013 |
20130244641 | ACCESS POINT COMMUNICATION BASED ON TRANSMISSION OF PHYSICAL LAYER IDENTIFIERS ACCORDING TO AT LEAST ONE TIME OFFSET - Information is communicated between access points to cause a recipient access point to invoke an action. In some aspects, a mapping is defined between: 1) sets of physical layer identifiers and/or associated time offsets; and 2) different types of information. The mapping information is provided to access points in a wireless communication system such that an access point can use this scheme to communicate specified types of information to another access point. Based on the mapping, an access point that receives a set of physical layer identifiers from another access point is able to determine the type of information being communicated. The recipient access point may then invoke a specific action based on the type of information that was communicated. | 09-19-2013 |
20130244642 | METHOD FOR BLIND ESTIMATION OF A SCRAMBLING CODE FOR A CDMA 2000 UPLINK - A method for estimating a scrambling code used on the uplink of a CDMA 2000 system. The received signal is firstly sampled at twice the chip frequency of the spreading code, and then filtered with a filter adapted to the spreading code and to pulse shaping. Differential processing of the successive samples is applied on the signal thus filtered and the differential values thus obtained are decoded using iterative belief propagation decoding. The decoded values are then used to determine the content of the shift register of the scrambling code generator at a given instant. | 09-19-2013 |
20130252602 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING RF PARAMETERS BASED ON NEIGHBORING ACCESS POINTS - Systems and methods are provided for a femto node to configure one or more of its RF parameters. This may be achieved, for example, by determining capabilities of one or more neighboring femto or pico nodes based in part on signals received from the one or more neighboring femto or pico nodes, comparing the determined capabilities of the one or more neighboring femto or pico nodes to one or more capabilities of the femto node, and adjusting one or more RF parameters of the femto node based on the comparison. | 09-26-2013 |
20130252603 | Signalling Method and Apparatus - There is described a signalling system for a wireless communication network, in which wireless network there are one or more performance categories of different Radio Frequency (RF) front end sections, wherein each category has a performance capability associated therewith. The system includes: retrieving from memory at the user device information indicative of the category, or its associated performance capability, appropriate for the RF front end section of the user device; and transmitting a signalling message to a network entity, the signalling message including the information. The network entity may manage the user device based on the information. | 09-26-2013 |
20130252604 | RECIPROCAL ADDITION OF ATTRIBUTE FIELDS IN ACCESS CONTROL LISTS AND PROFILES FOR FEMTO CELL COVERAGE MANAGEMENT - Access management to femto cell service is provided through access control list(s) (e.g., white list(s), or black list(s)). White list(s) includes a set of subscriber station(s) identifier numbers, codes, or tokens, and also can include additional fields for femto cell access management based on desired complexity. White list(s) can have associated white list profile(s) therewith to establish logic of femto coverage access based on the white list(s). A mechanism for reciprocal addition of access field attributes in access control lists and white list profiles also is provided. The mechanism allows at least in part for a first subscriber to be added to a configured white list of a second subscriber, when the first subscriber configures a new white list, the second subscriber is reciprocally incorporated in the new white list. Such mechanism can be driven and facilitates generation of associations among groups of subscribers that share specific commonalities. | 09-26-2013 |
20130252605 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF REPORTING LOGGED MEASUREMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of reporting logged measurements of an user equipment in a wireless communication system is provided. The user equipment in a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connected mode receives from a base station a Minimization of Drive Tests (MDT) configuration. The user equipment transitions from the RRC connected mode to an RRC idle mode and logs measurements based on the MDT configuration. The user equipment transmits to the base station a logging indicator indicating an availability of the logged measurement. | 09-26-2013 |
20130260740 | UE PREFERENCE INDICATOR FOR SUSPENSION - A method, mobile device ( | 10-03-2013 |
20130260741 | COORDINATED MULTIPOINT (COMP) RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (RRM) MEASUREMENT - A method for measurement reporting is described. A measurement configuration is received from an evolved NodeB (eNB). The measurement configuration includes a single measurement object in a carrier frequency. A measurement report for a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) is generated based on the measurement configuration. The measurement report is sent to the eNB. | 10-03-2013 |
20130260742 | Systems And Methods For Automatic Frequency Control For Mobile Communication Systems - System and methods are provided for communicating with multiple wireless networks using a mobile communication system. An example mobile communication system includes a first communication device configured to communicate with a first wireless network and generate a reference signal for determining a first frequency deviation between the first communication device and the first wireless network, and a second communication device configured to communicate with a second wireless network and determine a second frequency deviation between the second communication device and the second wireless network based at least in part on the reference signal. | 10-03-2013 |
20130260743 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR IDENTIFYING VERY ANNOYING PEOPLE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The present disclosure provides a method and a device for identifying very annoying people in a mobile communication network, in which a server receives and parses a call history record CHR log sent by a network management system, then determines whether a call of a subscriber is an abnormal call according to a parsing result, counts the abnormal call of the subscriber according to the CHR log, and finally identifies a very annoying VAP subscriber according to a counting result of abnormal calls. With the solutions provided by the present disclosure, the VAP subscriber in the mobile communication network can be identified with high accuracy. | 10-03-2013 |
20130267221 | MEASUREMENT OF CELLS ARRANGED IN GROUPS OF DIFFERENT PRIORITIES - Techniques for making measurements of cells in a wireless network are disclosed. In an aspect, cells to be measured are arranged into groups with different priorities. Groups with higher priority include stronger cells, which are measured more frequently and/or with more filtering to improve measurement accuracy. In one design, a user entity determines a plurality of groups of cells to make measurements. Each group includes at least one cell, and the plurality of groups have different priorities. The user entity determines a measurement interval for each of the plurality of groups of cells, with higher priority groups having shorter measurement intervals. The user entity schedules each cell in each group for measurement at least once (e.g., once) within the measurement interval for that group. The user entity makes measurements for the plurality of groups of cells based on the measurement interval for each group. | 10-10-2013 |
20130267222 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. Particularly, the present invention relates to a method and a device for reporting channel state information, the method comprising the steps of: carrying out operations for periodic reporting of a first channel state information item; and carrying out operations for periodic reporting of a second channel state information item, wherein the period for reporting the first channel state information item is longer than the period for reporting the second channel state information item, and the second channel state information item is determined on the basis of the first channel state information item. | 10-10-2013 |
20130273901 | Scalable Common Infrastructure for Information Collection from Networked Devices - A common infrastructure collects diverse data and information from large numbers of mobile devices and traditional sensors at Internet scale to support multiple different applications simultaneously. The infrastructure includes a backend phenomenon layer that provides high level abstractions to applications such that they can express their data and information needs in a declarative fashion and coordinate the data collection and processing activities for all applications. An edge layer that manages devices, receives collection requirements from the backend layer, configures and instructs devices for data collection, and conducts aggregation and primitive processing of the data. This layer contains network edge nodes, such as base stations in a cellular network. Each node manages a set of local data generating networked devices. The device agent data layer using common agents on the data generating networked devices receives data collection instructions from the edge layer, performs data collection. | 10-17-2013 |
20130273902 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING WIRELESS DEVICE USE IN AN AREA - Method and systems of controlling the use of a wireless device within a vehicle are described. The system contains a control device containing a transmitter that emits a mimic signal having characteristics sufficiently similar to a wireless base station to cause the wireless device to register with the control unit. The control device contains a receiver that receives data from the wireless device and a controller coupled to the receiver and the transmitter. The controller responds to the receiver to receive attempts to establish a wireless communications session by the wireless device. The control device can also contain a tether unit that receives unique identification data from a wireless device and the controller can receive the unique identification data from the tether unit. Other embodiments are described. | 10-17-2013 |
20130273903 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ENABLING WIRELESS DATA TRANSFER - A method of enabling wireless data transfer to an electronic device having a transceiver structured to interact in a first mode with a first wireless network and in a second mode with a second wireless network, including repeatedly powering up the transceiver and enabling the second mode to await receipt of a second beacon signal through the second wireless network, receiving an instance of the second beacon signal with an indication of availability of data to be transferred to the electronic device through the first wireless network, and in response to the receiving of the instance of the second beacon signal with the indication of availability of the data, enabling the first mode to receive the data through the first wireless network. | 10-17-2013 |
20130281080 | Small Cell Network Self-Synchronization - A system, method, and apparatus to facilitate the synchronization of oscillators between members of a Heterogeneous Network (HetNet) to form a self-synchronizing network (SSN). The network members are configured to broadcast information indicative of the reliability of their oscillator. Network members attempt to look for reliable sources such as those originating from a macrocell base station or GPS. If such a source is found, the member cell updates it clock accuracy confidence level number (CACL) to indicate this. Network members also share information regarding the frequency offsets between one another. Every cell member then applies a weighted average function to determine how to update its own oscillator and CACL value accordingly. Cell members can also update their functionality, such as RF power level, in response to varying degrees of CACL values. This operation results in a convergence of all cell members to the most accurate oscillator offset value. | 10-24-2013 |
20130281081 | GATEWAY, SERVER AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND GATEWAY SYSTEM - In order to improve the accuracy of at least one of detecting that a UE camps on a femto cell and detecting that the UE decamps from the range femto cell, a gateway ( | 10-24-2013 |
20130281082 | Automated Configuration of Base Stations - According to an apparatus, method and computer program product an interference pattern transmitted by a communication terminal based on a cellular communication network related configuration of the communication terminal is determined, wherein the determined interference pattern includes information on a transmission schedule of the communication terminal. Further, a wire connection based broadcast distribution of the determined interference pattern is initiated. Then, an interference pattern observed on a radio interface is compared with an interference pattern broadcast on wire connection, based on a transmission schedule of the interference pattern broadcast on wire connection. Finally, an originator of an interference pattern broadcast on wire connection is marked as a neighbor in case a match is determined between the interference pattern broadcast on wire connection of this originator and an interference pattern observed on a radio interface. | 10-24-2013 |
20130281083 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING SERVICE METRICS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method and system for determining service metrics in a communications network are disclosed. The method measures a speed of a wireless endpoint device in a call, and collects call performance data. The method deems the call as being associated with a user who is mobile if the speed of the wireless endpoint device exceeds a speed threshold at any time during the call, or as being associated with a user who is stationary if the speed of the wireless endpoint device does not exceed or is equal to the speed threshold over a call duration. The method adds the call performance data to an aggregate service metrics for mobile users if the call is deemed as being associated with a user who is mobile, or to an aggregate service metrics for stationary users if the call is deemed as being associated with a user who is stationary. | 10-24-2013 |
20130288662 | Method and Apparatus for Providing Site and System-Wide Alert Tones - In a two-way radio frequency (RF) communications system having at least one fixed terminal, one or more channels, and a plurality of subscriber units, the method comprising, a device receives, from a first subscriber unit, an alert tone request identifying at least a type of alert tone and at least one destination. In response, the device causes one or more fixed terminals corresponding to one or more radio sites associated with the destination identified in the alert tone request to instruct their subscriber units to play back a locally stored or generated alert tone corresponding at each subscriber unit. Receiving subscriber units then play back the alert tone on a continuous, periodic, or semi-periodic basis, selectively mixing the alert tone with call audio if present. | 10-31-2013 |
20130288663 | Network-Controlled E-UTRAN Neighbour Cell Measurements - The present disclosure relates to methods and arrangements in a telecommunication system for network-controlled bandwidth for neighbor cell measurements. An appropriate network unit in the serving cell signals measurement bandwidth values to the UE which uses the signal values to perform one or more downlink measurements on the serving as well as the neighbor cells. | 10-31-2013 |
20130288664 | Terminal Measurement Configuration in Carrier Aggregation - There are provided measures for terminal measurement configuration in carrier aggregation, said measures exemplarily including a configuration of one or more carriers for automatic terminal measurements relating to network performance on said one or more carriers, said one or more carriers being carriers in a carrier aggregation for one or more terminals, wherein said configuration may be dependent on the one or more terminals' capabilities in terms of single- or multi-carrier terminal measurements. According to such configuration, automatic terminal measurements may be performed simultaneously on the configured one or more carriers or on the configured one or more carriers based on a predetermined priority of each carrier. Said measures may exemplarily be applied for in an MDT context. | 10-31-2013 |
20130295914 | Method for Configuring Multiple Antennas and Related Wireless Communication Device - A method for configuring a plurality of antennas in a wireless communication device, including using at least a plurality of representative antennas of the plurality of antennas to receive RF signals from a cell with a specific cell identity, determining a status of an RF environment corresponding to the wireless communication device according to the received RF signals, and selecting at least an antenna from the plurality of antennas for transmission or reception of following RF signals according to the status of the RF environment. | 11-07-2013 |
20130295915 | Network Nodes and Methods Configured for Updating Neighbor Cell Information in a Radio Communications System Comprising at Least One Radio Access Technology Network - The present invention refers to network nodes and methods being configured for updating neighbor cell information in a radio communications system including at least one Radio Access Technology network. The radio communications system includes a mobile terminal, a first network node controlling a first cell, a second network node controlling a second cell, the first network node broadcasting a first neighbor cell list, and the second network node broadcasting a second neighbor cell list. The method includes the steps of receiving, by the second network node from the mobile terminal, an indicator, with the indicator indicating a missing neighbor cell relation entry in the first neighbor cell list, the neighbor cell relation entry representing a neighbor cell relation between the first cell and the second cell; and sending, from the second network node to the first network node, a cell identifier, the cell identifier uniquely identifying the second cell, and first cell-specific information technically characterizing the second cell, the first cell-specific information permitting updating the first neighbor cell list, with the missing neighbor cell relation entry. | 11-07-2013 |
20130295916 | REDUCTION OF INTERFERENCE IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - A method of reducing interference from neighbouring cells, by optimising transmission Primary Scrambling Codes (PSC) within a small cell of a mobile telecommunications system, comprising: performing a network listening operation in the small cell to monitor transmissions of neighbouring cells, and determining scrambling codes and timing offsets of such transmissions; and providing, either (1) by means of a cross-correlation matrix determined in an initial characterising step, or (2) by means of a real-time cross-correlation process, a Primary Scrambling Code and a timing offset, in dependence on the cross-correlation values of determined codes and timing offsets of the neighbouring cells with codes and offsets that may be used by the small cell, does and offsets for the small cell which have a reduced likelihood of interference with transmissions of the neighbouring cells. | 11-07-2013 |
20130303152 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REQUESTING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION REQUEST - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus in which UE of an RRC_IDLE state which is near a femto cell (i.e., a Closed Subscriber Group (CSG) cell), but is not a CSG member requests a Base Station (BS) of a femto cell to apply Inter-Cell Interference Coordination (ICIC). In the present invention, the UE of an RRC_IDLE state selects a femto cell having a CSG ID not included in an allowed CSG list, transmits a Tracking Area Update (TAU) request message to a Mobility Management Entity (MME) managing the BS through the BS. Here, the TAU request message is a transfer request message requesting that a request to apply the ICIC be transferred to the BS of the CSG femto cell. | 11-14-2013 |
20130310019 | CELL RANGE EXTENSION FOR COOPERATIVE MULTIPOINT - A user equipment UE takes measurements of at least a first and a second transmission point. The UE applies a bias value in favor of the second transmission point to at least one of the measurements, and thereafter utilizes the measurements after the bias value is applied to select a set of transmission points to recommend for cooperative multipoint CoMP transmissions. In more specific examples: the first and second transmission points are respective macro and micro/pico cells, and the UE further measures channel state information CSI from each transmission point of the selected CoMP set and reports that without applying the bias value to any of them. The examples show this approach works even if the cells share a common physical cell ID PCID. | 11-21-2013 |
20130310020 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Provided is a wireless transmitter-receiver capable of suppressing undesirable power consumption and elongating the continuous operation time by operation of a user with the intention of controlling transmission power and also suitable to secure the “symmetry of communication”. | 11-21-2013 |
20130310021 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR MOVING VEHICLES - A wireless communication system for a moving vehicle, such as trains, is disclosed. The system includes at least one router in the moving vehicle for receiving and transmitting wireless voice communication and data communication to and from a stationary communication server outside the moving vehicle through an exterior mobile network. Further, the system includes at least one femtocell provided within the moving vehicle, and being connected to the router for wireless transferring of wireless voice communication and data communication between mobile terminals within the moving vehicle and the router, wherein the at least one femtocell is controlled by a femtocell controller directly or indirectly connected to the communication server outside the moving vehicle. | 11-21-2013 |
20130324104 | TRAFFIC BACKFILLING - The disclosed subject matter relates to an architecture that can opportunistically leverage existing periods of inactivity or low activity for sending data at virtually no marginal cost. In particular, the architecture can receive data that is to be transmitted over a communications network. The data can be examined to determine whether or not the data is delay-tolerant. If so, then such data can be stored to a staging queue. The data can then be transmitted at a later time, particularly during a high-energy state facilitated by a different data transaction, but for which there are inactive or low-activity times. | 12-05-2013 |
20130324105 | METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The embodiments of the present invention relate to a method and a RBS to reduce the RNC load. This is achieved by letting the radio base station identify RRC connection requests and performing RRC connection rejects. In this way, excessive load of RRC requests done by typically Smart Phones can be rejected in a good way by the radio base station and therefore free up capacity in RNC, making it possible for RNC to execute useful traffic to a higher degree. | 12-05-2013 |
20130324106 | REPORTING IN COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - A communication network comprises a management system, a core network element, and a radio access network element. The core network element may be a subscriber database or a mobility entity. It is capable of: receiving consent information; receiving from the management system a measurement reporting activation in a network; checking whether at least part of the activation request applies to a subscriber for whom consent information consenting to measurement reporting has been provided; and in the event that consent information consenting to measurement reporting has been provided, ensabling the activation request by communicating with the radio access network element so that measurement reporting in respect of that subscriber may take place. The measurement reporting activation may be for subscriber-based or area-based measurements to be made. | 12-05-2013 |
20130324107 | Methods and Devices for Reporting Inter-Radio Access Technology Measurements - The invention relates to a method implemented in a user equipment | 12-05-2013 |
20130324108 | LOAD ESTIMATION IN A USER EQUIPMENT - The embodiments of the present invention relates to a method UE and UE for estimating a relative interference load in an LTE network. This is accomplished by comparing a load measure based on a RSRP-based geometry measure and UE-measured CINR. Constructing a measure by calculating the corresponding quotient provides an estimation of the relative load in the network, more specifically the load in neighboring cells. | 12-05-2013 |
20130324109 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN A MULTI-CELL COOPERATIVE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for a terminal to transmit channel state information in a multi-cell cooperative wireless communication system. Particularly, the method comprises the steps of: determining a precoding matrix index (PMI) for a serving cell from among a plurality of PMIs; structuring PMI information for a cooperative cell based on the PMI for the serving cell; and transmitting the PMI for the serving cell and the PMI information for the cooperative cell to the serving cell, wherein a plurality of the PMIs are divided into a plurality of PMI subsets, PMIs included by the respective PMI subsets are vertically placed, and the PMI information for the cooperative cell comprises a first indicator indicating at least one of a plurality of the PMI subsets to a PMI subset for the cooperative cell, and a second indicator indicating at least one of the PMIs in the indicated PMI subset to the PMI for the cooperative cell. | 12-05-2013 |
20130331088 | MOBILE TERMINAL FOR SMALL CELL CONFIGURATION AND MAINTENANCE - The claimed subject matter is directed to defining a framework that enables wireless communicability between base stations for maintenance and configuration purposes, even while disconnected from an operator network, and/or deployed in the field. Embodiments are particularly applicable in the cases of small-cell base transceiver stations deployed in inconvenient, secluded, elevated and/or difficult to reach locations. The small cell base transceiver station is operable to communicate wirelessly to wireless terminals and mobile computing devices by emulating select functionality from dedicated components in an operator network. | 12-12-2013 |
20130331089 | Optimizing Mobile User Data Storage - Systems and methods described herein provide a mechanism for optimizing the reception and storage of mobile user data. Data relating to mobile user location, behavior, and profiles are received from mobile users and stored at a storage system in an efficient manner. The efficiency is achieved by identifying what system parameters may be adjusted to reduce storage requirements while still providing sufficient data for useful analysis. System parameters that may change to reduce storage requirements include, e.g., the type of mobile user data collected, the frequency at which mobile user data is collected, the events or conditions that trigger data collection, and dynamically adjusting data collection upon detecting a number of event or time-based triggers. | 12-12-2013 |
20130331090 | APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING UE-TO-UE COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF - An apparatus and method for performing UE-to-UE cooperative communication in a wireless communication system are disclosed, by which implementation of a UE cooperative communication using a cellular network is facilitated. The present invention includes activating an application to perform the UE-to-UE cooperative communication, receiving first data via a first network from a base station recognizing that the application has been activated, receiving second data via a second network from a cooperative user equipment linked for the UE-to-UE cooperative communication, and performing a service by adding the first data and the second data together through the application, wherein the first network and the second network correspond to heterogeneous networks, respectively. | 12-12-2013 |
20130337796 | Audio Communication Networks - As the possible variations of “Hearing Thresholds”, “Hearing Loudness bandwidths” and “Voice Intonation” characteristics of people are finite, it is proposed to set a Database of these characteristics, where the data elements fully describe the Hearing and Talking characteristics of anyone, while many have the same characteristics. Thus any voice communication between two parties may be optimized by correcting the intensities of the call in the spectral domain, differently for each party and each ear. The optimizations are automatic given the “codes” of the parties and have a minimal latency. The system may be implemented either centrally in the world-wide-web or at the edges, in cellular phones, landline phones, VoIP, VoIM and in the audio parts of entertainment devices. | 12-19-2013 |
20130337797 | TRACKING AREA MANAGEMENT - The disclosure is related tracking area management in a femtocell network. A mobility management entity may receive, from a femtocell base station, macrocell tracking area information associated with the femtocell base station. The mobility management entity may combine the received macrocell tracking area information with femtocell tracking area information associated with the femtocell base station and storing the combined tracking area information as integrated tracking area information. | 12-19-2013 |
20130337798 | SYSTEMS AND METHOD FOR MEDIA TRANSFER - Components of a mobile traffic network and components in communication with the network cooperate to confirm whether a mobile station user or account owner has previously purchased media content for a particular mobile station. Media content that has already been purchased by a user can be downloaded by that user to a new mobile station after the initial mobile station is lost, damaged, or upgraded. | 12-19-2013 |
20140004844 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANMITTING SIGNALING | 01-02-2014 |
20140004845 | MATCHING SUBCARRIER POWER IN A BROADBAND NETWORK COLLOCATED WITH A NARROWBAND NETWORK | 01-02-2014 |
20140004846 | COMPUTING DEVICE TO WIRELESSLY TRANSMIT AND RECEIVE DATA WITH AT LEAST ONE PROXIMALLY LOCATED ELECTRONIC DEVICE | 01-02-2014 |
20140004847 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO LIMIT REPORTING OF NEIGHBOR CELL MEASUREMENTS | 01-02-2014 |
20140018062 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - The mobile station receives a wireless signal containing a transmission signal of the macro base station and a transmission signal of the home base station. The mobile station includes a control information receiving unit and a reception processing unit. The control information receiving unit receives first control information used for a process of receiving the transmission signal of the macro base station and second control information used for a process of receiving the transmission signal of the home base station. The reception processing unit demodulates and decodes a signal based on the first control information, where the signal is obtained by reducing a component of the transmission signal of the home base station from the wireless signal by using information obtained by demodulating and decoding the transmission signal of the home base station based on the second control information. | 01-16-2014 |
20140024362 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INITIATING A CALL IN AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A method of connecting a call in an electronic device automatically sends a signal for connecting the call to a user of a selected contact object by only a gesture moving the electronic device to an ear so the user selects the contact object and an apparatus thereof. The method of connecting a call in the electronic device, includes: displaying a community service picture including at least one contact object; receiving an input where the contact object is selected in a state that the community service picture is displayed; receiving an input where a status of the electronic device is changed in a state that the contact object is selected; acquiring contact point information corresponding to the selected contact object when the contact object is selected and status change of the electronic device is detected; and automatically connecting a call using the acquired contact point information. | 01-23-2014 |
20140024363 | LOCATION BASED SERVICES QUALITY ASSESSMENT - A technique to gather and assess the quality of a location based services provided to a mobile wireless device via a wireless network includes providing location-based service information by referring to a target location of a requested item of interest within a proximity of the present location of the mobile wireless device. Subjective quality or accuracy information can be submitted to the wireless network from the from the wireless device. The subjective quality or accuracy information is correlated with event and condition information affecting the wireless network. Reports can be generated which indicate the quality and accuracy information of the target location information. The reports are useful for troubleshooting location-based service inaccuracy. | 01-23-2014 |
20140038587 | METHOD FOR SEARCHING FOR A RADIO CELL AND MOBILE TERMINAL - A method for searching for a radio cell is provided comprising determining, for each of a plurality of frequencies, a reception strength value indicating the reception strength within a first bandwidth around the frequency, wherein the first bandwidth is smaller than a second bandwidth with which a radio cell to be searched is operated; determining, based on the determined reception strength values, a spectral position for a radio cell at which a cell search is to be carried out; and carrying out a cell search at the determined spectral position. | 02-06-2014 |
20140038588 | TERMINAL REQUESTED BASE STATION CONTROLLED TERMINAL TRANSMISSION THROTTLING - A method for terminal requested base station controlled terminal transmission throttling includes determining whether terminal power consumption is to be reduced, if the terminal power consumption is to be reduced, transmitting a throttling request signal to the base station, the throttling request signal including data indicating to the base station to issue a discontinuous uplink transmission grant to the terminal, and receiving from the base station a discontinuous uplink transmission grant. | 02-06-2014 |
20140038589 | SYSTEM TO SERVE AS AN INDEPENDENT MULTIMEDIA EXCHANGE WITH ONE OR MORE SELF CORRECTING AND COLLABORATIVE PROPERTIES - The present invention is a system to serve as an independent multimedia exchange with one or more self-correcting and collaborative properties that includes one or more intelligent call processing agents that are a software portion of a mobile device, one or more intelligent call processing engines that are a server system located in a computer cloud that configure one or more intelligent call processing agents and one or more filter and routing scripts that are a plurality of XML based instructions created and provided by the one or more intelligent call processing engines and are executed and transmitted to the one or more intelligent call processing agents. The system also includes one or more alternative call processing scripts produced by a graphical user interface based call processing editing program and is processed by one or more intelligent call processing engines. | 02-06-2014 |
20140045486 | COOPERATIVE MOBILITY MANAGEMENT IN A MOBILE DATA NETWORK WITH DATA BREAKOUT AT THE EDGE - A TCP context is transferred to a Gi Optimizer to provide cooperative mobility management in a mobile data network with a breakout system. The breakout system includes an Iub Optimizer at the MIOP@NodeB, and the Gi Optimizer at the MIOP@Core. When a MIOP@NodeB detects a mobility event for a broken out user equipment (UE), the Iub optimizer in the MIOP@NodeB coordinates with the Gi optimizer to transfer the TCP/UDP connection established between the UE and the IuB Optimizer to the Gi Optimizer. After the transfer, the UE is served by the Gi Optimizer. The transfer of the TCP/UDP connection to the Gi optimizer may require tunnel stitching at the MIOP@RNC depending on the PDP context state and the RRC state of the UE. | 02-13-2014 |
20140045487 | ENHANCED DEDICATED-CHANNEL REPORTING FOR UMTS - A method for a mobile communication system, the mobile communication system defining a dedicated channel (DCH) active set and an enhanced-dedicated channel (E-DCH) active set, the method including performing a power measurement of a pilot signal from a cell that is not included in the E-DCH active set but included in the DCH active set, and performing a power measurement of a pilot signal from a cell that is included in the E-DCH active set. | 02-13-2014 |
20140051426 | METHODS, SYSTEMS AND DEVICES FOR OBTAINING SYSTEM INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - System Information (SI) of a second node of a wireless network is obtained for a wireless device that is communicating with a first node of the wireless network. In response to at least one criterion, one or more of the following operations are performed, to obtain the SI of the second node: decoding at least one channel of the second node to obtain the SI of the second node; receiving the SI of the second node from a node other than the second node; and/or inferring at least one component of the SI of the second node based on a corresponding at least one component of the SI of the first node. Related systems, methods, nodes and wireless devices are also described. | 02-20-2014 |
20140051427 | BASE STATION AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A pico base station PeNB # | 02-20-2014 |
20140051428 | METHOD FOR REPORTING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE SUPPORTING SAME - Provided is a method for reporting carried out by a terminal in a wireless communication system. The method comprises: receiving a public land mobile network (PLMN) list, which is information on one or more of PLMNs on which a logged minimization drive test (MDT) is valid; receiving information for executing the logged MDT; logging a measurement on the basis of the information for executing the logged MDT; entering a target cell in a radio resource control (RRC) connected state; determining whether or not the logged measurement is reportable; and if determined possible to report to the target cell, reporting the whole or a part of the logged measurement to the target cell. Whether or not the logged measurement can be reported is determined on the basis of the PLMN list. | 02-20-2014 |
20140051429 | METHOD FOR EXECUTING MDT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR SUPPORTING SAME - Provided is a method for executing a minimization drive test (MDT) carried out by a terminal in a wireless communication system. The method comprises: receiving a logged measurement setting; logging an MDT measurement and a measurement result on the basis of the logged measurement setting; and reporting the whole or a part of the logged measurement result to a network. The logged measurement setting includes logging termination time information for indicating the termination time of the MDT measurement or the measurement result logging, wherein the MDT measurement and the measurement result is logged by the time indicated by the logging termination time information. | 02-20-2014 |
20140057624 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DETECTING A RADIO SIGNAL - For example, a communication device may be provided comprising an oscillator configured to generate a reference signal; an accuracy determiner configured to determine information about an accuracy of a frequency of the reference signal; a signal detector configured to detect the presence of a radio signal; and a controller configured to control the signal detector based on the information. | 02-27-2014 |
20140057625 | Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunications Network - Methods and apparatus for improving the reporting of mobility information are disclosed. An example method, suitable for implementation in a mobile terminal such as an LTE UE, begins with the detecting ( | 02-27-2014 |
20140066050 | FREQUENCY BAND ADMISSION - A device is configured to receive a request, from a user device, to connect to a network using a first frequency band. The device is configured to determine that the first frequency band cannot accommodate the user device. The device is configured to determine that the user device can connect to the network using a second frequency band, and connect the user device to the network using the second frequency band rather than the first frequency band. | 03-06-2014 |
20140066051 | ENERGY-SAVING CONTROL METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CELL IN HETEROGENEOUS SYSTEM - The present invention provides an energy-saving control method for a cell in a heterogeneous system, including: receiving, by an access control device of a serving cell, a service request of a multi-mode user equipment UE; and when a radio resource of the serving cell cannot satisfy the service request of the multi-mode UE, if the access control device of the serving cell determines that a heterogeneous-system neighboring cell of the serving cell is in an energy-saving state, sending, by the access control device of the serving cell, an exit energy-saving state request message to an access control device of the heterogeneous-system neighboring cell, where the exit energy-saving state request message is used to request the heterogeneous-system neighboring cell to exit the energy-saving state. The technical solution implements energy-saving control for a cell in a heterogeneous system. | 03-06-2014 |
20140073313 | Artificial Interference Injection for Channel State Information Reporting - A system and method for improving the link adaptation in a wireless communication system is disclosed. User Equipment (UE) forms an interference hypothesis by amending a measured interference and noise by artificially injecting, to the measured interference and noise, interference corresponding to at least one emulated interfering isotropic signal that is virtually transmitted over an associated estimated effective channel. The UE further determines at least one channel state information (CSI) report based on the interference hypothesis, and transmits the CSI report to the network. | 03-13-2014 |
20140073314 | NETWORK TRIGGERED MEASUREMENTS AND MEASUREMENT REPORTS BY USER EQUIPMENT - A method of operating a network node ( | 03-13-2014 |
20140080474 | BASE STATION IDENTITY CONFIRM AND RECONFIRM PROCEDURE - A user equipment (UE) may skip performance of base station identity code (BSIC) confirm and reconfirm procedure for a neighbor cell to conserve UE battery power. In such instances, the UE compares a serving cell signal metric to a dynamic threshold. The BSIC confirm and reconfirm procedure for the neighbor cell may be skipped when the serving cell signal metric is above the dynamic threshold. | 03-20-2014 |
20140080475 | DETERMINATION OF AVAILABLE SERVICES IN A BROADCAST NETWORK - The various embodiments enable a mobile device to determine the available services in a broadcast network based on an augmented coverage configuration file. In the various embodiments, the augmented coverage configuration file correlates the services for overlapping cells on different frequency carriers enabling the mobile device to determine the available services without having to scan additional frequency carriers. | 03-20-2014 |
20140080476 | METHOD FOR INTERFERENCE COORDINATION OF FEMTOCELLS, FEMTOCELL AND USER TERMINAL EQUIPMENT - The present invention proposes a femtocell interference coordination method, a femtocell and a user terminal equipment in a macro-femtocell deployment scenario. The key point of this invention is to stimulate a user terminal of the macrocell to initiate a random access request to a femtocell defined by a “closed subscriber group”. Based on this, the femtocell will know there is a user that can not be detected by the macrocell and then trigger corresponding interference coordination operation to ensure that the user terminal equipment of the macrocell can at least receive information of control channels correctly. | 03-20-2014 |
20140080477 | METHOD FOR TERMINAL TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL IN BASE STATION COORDINATION WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - In the present invention, a method for a terminal transmitting/receiving a signal with a plurality of transmission points in a wireless communication system is disclosed. More particularly, the method comprises the steps of: receiving carrier aggregation (CA) setting information and a signal related to a fake-carrier aggregation (CA) for applying the CA settings from a main transmission point from the transmission points; and transmitting the signal through each of the plurality of transmission points and a single carrier, wherein the information included in the fake-CA signal includes information related to whether to activate an uplink and a downlink of each of the plurality of transmission points. | 03-20-2014 |
20140087715 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INDICATING FREQUENCY FOR REPORTING A GERAN CGI - The present disclosure provides for methods and systems for indicating a frequency for reporting a GERAN CGI. These include the relaxation of the single measurement object per frequency principle; an indication of ARFCN for CGI reading; measurement interruption avoidance; implicit indications of ARFCN for CGI reading; the use of a different object than a measurement object to report the cell for which to report the CGI; the use of a measurement configuration report to indicate the CGI cell or the selection of an ARFCN using to find rules at the UE. | 03-27-2014 |
20140087716 | Service Centric Measurements for Minimizing Drive Tests - The present disclosure relates to a technique for configuring and collecting network performance measurements in a mobile communications network, the mobile communications network comprising at least one network node and at least one mobile terminal | 03-27-2014 |
20140087717 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND DEVICE FOR MINIMIZING UPLINK REGISTRATION OR LOCATION REPORTS FOR FIXED OR LOW-MOBILITY DEVICES - A system, method, and device for minimizing uplink registration or location reports, such as route update messages, for fixed or low-mobility devices. An access terminal is configured to transmit route update messages to a radio access network at a first rate and also at a reduced rate that is lower than the first rate. The access terminal is configured to transmit to the radio access network a request to allow the access terminal to use a reduced reporting function that causes the access terminal to transmit route update messages at a reduced rate that is lower than the first rate, receive a response that grants permission to use the reduced reporting function, and transmit route update messages at the reduced rate in accordance with the reduced reporting function. | 03-27-2014 |
20140087718 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING TRIGGER MESSAGES OF A TERMINAL - A method and system for processing trigger message of a terminal, wherein, the method includes: after receiving trigger message which is transmitted from a machine type communication server to the terminal, a control network element in a core network storing the trigger message of the terminal, and removing the trigger message of the terminal before a validity timer for the trigger message of the terminal expires. The control network element in the present scheme removes the stored trigger message in time before the validity timer for the trigger message of the terminal expires, thus saving the storage resources of the network. | 03-27-2014 |
20140087719 | Method and Arrangement Related to Interference Between Systems - Method and arrangement for use in a node in a first system associated with a first frequency band for radio communication, for avoiding or reducing interference in a second frequency band associated with a second system, which second frequency band is adjacent to the first frequency band. The method comprises detecting activity of the second system in the second frequency band and determining characteristics of the second system current activity in the second frequency band. The method further comprises adjusting at least one parameter related to radio communication, based on said characteristics, such that interference to the second frequency band, from radio communication associated with the node, is adapted to the second system activity in said second frequency band. | 03-27-2014 |
20140087720 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Provided is a communication control device including a setting unit configured to set a timing at which a predetermined signal is transmitted only from one of a plurality of base stations having an identical cell ID, and a determining unit configured to, based on a reception result of a communication device at the timing, determine a combination of base stations from the plurality of base stations, the combination of the base stations being used for transmitting a signal to the communication device. | 03-27-2014 |
20140094162 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR WIRELESS SIGNAL MEASUREMENT AND REPORTING FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - Methods, systems, and devices for configuration and reporting of proximity detection measurements are disclosed herein. User equipment (UE) is configured to receive and store a PD-RS list from an evolved universal terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN) node B (eNB). The PD-RS list includes a radio resource configuration for at least a first proximity discovery reference signal (PD-RS). The UE is configured to measure at least the first PD-RS to determine a signal parameter for the first PD-RS. The UE reports the signal parameter for the first PD-RS to the eNB. | 04-03-2014 |
20140094163 | Method and Apparatus for Pre-Loading Information Over a Communication Network - Data is downloaded to a wireless device before needed by the user. The data may be downloaded before needed, for example while connected to a high-bandwidth network, slowly over a bandwidth constrained network, during a time when the network is not busy, or when the network operator has reduced tariff for data usage. The data may be downloaded contiguously or may updated over a period of time. At a later point in time, the previously downloaded data is used to provide information to the user without requiring contemporaneous information transmission on the wireless network. | 04-03-2014 |
20140099938 | Multi-tier Indexing Methodology for Scalable Mobile Device Data Collection - A mobile device indexing system includes a plurality of edge nodes in communication with each other across a communication network and a plurality of mobile devices configured to communicate with the edge nodes. Each mobile device has both computing and communication functionalities. A separate mobile device index is maintained at each one of the plurality of edge nodes. Each mobile device index is a geographical spatio-temporal index having entries for a unique set of mobile devices derived from the plurality of mobile devices. Each unique set contains only mobile devices registered to the edge node associated with that mobile device index. | 04-10-2014 |
20140099939 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station apparatus provided in a mobile communication system that includes a base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus, where the mobile station apparatus is configured to perform communications with the base station apparatus by using a plurality of frequencies together and the plurality of frequencies being configured by the base station apparatus. The mobile station apparatus includes a first circuitry configured or programmed to notify the base station apparatus of a mobile station apparatus capability indicating measurement ability for first measurement or second measurement on the communication, where the first measurement using a measurement gap and the second measurement not using a measurement gap. The mobile station apparatus also includes a second circuitry configured or programmed to perform the first measurement or the second measurement, based on information for the measurement gap, reception quality of one of the frequencies and the measurement ability. | 04-10-2014 |
20140099940 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENTLY CONTROLLING AN MDT IN A PLURALITY OF PLMNS - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for efficiently controlling a minimization of drive test (MDT) in a plurality of public land mobile networks (PLMNs). The method for controlling an MDT of a terminal according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: performing a tracking-area update; receiving a logged measurement configuration message; determining whether or not the received logged measurement configuration message comprises an MDT PLMN list; and a applying, if the MDT PLMN is comprised, the MDT PLMN list to the MDT. The method and apparatus according to the present invention may efficiently control an MDT in a plurality of PLMNs. | 04-10-2014 |
20140106736 | DEVICE NETWORK FOOTPRINT MAP AND PERFORMANCE - A first server may: receive information regarding a user device from a second server; store the information regarding the user device to form device data; determine one or more connection durations based on the device data, each one of the one or more connection durations relating to a time duration in which the user device connects to one of the one or more network devices; receive, from the second server, performance data associated with each one of the one or more network devices; receive, from a client device, a query including a request for a performance indicator of the user device; generate the performance indicator based on the performance data and based on the one or more connection durations corresponding to the each one of the one or more network devices; and provide the performance indicator to the client device based on receiving the query. | 04-17-2014 |
20140106737 | Green Relay Scheduler - The embodiments herein relate to a method in a relay node ( | 04-17-2014 |
20140106738 | Method and Network Node in a Wireless Communication System - Method in a network node ( | 04-17-2014 |
20140106739 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING IMAGES OVER A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A cellular transmission device includes an image capture device, a display, a selection mechanism, and a processor. The device also includes a memory in which at least one still image captured by the image capture device is stores; and a cellular transceiver coupled to an antenna; wherein the processor is configured to cause the display of at least one still image stored in the memory on the display; cause the display of a transmission selection menu on the display in response to operation of the selection mechanism; thereby enabling selection of a plurality of receiver units from the selection menu to receive the at least one displayed still image; and cause the transmission of the at least one display still image by the cellular transceiver for receipt by each selected receiver unit. | 04-17-2014 |
20140113620 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO IDENTIFY WIRELESS CARRIER PERFORMANCE EFFECTS - Example methods and apparatus to identify wireless carrier performance effects are disclosed. A disclosed example method includes receiving an indication of media content presentation on a wireless communication device, monitoring a wireless carrier operating parameter in response to receiving the indication of media content presentation, and monitoring the wireless communication device for a media content presentation command. The example method also includes associating the media content presentation command and the wireless carrier operating parameter with a scoring factor indicative of subscriber preferences, and generating a report including the scoring factor. | 04-24-2014 |
20140120902 | HYBRID COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR SMARTPHONE/TABLET NETWORK - A communication network and method of communication is disclosed. A server is coupled to a hybrid communication network that includes a radio frequency communication network and at least one other communication network. A communication device is configured for communication over the hybrid communication network. A mode of communication between the communication device and the server is selected. A message is then communicated over the hybrid communication network using the selected mode of communication. The communication device may be a smartphone coupled to a radio frequency transceiver and configured to drive the radio frequency transceiver. | 05-01-2014 |
20140120903 | BASE STATION POWER CONTROL IN A MOBILE NETWORK - The present disclosure relates generally to the field of base station power control in a mobile network. In various examples, base station power control in a mobile network may be implemented in the form of systems, methods and/or algorithms. | 05-01-2014 |
20140128056 | Methods and Devices for Setting ROT Limit - Methods and devices to dynamically determine suitable cell-specific RoT limits are provided. The suitable cell-specific RoT limits can advantageously be set both with respect to a short time scale and a long time scale In accordance with some embodiments the long term time scale operation is based on UE measurements representative for the intended coverage area of the cell. In accordance with some embodiments the short term time scale operation is based on UE measurements from active User Equipments only. Furthermore, also receiver capabilities of and cell isolation to neighboring base stations can be considered in the long time scale operation. | 05-08-2014 |
20140134996 | NETWORK MONITORING OF USER EQUIPMENT EVENTS - Embodiments of the claimed subject matter provide a method for supporting network monitoring of user equipment events. Some embodiments of the method include receiving, at a home subscriber server (HSS) in a public land mobile network (PLMN), a request to monitor one or more events associated with one or more users. The request is used to configure, activate, or deactivate delivery of reports from one or more entities in the PLMN to a monitor collection entity in response to the event(s). Some embodiments of the method also include configuring one or more profiles in the HSS associated with the user(s) based on the request and providing the request to monitor the event(s) associated with the user(s) to one or more serving nodes for user equipment associated with the user(s). | 05-15-2014 |
20140134997 | NETWORK LISTEN WITH SELF INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION - A method for wireless communications includes reducing transmission power, by a femto base station, at its radio frequency (RF) transmitter, and cancelling a transmitted data signal of the RF transmitter at its network listen (NL) receiver. The reduction occurs in response to: occurrence of a network listen process; and/or a signal quality of the local macro coverage area exceeding a threshold quality. Additionally or alternatively, the femto base station may detect quality of its macro coverage area, and respond to the signal quality being below the threshold quality by: suspending reduction of transmission power and cancellation of the transmitted data signal; suspending the RF transmitter during transmission gaps assigned to user equipments (UEs); and triggering an NL operation in response to suspension of the RF transmitter, wherein the NL operation occurs within the duration of each of the transmission gaps. | 05-15-2014 |
20140148148 | INTER RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY (IRAT) MEASUREMENT TO IMPROVE USER EQUIPMENT (UE) BATTERY PERFORMANCE - A method of wireless communication enables an inter-radio access technology (IRAT) neighbor cell measurement when a serving RAT signal strength is continuously below a first threshold value for a first length of time. The method also disables the IRAT neighbor cell measurement when the serving RAT signal strength is continuously above a second threshold value for a second length of time. | 05-29-2014 |
20140148149 | LOAD ESTIMATION AND LOAD MANAGEMENT IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A cellular communications network | 05-29-2014 |
20140155054 | BACKHAUL LINK FOR DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - A distributed antenna and backhaul system provide network connectivity for a small cell deployment. Rather than building new structures, and installing additional fiber and cable, embodiments described herein disclose using high-bandwidth, millimeter-wave communications and existing power line infrastructure. Above ground backhaul connections via power lines and line-of-sight millimeter-wave band signals as well as underground backhaul connections via buried electrical conduits can provide connectivity to the distributed base stations. An overhead millimeter-wave system can also be used to provide backhaul connectivity. Modules can be placed onto existing infrastructure, such as streetlights and utility poles, and the modules can contain base stations and antennas to transmit the millimeter-waves to and from other modules. | 06-05-2014 |
20140155055 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONSTRUCTING A CARRIER TO INTERFERENCE MATRIX BASED ON SUBSCRIBER CALLS - A conventional wireless device constantly measures the signal strength of its server base station and the strength of signals from surrounding base stations for handoff purposes. The wireless device transmits this information to its serving base station, which discards the information a short time afterward, following handoff. The present system and method store the formerly discarded information in one of several existing network elements or in a separate computer system. This information is used to generate a carrier to interference ratio, which indicates the level of interference between station pairs, and to also generate a carrier to interference matrix, including identifying potential interference for each station pair. The frequency of occurrences during predetermined desired periods of time and the volume of traffic affected by each level of interference may also be calculated. This provides comprehensive, continuous, real-time information for wireless frequency planning. | 06-05-2014 |
20140155056 | MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK OPTIMISATION - There is provided a mobile radio communications network device ( | 06-05-2014 |
20140162626 | Traffic Steering Across Radio Access Technologies And Radio Frequencies Utilizing Cell Broadcast Messages - Concepts and technologies are described herein for traffic steering across radio access technologies and radio frequencies utilizing cell broadcast messages. According to one aspect disclosed herein, a base station can collect load information of the base station. The base station can also generate a cell broadcast message that includes the load information. The base station can also send the cell broadcast message to a target mobile device. The target mobile device can be configured to determine, based at least in part upon the load information, which radio access network of a plurality of radio access networks to connect to. | 06-12-2014 |
20140162627 | System and Method for Channel Estimation in a Wireless Communications System - A method for estimating communications channels includes determining, by a first device, channel significance information from a transmitting device, the channel significance information including information about communications channels carrying signals that are potentially significant interferers to the first device operating within range of the transmitting device, and estimating, by the first device, channel parameters of the communications channels identified as potentially significant interferers in accordance with the channel significance information. The method also includes transmitting, by the first device, the estimated channel parameters to one of the transmitting device and a controlling device. | 06-12-2014 |
20140171061 | NETWORK ACCESS DELAY FOR EAB-CONFIGURED UES AND/OR GROUP-BASED ADDRESSED UES - The access of a user equipment, UE, ( | 06-19-2014 |
20140171062 | Wireless Devices, Network Node and Methods for Handling Relay Assistance in a Wireless Communications Network - A method in a second wireless device for handling relay assistance from a first wireless device in a wireless network is provided. The second wireless device sends ( | 06-19-2014 |
20140179301 | Efficient Cache Selection for Content Delivery Networks and User Equipments - Determining that a first object associated with a first wireless link has a first caching priority; determining that a second object associated with a second wireless link has a second caching priority; and increasing the first caching priority relative to the second caching priority in response to one or more of: the first wireless link having a larger congestion than the second wireless link, the first wireless link having a weaker signal strength than the second wireless link, or the first object being associated with a higher status or priority than the second object. | 06-26-2014 |
20140179302 | Wireless Radio Extension Using Up- and Down-Conversion - A system may include a base station and a remote radio head (“RRH”). The base station may receive digital data streams destined for a user device, and generate a first set of modulated signals. The modulated signals may each be based on a different one of the digital data streams. The generated first set of modulated signals may be modulated within a first carrier frequency band. The base station may output the first set of modulated signals to the RRH. The RRH may generate a second set of modulated signals based on the first set of modulated signals. The second set of modulated signals being modulated within a second carrier frequency band, and may output the second set of modulated signals to the user device. | 06-26-2014 |
20140179303 | VARYING NEIGHBOR CELL MEASUREMENT PERIODS BASED ON SERVING CELL SIGNAL STRENGTH - A method of wireless communication enables an inter-radio access technology (IRAT) neighbor cell measurement when a serving RAT signal strength is continuously below a first threshold value for a first length of time. The method also disables the IRAT neighbor cell measurement when the serving RAT signal strength is continuously above a second threshold value for a second length of time. | 06-26-2014 |
20140179304 | System and Method for Cellular Phone No-Charge Transactions - A no-charge transaction service method and apparatus for prepaid cellular telephones is provided which utilizes a prepaid cellular telephone in conjunction with a wireless intelligent network coupled to a prepaid cellular service provider. The user enters a short code to indicate a top-up request or other transaction request along with payment information into the prepaid cellular telephone using the alphanumeric keypad. The call data is transmitted to the wireless network which identifies the call and transfers the information to the prepaid cellular service provider. The prepaid cellular service provider identifies the transaction type, validates the call data and sends a verification message to the prepaid cellular telephone and other associated equipment, if any, via short message service, push to talk service, or other means without completing the originating call. | 06-26-2014 |
20140187233 | WATCH TYPE MOBILE TERMINAL - A watch type mobile terminal capable of being worn on a user's wrist is provided. The watch type mobile terminal includes a case, a circuit board, a first connector, a band, a receiver and a first flexible printed circuit (FPC) board. The circuit board is disposed in the case. The first connector is disposed on the circuit board. The band is connected to the case, whereby the watch type mobile terminal is capable of being worn on the user's wrist, and the band has a first end and a second end opposite to the first end. The receiver is disposed at the first end. The first FPC board is disposed in the band and connected between the first connector and the receiver. | 07-03-2014 |
20140187234 | INTER-RAT (RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY) ENERGY SAVING MANAGEMENT - Systems, devices, and configurations to implement ESM (energy saving management) techniques in wireless networks are generally disclosed herein. In some examples, a distributed or centralized multi-RAT (radio access technology) technique is provided to implement ESM on a LTE (Long Term Evolution) or UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System) primary cell network. The technique may factor the number of UEs unable to be offloaded to another RAT (such as a Wi-Fi network), and the service impact threshold of implementing ESM on the primary wireless network. In further examples, an ESM deployment may factor the idle mode state of UEs (user equipment) in determining whether to proceed with ESM activation at a particular time on a particular cell network. | 07-03-2014 |
20140187235 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPTIMIZATION OF MEASUREMENT REPORTING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A controller of a layered radio environment map of a wireless communication system. The controller configures a mobile terminal to make a measurement associated with a wireless signal from the mobile terminal to a base station. The mobile terminal constructs a minimization of drive test (MDT) measurement report from the measurement, and uses a network connection to transmit the MDT measurement report. The network connection is selected based at least in part on information related to the mobile terminal. As such, the power consumption in the mobile terminal is minimized | 07-03-2014 |
20140199989 | VEHICLE TELEMATICS UNIT MANAGEMENT - A method and system for maintaining a wireless carrier system presence at a vehicle telematics unit in a vehicle includes placing the vehicle telematics unit in a quiescent mode that suspends its signal transmitting functions; instructing the vehicle telematics unit to periodically exit the quiescent mode and transmit a query that determines if the wireless carrier system used by a telematics service provider has changed; when the wireless carrier system has changed, receiving a new wireless profile associated with a new wireless carrier system; and storing the new wireless profile in a universal integrated circuit card (UICC) hardwired at the vehicle. | 07-17-2014 |
20140199990 | Communication Network - A wired network may be used to carry signals for a wireless network, in a frequency-shifted manner, to extend the range of the wireless network. A wired network may detect signal interference emanating from a wireless service provider, and received through a leak in the wired network's infrastructure. Devices may be installed or leveraged in the vicinity of the interference to extend the wireless service to geographic areas that may have poor reception. The devices may amplify wireless downstream signals and transmit them wirelessly, and may receive upstream wireless communications and transmit them upstream in the wired network's protocol. | 07-17-2014 |
20140199991 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR LTE SIGNAL DETECTION AND CLASSIFICATION BY A Wi-Fi RECEIVER - Methods, apparatuses, and computer program products for signal detection and classification are provided. One method includes detecting, by a station, a presence of a signal and classifying the signal according to type. There may be at least three possibilities for the type of signal. The classifying may include performing a composite hypothesis test, such as a generalized likelihood ratio test (GLRT) for the at least three possibilities. | 07-17-2014 |
20140199992 | COLLABORATIVE SENSING USING COORDINATED SILENCING OF USER EQUIPMENT IN LICENSE-EXEMPT BANDS - Systems, methods, and instrumentalities are disclosed to schedule user equipment (UE) measurements. An HeNB may identify a first cluster of UEs and a second cluster of UEs. The HeNB may determine a measuring gap schedule relating to the first cluster of UEs and the second cluster of UEs. The measuring gap schedule may indicate a measurement time for each cluster. The measurement time may indicate that UEs in a cluster withhold a transmission during the measurement time. The UEs in the cluster may measure a spectrum (e.g., frequency, channel, etc.) associated with a supplementary cell during the measurement time. The HeNB may send the measuring gap schedule to the first cluster of UEs and the second cluster of UEs. The HeNB may receive spectrum measurements of the supplementary cell from the first cluster of UEs and the second cluster of UEs, e.g., in accordance with the measuring gap schedule. | 07-17-2014 |
20140206340 | EFFICIENT GENERATION OF RADIO COVERAGE MAP OF ACCESS POINTS IN AN INDOOR ENVIRONMENT - A method for generating a radio coverage map. A two-dimensional radio coverage map located between a first physical level and a second physical level is generated. The access point is located above the second physical level. The two-dimensional radio coverage map is located at a distance from the access point and comprises a plurality of map points, where the map points have a predicted received signal strength value. A projection window is determined. A projected area on the two-dimensional radio coverage map is determined by computing a geometrical projection from the access point through the projection window onto the two-dimensional radio coverage map. A plurality of first points in a first area on the two-dimensional radio coverage map is identified. The first area is outside the projected area. The predicted received signal strength value of each of the first points is reduced by a value equal to the signal attenuation caused by the second physical level. | 07-24-2014 |
20140206341 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR USING ENHANCED RECEIVER AND GAPS WHEN HANDLING INTERFERENCE - Systems and methods that enable use of enhanced receiver techniques together with measurement gaps for measuring or reading a signal or channel from a target cell are disclosed. In one embodiment, a wireless device has an enhanced receiver and operates to measure interference from a first cell during one or more gaps created for a second cell to thereby obtain one or more interference measurements and then mitigate the interference during reception of a signal from a cell other than the first cell based on the one or more interference measurements using an enhanced receiver technique. The one or more gaps for the second cell are one or more gaps in downlink reception from the second cell, uplink transmission to the second cell, or a combination thereof. In this manner, the need for simultaneous reception for both the first cell and the other cell for interference mitigation is avoided. | 07-24-2014 |
20140206342 | INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION - The present invention discloses an information transmission method, a user equipment and a base station. The method includes: receiving indication signaling that is sent by a base station and includes a sequence group offset value, where the sequence group offset value is used to adjust a sequence group number of a sequence group used by a user equipment for sending a sequence modulated signal; and determining the sequence group number according to the sequence group offset value. The method further includes: determining a sequence group offset value, where the sequence group offset value is used to adjust a sequence group number of a sequence group used by a user equipment for sending a sequence modulated signal; and sending indication signaling to the user equipment, where the indication signaling includes the sequence group offset value. | 07-24-2014 |
20140213245 | PARALLEL INTER-RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY (IRAT) MEASUREMENT IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A UE is configured to collect multiple absolute radio frequency channel numbers (ARFCNs) in parallel via a wideband receiver during a transmission gap. Inter-radio access technology (IRAT) measurements are performed based on the collected AFRCN samples. | 07-31-2014 |
20140220963 | METHOD OF REPORTING MEASUREMENT RESULT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A reporting method by a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes: measuring at least one cell; detecting whether or not interference is occurred during the measurement; and transmitting a report message to a network. When it is detected that interference occurs during the measurement, information regarding the interference generated during the measurement is included in the report message and transmitted. | 08-07-2014 |
20140235231 | SYSTEM OF EDGE BYTE CACHING FOR CELLULAR NETWORKS - The present invention is a method and system that reduces the amount of data traffic across communication links in a cellular network. In this system, the cellular device of a user receives and stores state information about a byte of data. During the implementation of the method of this invention, when a user desires to retrieve dam from the Network Core, tokens containing a description of the state information for the requested data are sent to the cellular device. The cellular device can then have these tokens resolved by a Node B cell site that has stored the requested data. This approach reduces the need to resend the data from the Network Core over communications links. Further, the cellular devices can freely move from cell site to cell site with little interruption or loss of information. | 08-21-2014 |
20140242974 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF REPORTING LOGGED MEASUREMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of reporting logged measurements in a wireless communication system is provided. A user equipment in a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connected mode receives Minimization of Drive Tests (MDT) configuration from a base station and starts a validity timer upon receiving the MDT configuration. The user equipment in an RRC idle mode logs measurements based on the MDT configuration to collect logged measurements while the validity timer is running. When the validity timer is expired, the user equipment discards the MDT configuration. | 08-28-2014 |
20140242975 | BASE STATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A CPU is connected with an external RAM, so that the CPU is caused to function as a data exchange unit. When a second 3G circuit unit performs a communication process such as a process of framing a frame protocol, the CPU is caused to access the external RAM such that the data required for the communication process is provided to the second 3G circuit unit. Also, the CPU causes the data processed by the second 3G circuit unit to be stored in the external RAM. This suppresses an increase in circuit size of the second 3G circuit unit, achieving a base station device capable of communication with a communication terminal device with as little power consumption as possible. | 08-28-2014 |
20140248868 | METHOD OF ANONYMOUSLY REPORTING MINIMIZATION OF DRIVE TEST MEASUREMENTS - The present invention provides a method of anonymously reporting minimization of drive test (MDT) measurements. According to the method, a mobility management entity (MME) obtains MDT data anonymity configuration which indicates whether MDT measurements are to be reported anonymously at a type allocation code (TAC) level; sends a TAC of a UE to a trace collection entity (TCE) if the MDT data anonymity configuration indicates MDT measurements are to be reported anonymously at the TAC level; sends an international mobile subscriber identification (IMSI) or an international mobile equipment identity and software version (IMEISV) of the UE to the TCE if the MDT data anonymity configuration indicates other information, e.g. Trace, is adopted for anonymously reporting MDT measurements. The present invention enables an MME to send different identities of a UE to the TCE according to different requirements for anonymity to implement anonymous reporting of MDT measurements. | 09-04-2014 |
20140256308 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REPORTING CELL STATUS - Determining a distribution delay of a bearer by using a preset delay distribution algorithm according to a preset time period for reporting a cell status; starting a periodic timer of the bearer after the distribution delay elapses, where the periodic timer uses the time period as a period; determining, according to the periodic timer, whether the cell status needs to be reported; and carrying information of the cell status in an uplink data packet of the bearer if the cell status needs to be reported. Thereby avoiding greatly centralized reporting of the cell status and centralized policy adjustment that is performed for the bearers, so that great jitter of service traffic borne on a cell is controlled effectively. | 09-11-2014 |
20140256309 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR MEASURING AGGREGATED CARRIER CELL - A disclosure for measuring an aggregated carrier cell measuring an aggregated carrier cell configured with multiple component carriers is provided. In the disclosure, a user equipment receives, from a base station, a measurement period parameter for measuring a component carrier. The user equipment calculate a measurement period for a non-active component carrier according to the received measurement period parameter and a signal measurement estimation value of the non-active component carrier, and performs measurement on the non-active component carrier with the calculated measurement period for the non-active component carrier. | 09-11-2014 |
20140287739 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING CALL DATA - A data management system and method of managing call data for at least one radio network element within a cellular communication network. The method comprises receiving geolocation associated call data for at least one call within the at least one cellular communication network, arranging the received geolocation associated call data for the call into at least one call data record, and writing the at least one call data record to at least one data storage device, The geolocation associated call data for the at least one call comprises at least two spatial coordinate values for an at least two dimensional spatial reference, and the method comprises indexing the at least one call data record within the at least one data storage device using a single dimensional coordinate value. | 09-25-2014 |
20140287740 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING CALL DATA - A data management system method of managing call data for at least one radio network element within a cellular communication network. The method comprises receiving call data for at least one call from the at least one radio network element within the cellular communication network, arranging the received call data into call data records, assembling the call data records into at least one data block, and writing the at least one data block to at least one data storage device. The method further comprises, upon receipt of a call data query, retrieving call data records from the at least one data storage device on a per data block basis. | 09-25-2014 |
20140287741 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING CALL DATA - A data management system and method of managing call data for at least one radio network element within a cellular communication network. The method comprising receiving call data for at least one call from the at least one radio network element within the cellular communication network, arranging the received call data into call data records of a non-fixed size, and writing the call data records to at least one data storage device such that the call data records are stored adjacent one another. | 09-25-2014 |
20140308950 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING NEIGHBOR BASE-STATION ADVERTISEMENT MESSAGE IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are provided for receiving neighbor BS information by a mobile station in a wireless communication system. The mobile station receives a neighbor BS information message. It is determined whether operator ID information identifying a network operator of a neighbor BS is not included in the neighbor BS information message. Operator information related to the neighbor BS is identified as operator information related to a serving BS, if it is determined that the operator ID information is not included in the neighbor BS information message. | 10-16-2014 |
20140315537 | PROCESSING STATE INFORMATION - A method of operating a user equipment in a communications system including at least one cell that is controlled by a radio access node. The method includes maintaining current state information relating to the user equipment, the state information including at least one state information part associated with features for which state information reporting is configured in at least one cell, at least one state information part being associable with a plurality of different values, receiving an indication from the radio access node regarding state information held by the radio access node relating to the user equipment, determining whether to report current state information relating to the radio access node on the basis of the received indication, and reporting a current value associated with at least a given state information part to the radio access node. | 10-23-2014 |
20140329520 | LINE OF SIGHT (LOS) DETECTION IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - Systems and methods for detecting a Line of Sight (LOS) in a cellular communications network are provided. In one embodiment, a network node in the cellular communications network determines whether a wireless device is within LOS of a base station. In order do so, the network node compares a Ricean factor of a wireless communications channel between the base station and the wireless device and a predetermined Ricean factor threshold for LOS detection. In addition, the network node compares a Root Mean Squared Error (RMSE) between a Rayleigh probability density function and samples of received signal strength for radio signals transmitted between the base station and the wireless device and a predetermined RMSE threshold for LOS detection. The network node then determines whether the wireless device is within LOS of the base station based on results of the comparisons. | 11-06-2014 |
20140335849 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REDUCING CO-CHANNEL INTERFERENCE DUE TO THE DEPLOYMENT OF FEMTOCELLS IN A MACRO-CELLULAR NETWORK - The present invention concerns a method and system for reducing co-channel interference due to the deployment of N femtocells in a macrocellular network. Said method comprises a step ( | 11-13-2014 |
20140335850 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING SERVING SUB-CELL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING MULTIPLE SUB-CELL - A method of determining a serving sub-cell of a terminal among a plurality of sub-cells by a base station in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes generating reference signal transmission interval information for each of the sub-cells by configuring a reference signal transmission interval for each of the plurality of sub-cells, and transmitting the reference signal transmission interval information for each of the sub-cells to the corresponding sub-cell, receiving channel status information for at least one sub-cell among the plurality of sub-cells from the terminal, and determining a serving sub-cell of the terminal by using at least one of the reference signal transmission interval information, the channel status information, a reception time of the channel status information, of each of the sub-cells. | 11-13-2014 |
20140342727 | LOW POWER MODE EXIT LATENCY PREDICTOR FOR REAL-TIME ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSOR SYSTEMS - In an aspect there is provided a method of moving a processor of a mobile device from a low-power state for conserving power to an active mode for processing signals. The mobile device is configured to receive regularly scheduled signals. The method comprises, for each of multiple operating states of the mobile device determining a restore time associated with the operating state of the mobile device and storing each determined restore time in association with its operating state. The method further comprises detecting a current operating state of the mobile device and using the determined restore time for that state to set a trigger time to control movement of the processor of the mobile device to enter the active mode from the low-power mode in time to process the scheduled signals. | 11-20-2014 |
20140342728 | PERFORMING NEIGHBOR CELL ACTIVITIES IN A MULTI-STACK DEVICE - Systems, methods, and devices providing a framework which reduces the amount of switching required by single transceiver hardware chain mobile devices operating multiple cellular technology and/or service stacks. The various embodiments enable two or more service stacks on the mobile device of various cellular technologies (e.g., 3GPP GSM, UMTS, LTE, WCDMA, etc), to share information, such as network measurements. The various embodiments may also enable one service stack to perform procedures for and provide information to another service stack. | 11-20-2014 |
20140342729 | Methods and apparatus for beamforming for femtocells - Methods and apparatus for beamforming for femtocells, such as in LTE wireless networks, to provide inter-cell coordination and interference mitigation are disclosed. A macrocell user equipment (UE) may determine information regarding an interfering femtocell node, such as a home eNodeB (HeNB). The information may be sent directly or indirectly, such as by a backhaul communication link, to the HeNB. The HeNB may adjust an output based on the information. The information may include spatial channel information, which may be used for beamforming at the HeNB output so as to mitigate interference in the direction of the UE. | 11-20-2014 |
20140357255 | Method for Estimating Interference within a Serving Cell, User Equipment, Computer Program and Computer Program Products - The invention relates to a method | 12-04-2014 |
20140357256 | NETWORK ELEMENT, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CAPTURING USER EQUIPMENT MEASUREMENTS - A communication system comprising a core network operably coupled to a small base station (HNB) arranged to support wireless communications to a user equipment UE is described. The HNB comprises a control processor being arranged in a first embodiment to: support setting up of an air interface connection with the UE to allow the UE and the core network to exchange messages, e.g. for a Location Update procedure and to receive an instruction from the core network via a core network connection to release the connection to the core network; usually, the HNB would transmit a RRC Connection Release message to the UE; however, the UE utilizes this situation to request and receive UE measurements by using RRC Measurement Control/Report messages and thus delays the initiation of the RRC Connection Release procedure towards the UE; in a second embodiment, the control processor is arranged to autonomously page the UE: thus, the UE establishes a RRC connection for responding to the paging message and the HNB may request receive UE measurements | 12-04-2014 |
20140357257 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR MEASUREMENT REPORTING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A mobile communications device with a wireless module and a controller module is provided. The wireless module performs wireless transceiving to and from a first cellular station of a first service network and a second cellular station of a second service network, wherein the first service network is a long term evolution (LTE) network and the second service network is a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) network. The controller module receives a measurement request message from the first cellular station via the wireless module, performs a measurement on the second cellular station in response to the measurement request message and reports the measurement result to the first service network via the wireless module, wherein the second cellular station is previously not requested or configured by the first service network to be measured. | 12-04-2014 |
20140364112 | MINIMIZING DRIVE TEST LOGGED DATA REPORTING - This disclosure pertains to a method in a network node, a method in user equipment, a network node and user equipment in a wireless communications network. More particularly, there is provided methods and platforms for network based control of report messages comprising logged measurements in a wireless communications network. In accordance with some example embodiments, a UE ( | 12-11-2014 |
20140364113 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING SIGNALS IN A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a terminal which receives signals from a base station, and to a method in which the terminal receives signals from the base station in a distributed antenna system (DAS). The terminal receives, from the base station having a plurality of antennas, control information on one or more active transmission antennas allocated to the terminal, from among the plurality of antennas, and receives signals from the base station via said one or more active transmission antennas. | 12-11-2014 |
20140370882 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONCURRENT COMMUNICATION WITH MULTIPLE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS OF DIFFERENT RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES - A wireless device supporting concurrent communication with multiple wireless systems of different radio access technologies (RATs) are disclosed. In an exemplary design, an apparatus includes first and second receivers supporting concurrent signal reception from wireless systems of different RATs. The first receiver receives a first downlink signal from a first wireless system of a first RAT. The second receiver receives a second downlink signal from a second wireless system of a second RAT, which is different from the first RAT. The first and second receivers may operate concurrently. The second receiver may be broadband and/or may support carrier aggregation. The apparatus may further include first and second local oscillator (LO) generators to generate LO signals for the first and second receivers, respectively, based on different divider ratios in order to mitigate voltage controlled oscillator (VCO) pulling. | 12-18-2014 |
20140370883 | METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR THE AUTOMATIC ALLOCATION OF A SIGNAL TO A MEASUREMENT APPLICATION - At the start of a method for analyzing a communications signal with a frequency-mask trigger unit and a selection unit, a mask which describes a trigger range for the frequency-mask trigger unit is defined in the frequency domain, in frequency and amplitude. Furthermore, within the selection unit, an application is allocated to the mask. The frequency-mask trigger unit then checks whether the spectrum of the communications signal violates the mask. Finally, the signal component of the communications signal which violates the mask is transferred to the application for a further evaluation by the selection unit. | 12-18-2014 |
20140378123 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE DISCOVERY WITH DIRECT RADIO SIGNALS - In embodiments, apparatuses, methods, and storage media may be described for establishing a direct connection between two UEs. Each UE may be provisioned with a temporary identifier by a server of a wireless network of the UE. The UEs may then be configured to broadcast the temporary IDs in radio signals over radio resources that are separate from the radio resources of the network. The temporary IDs may not contain identifying information of the broadcasting UE that is interpretable without receiving further information from the network. | 12-25-2014 |
20140378124 | FEMTO NODE POWER ADJUSTMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - Systems, devices, and methods for adjusting a transmission power at a femto node are described herein. According to the systems, devices, and methods herein, a measurement of a signal transmitted from a transmitting node may be communicated to the femto node, for example from a user equipment or a neighboring femto node, for use in adjusting the power. The transmitting node may comprise the femto node, a macro node, or a neighboring femto node. In addition, statistics regarding such measurements may be communicated to the femto node for use in adjusting the power. The femto node may also adjust the power based on unsuccessful registration attempts or interference communications received at the femto node. | 12-25-2014 |
20140378125 | NETWORK ELEMENT, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREFOR - A network element comprises a signal processor supporting communications between a subscriber unit (UE) and a core network (CN). The signal processor is arranged to: receive a first update request message (location or routing area) from the subscriber unit; forward the first update request message to the core network; receive from the CN a first update accept (or response) message; store at least a part of the accept message content; forward the first update response message to the subscriber unit; receive a second update request from the subscriber unit; create a second update accept (or response) message using the at least part of the stored content; and respond to the subscriber unit second update accept (or response) message direct. | 12-25-2014 |
20150011205 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILITY MANAGEMENT ENTITY, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Upon detecting an opportunity to release E-RABs related to mobile stations, a mobility management entity transmits a single E-RAB release information message that collectively specifies E-RABs to be released to a base station communicating with the mobile stations. Subsequently, upon receiving the E-RAB release information message, the base station transmits a single E-RAB release information acknowledge message to the mobility management entity. Upon receiving the E-RAB release information acknowledge message, the mobility management entity updates information related to the E-RABs so that the information indicates release of the E-RABs. | 01-08-2015 |
20150017974 | MOBILE STATION AND RADIO BASE STATION - Avoided is hasty control occurring due to repetition of transition to a “Preservation state” and return to an “Active state.” A mobile station UE according to the present invention includes: a transmission unit | 01-15-2015 |
20150017975 | SUB-CELL LEVEL, MULTI-LAYER DEGRADATION DETECTION, DIAGNOSIS AND RECOVERY - Outage detection and recovery in heterogeneous networks may benefit from sub-cell level, multi-layer degradation detection, diagnosis, and recovery. For example, cell outage detection and cell outage compensation may benefit from appropriate use of sub-cell level and multi-layer diagnosis and recovery techniques applied to degradation and outage scenarios. A method can include self-healing at least one first cell in a network or at least one second cell in the network. The network includes the at least one first cell and the at least one second cell. The at least one first cell and the at least one second cell have at least partially overlapping coverage. The self-healing can include a network device, such as a network management device, applying at least one of multi-layer reasoning to integrate information of different cell layers or sub-cell level reasoning to consider fine-granular location information. The self-healing can be based on location information. | 01-15-2015 |
20150031353 | Apparatus, Method and Computer Program for Discovery Signalling - A first device receives a device-to-device D2D discovery signal which indicates that a second device which sent it does not have a cellular connection and/or is requesting relay to a network broader than a D2D network. In response, the first device engages in a search to find a cellular access node and reports its search results via D2D signalling. In non-limiting embodiments the indication can be explicit or may be implicit in the signal coding; the discovery signals of all devices are sent in periodic discovery signal intervals ( | 01-29-2015 |
20150045014 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN MDT DATA COLLECTION - According to an embodiment there is provided a method comprising; collecting a first type of measurement and a second type of measurement, said first and second types of measurement being used together by an entity; and causing values of said first type of measurement to be sent with associated values of said second type of measurement to be sent. | 02-12-2015 |
20150050927 | SIGNALING SUPPORT FOR DEVICES WITH MULTIPLE AND/OR FLEXIBLE FORM FACTORS - Systems, methods, apparatuses, and computer program products for signaling support for devices with multiple and/or flexible form factors are provided. One method includes determining, by a device having multiple forms and associated with a network, a current form or a change in the form of the device, determining new parameters according to the determined current form of the device, and reporting the new parameters to the network. | 02-19-2015 |
20150056980 | TRANSPORTABLE TELECOMMUNICATION INTERCONNECTION DEVICE - A transportable telecommunication interconnection device for interconnecting a plurality of communication devices to a telecommunication network, comprising: a transportable enclosure comprising an end wall and a peripheral wall extending along an axis from the end portion and defining a chamber, the transportable enclosure further comprising a separation wall positioned within the chamber at a given position along the axis to define an enclosed compartment and an open compartment within the chamber; a chamber cover for removably closing the open compartment; input and output port connectors extending through at least one wall defining the enclosed compartment, the input port connectors for connection to the communication network and the output port connectors for connection to the plurality of communication devices; and a processing device positioned within the enclosed compartment, connected to the input and output ports, and configured for interconnecting the input port connectors to the output port connectors. | 02-26-2015 |
20150065120 | METHODS FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMIT POWER AND ELECTRONIC DEVICES THEREOF - Methods and apparatuses are provided for adjusting a transmit power at a first electronic device. A first Transmit Power Control (TPC) request message, including power mode information of the first electronic device, is transmitted from the first electronic device to a second electronic device. The first electronic device receives a first TPC report message, including power mode information of the second electronic device, transmit power information of the second electronic device, and link margin information for the first electronic device, from the second electronic device. The first electronic device adjusts the transmit power according to the power mode information of the second electronic device, using the transmit power information and the link margin information included in the first TPC report message. | 03-05-2015 |
20150079971 | MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICES, MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATION NETWORKS, AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - A mobile radio communication device is described configured to operate in a first communication state and in a second communication state. The mobile radio communication device includes: a transmitter configured to transmit data to a mobile radio communication network when the mobile radio communication device is in a first communication state in which the mobile radio communication device is in a connection with a cell of the mobile radio communication network; a memory configured to store information based on the transmitted data; a cell determination circuit configured to determine a cell of a mobile radio communication network as a connection candidate based on the stored information; and a connection request circuit configured to request connection with the determined cell when the mobile radio communication device is in a second communication state in which the mobile radio communication device seeks a connection with a cell of a mobile radio communication network. | 03-19-2015 |
20150079972 | Method And Apparatus Providing Multi-Level Proximity Indication And Small Cell Discovery - A method includes receiving a first measurement configuration at a user equipment from a wireless communication network; making measurements using the first measurement configuration; in response to a condition being satisfied resulting from the measurements that are made, transmitting an indication that an allowed small cell has been detected; receiving a second measurement configuration at the user equipment from the wireless communication network; and making measurements of the allowed small cell using the second measurement configuration, where the first measurement configuration results in measurements being made less frequently than measurements made in accordance with the second measurement configuration. An apparatus configured to perform the method is also disclosed. | 03-19-2015 |
20150087295 | SERVING CELL AND NEIGHBOR CELL PATH LOSS RELATIVE LEVEL REPORTING - A method of wireless communication includes receiving, from an user equipment (UE), a report of relative neighbor cell path loss levels and corresponding neighbor cell indexes for intra-frequency neighbor cells. The method also includes receiving, from a radio network controller (RNC), uplink loading conditions for the intra-frequency neighbor cells. The method further includes allocating a power grant based on the relative neighbor cell path loss levels and the uplink loading conditions. | 03-26-2015 |
20150087296 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REPORTING POWER HEADROOM IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - Provided are a method and apparatus for reporting power headroom in a mobile communication system supporting carrier aggregation. A user equipment (UE) determines the maximum transmit power for each carrier and the maximum UE transmit power, and sends a power headroom report that contains power headroom for each carrier computed based on the maximum transmit power for the carrier and the maximum UE transmit power to a corresponding base station (ENB). | 03-26-2015 |
20150105065 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UTILIZING A SECOND RECEIVER TO ESTABLISH TIME AND FREQUENCY - Apparatus and methods for synchronizing a network element (e.g. access points, femtocells, etc.) to a master network (such as a cellular network) to provide accurate frequency and/or time references for their internal systems. In one embodiment, the network element utilizes a dedicated receiver (or transceiver) to receive timing information from the master network. The implementation of the dedicated receiver is advantageous for cost and simplicity reasons. Furthermore, the timing or frequency information, as received from the master network, is used to correct the network element's internal timing. In addition, the network element's internal timing can operate in open-loop mode, if no master network can be found, thereby allowing for the device to continue providing service to network users. Additionally, a dedicated receiver can also receive information (e.g. location, SID, NID, SSID, etc.) local to the network element, such information may be useful or required for seamless operation within the master network. | 04-16-2015 |
20150126179 | METHOD OF GENERATING AN IMPROVED TRAFFIC MAP AND DEVICE UTILIZING SUCH A METHOD - A method is provided for generating a traffic map of an area covered by a cellular network including a plurality of antennas each managing a traffic and designed to communicate with a plurality of terminals generating events which are at least partially geolocatable, the covered area being discretized by pixels each associated, using probability, with one antenna of the plurality of antennas. The method includes, for each antenna, distributing a quantity of traffic managed by the antenna over the pixels, this distribution being weighted for each pixel as a function of the number and distance of the geolocatable events relative to the pixel. | 05-07-2015 |
20150126180 | Methods and Arrangements for Processing of Measurement Data in Cellular Communication Systems - Unsynchronized internal clocks of user equipments in a cellular communication system are addressed by a mechanism relying on a standalone clock function in user equipments. A network node distributes a time reference to a user equipment (UE), and the UE, using an internal clock function, time-stamps the logged measurements and/or events relative to the received time reference. When the UE has logged measurements, the UE indicates to the network node that it has an available measurement log. The network node may then request several UEs to deliver their respective measurement logs. The network node is then able to retrieve time-stamped measurement information from the measurement log of each UE relative to the sent time reference. The network node is then able to compare measurement information from each UE in a cell provided at the same time interval in all UEs. | 05-07-2015 |
20150133110 | MAINTAINING TIMING CHARACTERISTICS IN A RADIO BASE STATION - A coordinating node, such as a positioning node and a radio base station, and a related method of maintaining timing characteristics of radio base stations connected to the coordinating node are disclosed. The method includes receiving timing information from a plurality of radio base stations, determining a respective timing characteristic of each of the plurality of radio base stations based on the received timing information, and maintaining the determined respective timing characteristics for support of network operations and services such as positioning. | 05-14-2015 |
20150148029 | RE-TRANSMISSION OF MANAGEMENT INFORMATION IN A MANAGEMENT NETWORK OF A COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Disclosed are a system, methods, devices and computer program products for re-transmission of management information in a management network for monitoring and controlling a communications system. The management network comprises managers and agents configured as devices on different management levels. Management information is transmitted as event reports between these devices of the management network and event reports transmitted to a manager by an agent (EMS) are temporarily stored by the agent for future re-transmissions, the manager recognizes a loss of one or more event reports, identifies the lost event reports and requests re-transmission of the lost event reports by sending a request to the agent, the agent retrieves the requested event reports from storage and re-transmits them to the requesting manager. | 05-28-2015 |
20150295975 | Dynamic Transcoder Placement - The invention provides for a dynamic transcoder placement in case that transcoding functionality for codecs is offered in a TRAU associated to a Base Station Controller and/or a MGW selected for a call. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296451 | METHOD AND POWER ADAPTATION DEVICE ARRANGED TO ADJUST POWER CONSUMPTION IN A NETWORK NODE - A method is presented for adjusting power consumption in a network node of a cellular communication system. The method is performed in a power adaption device and comprises the steps of aggregating bitrates for all traffic flows associated with a power amplifier of the network node to an aggregated bitrate, determining when to adjust power consumption by determining whether power consumption of the power amplifier can be reduced with acceptable effect on the traffic flows associated with the power amplifier, and adjusting power consumption by reducing power consumption of the power amplifier when it is determined that the power consumption of the power amplifier can be reduced with acceptable effect on the traffic flows associated with the power amplifier. A corresponding power adaptation device is also presented. | 10-15-2015 |
20150304005 | RECONFIGURABLE SINGLE AND MULTI-SECTOR CELL SITE SYSTEM - A telecommunications system is provided that is controllably operable as a sectorized antenna system and as an omnidirectional antenna system without requiring hardware reconfiguration. The telecommunications system includes a phase correlation measurement unit that can be between a sectorized antenna sub-system and a remotely located RF source site. The phase correlation measurement unit can be coupled to the RF source site over at least one feed line. The phase correlation measurement unit can ouptut signals for controlling a phase shifter at the RF source site for phase shifting downlink signals and for causing operation of the sectorized antenna sub-system as an omnidirectional antenna sub-system. In a sectorized operation mode, the phase correlation measurement unit and the phase shifter can be inactivated. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304838 | ENHANCED TIMER HANDLING MECHANISM - The present methods and apparatus relate to adapting a network configured timer corresponding to a user equipment (UE) capability information procedure for indicating one or more UE capabilities to a network entity, comprising determining a message size of a capability message configured for transmission from the UE to the network entity during the UE capability information procedure; and performing a timer adaptation procedure, wherein the timer adaptation procedure includes adapting the use of the network configured timer based on the message size of the capability message. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305078 | Method for Reporting Information of Device to Device Communication, User Equipment and Base Station - A method for reporting information of device to device communication, user equipment and a base station. The method for reporting information includes: transmitting, by UE to a base station, indication information indicating power preference of different communication links, the communication links comprising a D2D communication link between the UE and other UE, and/or a cellular communication link between the UE and the base station. The network side may provide corresponding configuration regarding properties of services of different communication links according to the indication information, thereby controlling the power consumption of the UE more efficiently. | 10-22-2015 |
20150312918 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR REDUCING INTERFERENCE IN HETEROGENEOUS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS BASED ON INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION - Devices and methods for reducing interference in a communication network including a first node and a first node coverage area, a second closed subscriber group (CSG) node located within the first node coverage area, and one or more user equipment (UE) devices located within the first node coverage area are provided. In one embodiment, a method includes receiving link quality measurement information from the one or more UE devices and determining if a link quality value for a UE device is below a predetermined link quality threshold value and is caused by the second CSG node. If both conditions are true, if the UE device is a member of the second CSG node, and if the first UE device does not include interference cancellation capability, the method further includes instructing the second CSG node to mute transmission causing interference for the UE device. | 10-29-2015 |
20150319802 | TECHNIQUE FOR OPERATING COMMUNICATION DEVICES IN A HETEROGENEOUSLY DEPLOYED NETWORK - A technique for operating a wireless communication device in a heterogeneously deployed network comprising first and second serving nodes of different nominal transmit powers and at least partially overlapping coverage areas is described. The communication device is simultaneously connected to the first and second serving nodes (e.g., in accordance with a soft cell scenario) and alternately communicates with the first and second serving nodes in accordance with a communication pattern comprising communication periods and communication pauses. A method aspect of this technique, as performed by the wireless communication device, comprises detecting an event that requires an extension of the communication period with the first serving node, and transmitting a notification message to the second serving node. The notification message is indicative of a required extension of a communication pause with the second serving node. | 11-05-2015 |
20150327318 | SILENT REDIAL DURING MOBILE-ORIGINATED CALL - Aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques to speed up and improve silent redial success rates in wireless communications. A user equipment (UE) may determine how to attempt retrying a mobile originated (MO) call and procedures for selecting a subsequent system for attempting the call based, at least in part, on a restriction status of the call and a detected failure. | 11-12-2015 |
20150334645 | TRACING INTER-RAT EVENTS - It is provided an apparatus, comprising selecting means adapted to select one set of parameters/values out of a first set of parameters/values and a second set of parameters/values received in an activation message related to a trace session of a subscriber or a terminal, wherein the selected set of parameters/values corresponds to the trace session in a first domain of the apparatus and the other set of parameters/values corresponds to the trace session in a second domain different from the first domain; providing means adapted to provide the selected set of parameters/values and an identifier to a tracing device for performing the trace session in the first domain, wherein the identifier is received in the activation message and related to the trace session. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334649 | METHOD FOR WAKING UP A BASE STATION SERVING A SMALL CELL WHEN AN INCOMING CALL ARRIVES - The invention relates to a method of waking up a base station of a cellular network, the method comprising the following steps:
| 11-19-2015 |
20150334754 | METHOD AND NETWORK ELEMENT FOR CONTROLLING UE'S STATE TRANSITION IN PROXIMITY WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Disclosed are methods and apparatus for controlling state transition of a user equipment UE in proximity wireless communication. A method can comprise: learning about an associated agent's context of a connected UE and said UE's capability; deciding to put the connected UE into virtual associated state; sending to said UE a message with indication of putting said UE into said virtual associated state as well as the UE's context; and maintaining said associated agent's context of the UE. | 11-19-2015 |
20150341896 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO DETERMINE A BASE STATION LOCATION - Example methods and apparatus to determine a base station location are disclosed herein and include determining which signals are transmitted from a first base station by identifying a first set of signals having a first signal identifier, identifying a first signal in the first set of signals having a first relative highest signal quality value, identifying a first location associated with the first signal, identifying a second set of signals having a second signal identifier, identifying a second signal in the second set of signals having a second relative highest signal quality value, identifying a second location associated with the second signal, determining a first distance between the first location and the second location, comparing the first distance to a first threshold distance, associating the first signal and the second signal with the first base station when the first distance satisfies the first threshold distance, and estimating a location of the first base station based on at least one of the first location or the second location. | 11-26-2015 |
20150351080 | GROUP RESOURCE RELEASE METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM - Disclosed are a group resource release method, device and system. The method includes: an evolved Node B (eNB) determines, from group cells which belong to the eNB, a target cell which needs to release a group resource; and the eNB sends to the target cell a message for instructing to release the group resource, wherein the message for instructing to release the group resource is used for instructing the target cell to release an air interface resource of the target cell and/or a group resource which is allocated to the target cell by the eNB. It is solved by the embodiment of the disclosure the problems that the release speed is slow and the utilization rate of group call resources in a trunking group call is low, thus effectively improving the utilization rate of the group call resources in the group call. | 12-03-2015 |
20150358811 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND BASE STATION - The base station includes a first assigning unit and a second assigning unit. The first assigning unit, in execution of first communication using a single cell of the base station with the terminal, assigns, to the terminal, a first identification number as an identification number associated uniquely with the single cell from a predetermined number of identification numbers for identifying terminals. The second assigning unit, in execution of second communication simultaneously using a plurality of cells with the terminal, assigns, to the terminal, a second identification number as an identification number associated commonly with the plurality of the cells from the predetermined number of the identification numbers excluding the first identification number. The terminal includes a communication control unit. The communication control unit performs the first communication or the second communication by using the first identification number or the second identification number assigned by the base station. | 12-10-2015 |
20150365533 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR PROVIDING A MOBILE OFFICE PHONE - Methods and systems for providing a mobile office phone are provided herein. In one embodiment a system includes a private branch exchange (PBX), a server configured to integrate user equipment (UE) onto the PBX by attaching a mobile telephone number of the UE as an extension on the PBX, and a session initiation protocol (SIP) server coupled with the server and PBX that allows the UE to place and receive calls and messages over data channels of a network. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365976 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for performing a random access procedure in a wireless communication system is provided. A user equipment (UE) determines one random access configuration from a first random access configuration for a normal type of UE and a second random access configuration for a specific type of UE, and transmits a random access preamble based on the second random access configuration to an eNodeB (eNB) if the UE is a specific type of UE. Also, a method and apparatus for establishing, by a UE, a connection in a wireless communication system is provided. The UE transmits a connection request message including bandwidth related information to the eNB. | 12-17-2015 |
20150373637 | METHOD AND NETWORK NODE FOR DETERMINING A RECOMMENDED CELL FOR A USER EQUIPMENT - A cell is recommended to a first user equipment for selection during its cell selection process, wherein the recommendation is based on a performance parameter between the cell and a second user equipment, wherein the recommendation is based on a determined degree of similarity between the first user equipment and the second user equipment. | 12-24-2015 |
20160006469 | Signaling and Procedure for In-Device Co-Existence - The present invention addresses apparatuses, methods and computer program product for improvement of signaling and procedure for in-device co-existence. An IDC Resolution Timer (IRT) is added at both UE and eNB sides. The IRT starts to run once UE sends IDC indication to eNB. If UE doesn't receive any IDC response from eNB after IRT expires, UE could assume that eNB rejects its IDC indication and UE could start to use other possible methods such as switching off other ISM RAT, or using autonomous denial. If UE receive IDC response from eNB before IRT expires, it will reset the IRT. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007208 | COLLABORATIVE SPECTRUM SENSING IN COGNITIVE RADIO NETWORK - A method and system for collaborative spectrum sensing in a cognitive radio network is provided. The method may include: receiving through a cognitive radio network a plurality of sensing results of availability of a channel, where the plurality of sensing results are generated by a corresponding number of vehicles within the cognitive radio network, respectively, where broadcasting of the plurality of sensing results is controlled based on positions of vehicles within the cognitive radio network; and determining whether the channel is available based on the plurality of sensing results. By using the method, the efficiency of collaborative spectrum sensing can be improved. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007276 | Wi-Fi Support Awareness - There are provided measures for Wi-Fi support awareness. Such measures exemplarily include dynamically determining capability for a radio access technology while being connected to a communication network, and transmitting, via the connection to the communication network, a message comprising an information element indicative of the capability for the radio access technology. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007279 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AGGREGATED QOS INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting aggregated quality of service (QoS) information in a wireless communication system is provided. A first node which controls a first cell configures a combination of aggregated QoS information for each user equipment (UE) which is receiving services from the first cell, and transmitting the combination of aggregated QoS information to a second node which controls a second cell. Upon receiving information combining aggregated QoS information for each UE from a plurality of first nodes, the second node determines whether to switch off a plurality of first cells based on the received information combining aggregated QoS information for each UE. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007285 | APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING POWER-SAVING FOR WIRELESS REPEATER AND METHOD THEREOF - Provided are an apparatus for supporting power-saving for a wireless repeater and a method thereof. The apparatus for supporting power-saving for the wireless repeater includes: an information receiving unit that receives information regarding adjacent wireless repeaters from each of peripheral wireless repeaters; a group forming unit that forms groups of wireless repeaters based on the information regarding adjacent wireless repeaters received by the information receiving unit; a leader setting unit that sets a leader in the group of wireless repeaters formed by the group forming unit; and a mode providing unit that provides a power-saving mode to the remaining wireless repeaters except for the wireless repeater as the leader by the leader setting unit among the groups of wireless repeaters formed by the group forming unit. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007301 | METHOD AND APPARATUS RELATING TO INTERFERECE ESTIMATION IN CELLULAR COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - The present invention pertains to methods and devices relating to neighbor cell interference estimation and handling in cellular communication networks. According to one aspect, there is provided a method for interference handling performed in a radio network node for a cellular communication network. The method comprises measuring a received total wideband power, RTWP, and a load utilization experienced at the radio network node. The method further comprises performing a vector estimation of neighbor cell interference experienced at the radio network node based on the measured RTWP and the measured load utilization. The vector estimation comprises decomposition into at least two scalar component estimations. The method may further comprise obtaining and using tabulated computation support information, which is used when performing the vector estimation of neighbor cell interference. According to another aspect, there is provided a radio network node adapted to perform the method. | 01-07-2016 |
20160014573 | TRANSMISSION ARRANGEMENT PROVIDED WITH A MAIN TRANSMITTER AND AT LEAST ONE RECEIVER APPARATUS | 01-14-2016 |
20160014593 | Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunications Network | 01-14-2016 |
20160014640 | RADIO-RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF, AND MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, BASE STATION AND TERMINAL TO BE EMPLOYED FOR IT | 01-14-2016 |
20160014681 | OPERATION METHOD OF USER EQUIPMENT IN MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014685 | Improving Communication Efficiency | 01-14-2016 |
20160014822 | BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD | 01-14-2016 |
20160021239 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, NETWORK PARAMETER CONTROL METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A communication system capable of executing optimization of network processing based on a change in utilization characteristics is provided. The mobile communication system according to the present invention includes a network operator device ( | 01-21-2016 |
20160029240 | METHOD OF ANONYMOUSLY REPORTING MINIMIZATION OF DRIVE TEST MEASUREMENTS - The present invention provides a method of anonymously reporting minimization of drive test (MDT) measurements. According to the method, a mobility management entity (MME) obtains MDT data anonymity configuration which indicates whether MDT measurements are to be reported anonymously at a type allocation code (TAC) level; sends a TAC of a UE to a trace collection entity (TCE) if the MDT data anonymity configuration indicates MDT measurements are to be reported anonymously at the TAC level; sends an international mobile subscriber identification (IMSI) or an international mobile equipment identity and software version (IMEISV) of the UE to the TCE if the MDT data anonymity configuration indicates other information, e.g. Trace, is adopted for anonymously reporting MDT measurements. The present invention enables an MME to send different identities of a UE to the TCE according to different requirements for anonymity to implement anonymous reporting of MDT measurements. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029241 | METHOD OF ANONYMOUSLY REPORTING MINIMIZATION OF DRIVE TEST MEASUREMENTS - The present invention provides a method of anonymously reporting minimization of drive test (MDT) measurements. According to the method, a mobility management entity (MME) obtains MDT data anonymity configuration which indicates whether MDT measurements are to be reported anonymously at a type allocation code (TAC) level; sends a TAC of a UE to a trace collection entity (TCE) if the MDT data anonymity configuration indicates MDT measurements are to be reported anonymously at the TAC level; sends an international mobile subscriber identification (IMSI) or an international mobile equipment identity and software version (IMEISV) of the UE to the TCE if the MDT data anonymity configuration indicates other information, e.g. Trace, is adopted for anonymously reporting MDT measurements. The present invention enables an MME to send different identities of a UE to the TCE according to different requirements for anonymity to implement anonymous reporting of MDT measurements. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029242 | METHOD OF ANONYMOUSLY REPORTING MINIMIZATION OF DRIVE TEST MEASUREMENTS - The present invention provides a method of anonymously reporting minimization of drive test (MDT) measurements. According to the method, a mobility management entity (MME) obtains MDT data anonymity configuration which indicates whether MDT measurements are to be reported anonymously at a type allocation code (TAC) level; sends a TAC of a UE to a trace collection entity (TCE) if the MDT data anonymity configuration indicates MDT measurements are to be reported anonymously at the TAC level; sends an international mobile subscriber identification (IMSI) or an international mobile equipment identity and software version (IMEISV) of the UE to the TCE if the MDT data anonymity configuration indicates other information, e.g. Trace, is adopted for anonymously reporting MDT measurements. The present invention enables an MME to send different identities of a UE to the TCE according to different requirements for anonymity to implement anonymous reporting of MDT measurements. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029328 | UPLINK NOISE MINIMIZATION - A method of controlling uplink signal power in a distributed antenna system includes monitoring a noise condition of an uplink signal path in the distributed antenna system and determining the noise contribution from the distributed antenna system that is presented to the base station. The receive noise floor of the base station is determined. The determined noise contribution and receive noise floor are unlisted. Based on the evaluation, the uplink gain that is applied to uplink signals from the distributed antenna system to a base station is adjusted. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029417 | SMALL DATA COMMUNICATIONS - Technology for communicating a small data set between a user equipment (UE) and an evolved node B (eNB). A channel condition of a downlink channel with the eNB may be determined at the UE. A channel condition indication based on the channel condition may be communicated to the eNB. The small data may be transmitted to the eNB using a signaling radio bearer (SRB) when the channel condition is greater than a selected threshold. | 01-28-2016 |
20160036541 | Methods of Performing Inter-Frequency Measurements in the IDLE State - The disclosure relates to inter-frequency measurement and cell search techniques in scenarios where two neighboring base stations transmit on different carrier frequencies having bandwidths that overlap at least in part. A wireless terminal samples a baseband signal to perform an estimation or a measurement on a serving carrier frequency. The samples may be used also to perform an estimation or a measurement, or to performs a cell search, on an inter-frequency carrier. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037329 | USING A PLURALITY OF SIM CARDS AT A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method, an apparatus and a system for using a plurality of subscriber identity module (SIM) cards is provided. The use of the plurality of subscriber identity module (SIM) cards comprises stop using a first SIM card and start using a second SIM card when a first event trigger occurs; and stop using the second SIM card and start using an operational SIM card when a second event trigger occurs. The operational SIM card can be the first SIM card, the second SIM card or another SIM card. The SIM cards can be placed in a wireless communication system. The SIM cards can also be placed in at least one external device and the external device can be connected to the wireless communication system. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037371 | Technique for Aggregating Minimization of Drive Test, MDT, Measurements in a Component of an Operating and Maintenance, OAM, System - A technique for aggregating Minimization of Drive Test, MDT, measurements is disclosed. In a first method aspect, the method is performed by a component of an Operation And Maintenance, OAM, system and comprises the steps of receiving an activation request configuring MDT measurements for a plurality of User Equipments, UEs, and requesting a Performance Measurement, PM, activating the MDT measurements for the UEs, receiving the MDT measurements from the UEs, and aggregating the MDT measurements to obtain the requested PM measurement. In a second method aspect, the method is performed in another component of the OAM system and comprises the steps of generating the activation request configuring MDT measurements for the plurality of UEs, and requesting the PM, and transmitting the activation request towards the component of the OAM system. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037373 | METHOD OF ANONYMOUSLY REPORTING MINIMIZATION OF DRIVE TEST MEASUREMENTS - The present invention provides a method of anonymously reporting minimization of drive test (MDT) measurements. According to the method, a mobility management entity (MME) obtains MDT data anonymity configuration which indicates whether MDT measurements are to be reported anonymously at a type allocation code (TAC) level; sends a TAC of a UE to a trace collection entity (TCE) if the MDT data anonymity configuration indicates MDT measurements are to be reported anonymously at the TAC level; sends an international mobile subscriber identification (IMSI) or an international mobile equipment identity and software version (IMEISV) of the UE to the TCE if the MDT data anonymity configuration indicates other information, e.g. Trace, is adopted for anonymously reporting MDT measurements. The present invention enables an MME to send different identities of a UE to the TCE according to different requirements for anonymity to implement anonymous reporting of MDT measurements. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037374 | METHOD OF ANONYMOUSLY REPORTING MINIMIZATION OF DRIVE TEST MEASUREMENTS - The present invention provides a method of anonymously reporting minimization of drive test (MDT) measurements. According to the method, a mobility management entity (MME) obtains MDT data anonymity configuration which indicates whether MDT measurements are to be reported anonymously at a type allocation code (TAC) level; sends a TAC of a UE to a trace collection entity (TCE) if the MDT data anonymity configuration indicates MDT measurements are to be reported anonymously at the TAC level; sends an international mobile subscriber identification (IMSI) or an international mobile equipment identity and software version (IMEISV) of the UE to the TCE if the MDT data anonymity configuration indicates other information, e.g. Trace, is adopted for anonymously reporting MDT measurements. The present invention enables an MME to send different identities of a UE to the TCE according to different requirements for anonymity to implement anonymous reporting of MDT measurements. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037375 | METHOD OF ANONYMOUSLY REPORTING MINIMIZATION OF DRIVE TEST MEASUREMENTS - The present invention provides a method of anonymously reporting minimization of drive test (MDT) measurements. According to the method, a mobility management entity (MME) obtains MDT data anonymity configuration which indicates whether MDT measurements are to be reported anonymously at a type allocation code (TAC) level; sends a TAC of a UE to a trace collection entity (TCE) if the MDT data anonymity configuration indicates MDT measurements are to be reported anonymously at the TAC level; sends an international mobile subscriber identification (IMSI) or an international mobile equipment identity and software version (IMEISV) of the UE to the TCE if the MDT data anonymity configuration indicates other information, e.g. Trace, is adopted for anonymously reporting MDT measurements. The present invention enables an MME to send different identities of a UE to the TCE according to different requirements for anonymity to implement anonymous reporting of MDT measurements. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037376 | METHOD OF ANONYMOUSLY REPORTING MINIMIZATION OF DRIVE TEST MEASUREMENTS - The present invention provides a method of anonymously reporting minimization of drive test (MDT) measurements. According to the method, a mobility management entity (MME) obtains MDT data anonymity configuration which indicates whether MDT measurements are to be reported anonymously at a type allocation code (TAC) level; sends a TAC of a UE to a trace collection entity (TCE) if the MDT data anonymity configuration indicates MDT measurements are to be reported anonymously at the TAC level; sends an international mobile subscriber identification (IMSI) or an international mobile equipment identity and software version (IMEISV) of the UE to the TCE if the MDT data anonymity configuration indicates other information, e.g. Trace, is adopted for anonymously reporting MDT measurements. The present invention enables an MME to send different identities of a UE to the TCE according to different requirements for anonymity to implement anonymous reporting of MDT measurements. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037377 | METHOD OF ANONYMOUSLY REPORTING MINIMIZATION OF DRIVE TEST MEASUREMENTS - The present invention provides a method of anonymously reporting minimization of drive test (MDT) measurements. According to the method, a mobility management entity (MME) obtains MDT data anonymity configuration which indicates whether MDT measurements are to be reported anonymously at a type allocation code (TAC) level; sends a TAC of a UE to a trace collection entity (TCE) if the MDT data anonymity configuration indicates MDT measurements are to be reported anonymously at the TAC level; sends an international mobile subscriber identification (IMSI) or an international mobile equipment identity and software version (IMEISV) of the UE to the TCE if the MDT data anonymity configuration indicates other information, e.g. Trace, is adopted for anonymously reporting MDT measurements. The present invention enables an MME to send different identities of a UE to the TCE according to different requirements for anonymity to implement anonymous reporting of MDT measurements. | 02-04-2016 |
20160044735 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO STATION - A radio communication method including: transmitting first information from a first radio station to a second radio station before determining an activation of a second logical processing entity that is to be activated in a first processing layer of the second radio station in association with a first logical processing entity that has been activated in the first processing layer of the second radio station, the first information relating to the activation of the second logical processing entity, the first information being transmitted using a first control signal in a higher layer of the first processing layer, transmitting, when determining the activation of the second logical processing entity, second information for instructing the activation from the first radio station to the second radio station, the second information being transmitted using a second control signal in the first processing layer. | 02-11-2016 |
20160057804 | Optimizing Channel State Switch based on the Traffic Volume Indicator (TVI) Values Associated with Throughputs on the Communication Links - The embodiments herein relate to a method in a network node ( | 02-25-2016 |
20160066283 | ADJUSTMENT OF TRANSMIT POWER PARAMETER - Adjustment of a downlink transmit power parameter, such as a ceiling level, is disclosed. Signal-to-noise type information and committed power information can be employed to determine the ceiling level adjustment. A ceiling level can be a predetermined cap on transmission power for downlink channels between a user equipment and a base station. Where there is sufficient headroom in total transmission power and a power level greater than the predetermined ceiling can be effective, the ceiling can be adjusted to greater values than the predetermined value. Where total transmission power is more committed, ceiling adjustment can be prevented. Further, where there is no adequate benefit from increasing the ceiling, the adjustment of the ceiling can be prevented. While some instances can result in optimized transmission levels below the ceiling, instances can also be accommodated where the ceiling is to be increased. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066287 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND METHODS - A wireless telecommunication system includes base stations for communicating with terminal devices. One or more base stations support a power boost operating mode in which a base station's available transmission power is concentrated in a subset of its available transmission resources to provide enhanced transmission powers as compared to transmission powers on these transmission resources when the base station is not operating in the power boost mode. A base station establishes an extent to which one or more base stations in the wireless telecommunications system support the power boost operating mode conveys an indication of this to a terminal device. The terminal device receives the indication and uses the corresponding information to control its acquisition of a base station of the wireless telecommunication system, for example by taking account of which base stations support power boosting and/or when power boosting is supported during a cell attach procedure. | 03-03-2016 |
20160073274 | OPERATION OF BASE STATION IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - In one embodiment, a method of forming a neighbor cell list in a base station of a cellular communications network comprises, at periodic intervals, and for specified durations: requesting the or each wireless device that is in connected mode with the base station to report a unique identifier for each other base station that it is able to detect; receiving reports from the or each wireless device that is in connected mode with the base station; and operating with a neighbor cell list compiled on the basis of the received reports. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073291 | METHOD FOR DEACTIVATING ISR CAPABILITY FOR PROXIMITY SERVICE - One disclosure of the present specification provides a method for user equipment deactivating an idle mode signaling reduction (ISR) capability for a proximity service. The method for deactivating the ISR capability comprises the steps of: the user equipment activating ISR as a result of performing a routing area update (RAU) process or a tracking area update (TAU) process; the user equipment determining whether to deactivate the ISR for the proximity service; and the user equipment locally deactivating the activated ISR depending on the determination result. | 03-10-2016 |
20160080095 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR USER SPEED ESTIMATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method for estimating the speed of a user equipment connected to a base station of a wireless network, the method comprising the following steps: —performing signal strength measurements (S) of a radio signal transmitted between the user equipment and the base station; —performing a spectral analysis ( | 03-17-2016 |
20160080563 | MSC LOGIC FOR SIP INVITE WITH IMRN - A method of receiving, by a mobile switching center (MSC), a first call associated with an IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) network. The method determines whether an origination request return result (ORREQ rr) message, associated with the first received call, was previously received by the MSC. Based on the determination that the ORREQ rr was previously received, the method generates a session initiation protocol (SIP) invite message and sends the SIP invite message from the MSC. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080918 | AUDITING OF MOBILE APPLICATIONS - A method for auditing tags launched within a target mobile application comprises analyzing a network communication generated by a target mobile application to determine if an identifiable tag signature is present within the network communication. An identifiable tag signature can comprise one or more attributes that are associated with the firing of a tag. Based upon a detected tag signature, the method can further comprise determining that a particular tag fired. Further the method can comprise recording information associated with the particular tag. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080953 | ADJUSTMENT OF ONE OR MORE OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS OF A SMALL CELL BASED ON SMALL CELL RELIABILITY - The disclosure is related to small cell base station power management within a wireless network. In an aspect, at least one metric related to operational and non-operational states of the small cell base station is determined, a reliability state of the small cell base station is determined based on the at least one metric related to the operational and non-operational states of the small cell base station, and one or more operational parameters of the small cell base station are adjusted based on the determined reliability state. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081053 | Method of Handling Minimization of Drive Tests measurement and Related Communication Device - A method of handling minimization of drive tests, hereafter called MDT, measurement for a mobile device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes registering to a first public land mobile network, and maintaining MDT measurement configuration when the UE registers to a second public land mobile network belonging to an operator as the first public land mobile network is, or the UE is in coverage of the first public land mobile network but registering to no public land mobile network. | 03-17-2016 |
20160088483 | NETWORK COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A network communication apparatus is provided. The network communication apparatus includes a Wi-Fi unit, a sampling rate converter, an LTE unit, and a transceiver. The Wi-Fi unit has a plurality of Wi-Fi data, wherein the Wi-Fi data has a Wi-Fi sampling rate. The sampling rate converter processes the Wi-Fi data by converting the sampling rate. The LTE unit has a plurality of LTE data, wherein the LTE data has an LTE sampling rate. The transceiver generates a CPRI basic frame, wherein a first portion of the CPRI basic frame includes a portion of the LTE data and a second portion of the CPRI basic frame includes a portion of the Wi-Fi data. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088548 | Circuit, Method, and Related Apparatus for Avoiding Channel Interference - A circuit for avoiding channel interference, including a Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) chip and at least one first single-pole multi-throw switch, where a movable end of the first single-pole multi-throw switch is connected to a signal transmit pin of the Wi-Fi chip; one non-movable end of the first single-pole multi-throw switch is connected to a first signal transmit tributary while another is connected to a second signal transmit tributary; and when the Wi-Fi chip determines that a first channel and a second channel interfere with each other, the movable end of the first single-pole multi-throw switch is controlled to connect to the second non-movable end of the first single-pole multi-throw switch, where the first channel is a wireless local area network channel, and the second channel is different from the wireless local area network channel. | 03-24-2016 |
20160094976 | UE (USER EQUIPMENT), BASE STATION APPARATUS AND SERVER APPARATUS - When a UE (User Equipment) that performs data transmission/reception in a neighborhood service detects a neighboring terminal, the UE receives a piece of information on a search range before neighborhood search of a UE as a communication target and searches for the UE as the communication target on the basis of the piece of information on the search range. This allows a mobile telecommunications carrier to control the search range. | 03-31-2016 |
20160100452 | Methods and Devices for Managing a Cellular Radio Network - In a radio system a network node is provided to be operatively connected to a set of radio base stations of the radio network and to retrieving a neighbor list from each radio base station in said set of radio base stations. Based on said list of neighbors it is determined if a pair of radio base stations lack a connection between them, and upon determining that a connection between two radio base stations is lacking a connection between said pair of radio base stations is set up. | 04-07-2016 |
20160105231 | BEAMFORMING DEVICES AND METHODS - Devices and methods are provided for directionally receiving and/or transmitting acoustic waves and/or radio waves for use in applications such as wireless communications systems and/or radar. High directional gain and spatial selectivity are achieved while employing an array of receiving antennas that is small as measured in units of the wavelength of radio waves being received or transmitted, especially in the case of spatially oversampled arrays. Frequency/wavenumber, multi-dimensional spectrum analysis, as well as one-dimensional frequency spectrum analysis can be performed. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105808 | IN-DEVICE INTERFERENCE MITIGATION FOR SIMULTANEOUS CALLS - A user equipment (UE) mitigates in-device interference caused by a simultaneous circuit-switched call on a first subscriber identity module (SIM) and another call on a second subscriber identity module (SIM) at the UE. The UE detects in-device interference between the circuit switched call and the other call. The UE then suspends the other call or reduces a transmit power of the other call when the in-device interference is above a predetermined threshold. The UE resumes the other call or increases the transmit power of the other call when the circuit switched call ends. | 04-14-2016 |
20160112881 | MULTIMODE BASE STATION CONTROL METHOD AND BASE STATION - Embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications technologies, and disclose a multimode base station control method and a base station, which can implement real-time control over transmit power of a base station, thereby improving network energy efficiency. The method includes: switching on, by a base station, a passive antenna to provide service coverage in a first standard for a user; detecting, by the base station, an average traffic volume of a cell in a current state; and when the average traffic volume of the cell in the current state exceeds a preset first threshold, enabling capacity coverage that is in a second standard and is to be provided for the user, and switching an active antenna of the base station to an on state according to the capacity coverage that is in the second standard and provided for the user. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112883 | Wireless Signal Quality Indicator - Techniques for wireless signal quality indicator are described. According to various implementations, various attributes of a wireless signal are detected. Attributes of the wireless signal are processed to ascertain a quality of the wireless signal. Based on an ascertained signal quality, indicia of the signal quality can be exposed. | 04-21-2016 |
20160119774 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING CALL DATA - A data management system and method of managing call data for at least one radio network element within a cellular communication network. The method comprising receiving call data for at least one call from the at least one radio network element within the cellular communication network, arranging the received call data into call data records of a non-fixed size, and writing the call data records to at least one data storage device such that the call data records are stored adjacent one another. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119778 | USER APPARATUS, BASE STATION, USER APPARATUS CATEGORY INFORMATION NOTIFICATION METHOD, AND USER APPARATUS CATEGORY INFORMATION RECEPTION METHOD - A user apparatus in a mobile communication system including a base station and a user apparatus, including: a support status determination unit configured to receive, from the base station, support status information indicating whether the base station supports a predetermine notification method on category information of the user apparatus, and to determine whether the base station supports the predetermined notification method based on the support status information; and a category information notification control unit configured, when the support status determination unit determines that the base station supports the predetermined notification method, to notify the base station of a combination of first category information and second category information so as to notify the base station of category information of the user apparatus. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119882 | Method, system, database, management node, and storage medium for interference distribution - Disclosed is a method for interference distribution. The method comprises: a reconfiguration management node of a secondary system acquires or receives information of an idle spectrum resource and information on the total interference value that the secondary system is permitted to generate on the idle spectrum resource; and, the reconfiguration management node calculates, on the basis of the information on the total interference value that the secondary system is permitted to generate, a transmission power for a secondary user equipment that is subordinate to the reconfiguration management node. While at the same time, also disclosed are a system, management node, database, and storage medium for interference distribution. | 04-28-2016 |
20160127104 | MESSAGE TRANSMISSION IN AN UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - A method includes transmitting, at an access point configured to transmit data over an unlicensed band, a message to user equipment. The user equipment transmits to the access point an acknowledgement message indicating whether data provided within the message was successfully received in response to the message. The method further includes determining, at the access point, whether a buffer associated with the user equipment is empty. The method further includes retransmitting, from the access point to the user equipment, the message in response to determining the buffer of the user equipment is empty. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127194 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR SETTING NETWORK MODEL - A method for setting network models of an electronic device includes setting a default network model list comprising a plurality of default network models for the electronic device and setting a sequence of the plurality of default network models. A specified network model that is used to connect the electronic device to a telecom company is searched from the default network model list according to the sequence. A code of the telecom company is acquired and a country where the telecom company is located is determined according to the acquired code. A network model list corresponding to the determined country is acquired from a database which stores a network model list corresponding to each predetermined country. The default network model list is updated to be the acquired network model list corresponding to the determined country. | 05-05-2016 |
20160135040 | CONTROL APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND PROGRAM - A control apparatus includes: a determination unit that determines whether identification information for identifying a mobile communication terminal in a second mobile communication network can be changed from first identification information assigned in the first mobile communication network to a second identification information assigned in the second mobile communication network, when the mobile communication terminal in which the first identification information is stored is situated in a region in which the second mobile communication network can be used and the mobile communication terminal uses the first mobile communication network via a second mobile communication network; and a notification unit that transmits a notification of a change of the identification information to a request apparatus that is connected to the second mobile communication network and is configured to request the mobile communication terminal to change the identification information, if it is determined that the identification information can be changed. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135061 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERFERENCE MITIGATION UTILIZING ANTENNA PATTERN ADJUSTMENTS - A system that incorporates the subject disclosure may perform, for example, a method for receiving interference information, identifying a plurality of interferers, approximating a location of the plurality of interferers, and adjusting an antenna pattern of an antenna. The method can include determining traffic loads and adjusting the antenna pattern according to the traffic loads. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 05-12-2016 |
20160142924 | MOBILE STATION - A situation where the important configuration setting is delayed is avoided during execution of “Inter-eNB CA”. A mobile station UE according to the present invention includes: a priority management unit | 05-19-2016 |
20160142986 | POWER CONTROL METHOD FOR GUARANTEEING QUALITY OF SERVICE OF DEVICE TO DEVICE DIRECT COMMUNICATION AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed is a method of controlling, by a device, power for guaranteeing the quality of service of a device to device (D2D) direct communication. In detail, the method comprises the steps of: receiving, from a base station, information containing at least one of channel information and information of a receiving side device in a D2D communication; estimating an uplink channel with the base station on the basis of the received information; and selecting a transmission power by comparing the channel gain value of the uplink channel with a threshold value for determining the maximum transmission power, and transmitting data to the base station using the selected transmission power, wherein the channel information comprises at least one of channel information of the D2D communication, uplink channel information between the device and the base station, and interference channel information between the device and the receiving side device in the D2D communication. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143087 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING DATA COMMUNICATION - A method for controlling data communication in a terminal is provided. The method includes sensing whether a voice call occurs in the terminal, determining whether a data suspension condition is satisfied during the voice call, and suspending the data communication in the terminal during the voice call if the data suspension condition is satisfied. An apparatus for controlling data communication in a terminal is provided. The apparatus includes a communication unit configured to communicate data between the terminal and a base station, and a controller configured to detect whether a voice call occurs in the terminal, determine whether a data suspension condition is satisfied after the voice call occurs, and cause the communication unit to suspend the data communication in the terminal while the data suspension condition is satisfied. | 05-19-2016 |
20160150418 | METHOD FOR MEASURING MOBILITY OF UE FOR MULTI-ANTENNA BEAMFORMING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed herein is a method for, at a user equipment (UE), reporting velocity information to a base station for multi-antenna based beamforming in a wireless communication system. The method includes receiving a predefined signal from the base station, calculating at least one piece of movement velocity information of a vertical beamforming direction movement velocity vw and horizontal beamforming direction movement velocity vx of the UE based on the predefined information, and reporting the at least one piece of movement velocity information to the base station. The predefined signal is used to calculate a velocity vb of the UE in a direction of the base station. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150440 | METHOD FOR TRIGGERING A BURFFER STATUS REPORTING AND A DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for triggering a buffer status reporting in the wireless communication system, the method comprising: calculating an amount of first DAT when the first data is arrived in a protocol entity, wherein the amount of first DAT is less than a threshold; calculating an amount of second DAT when the second data is arrived in the protocol entity, wherein the second data is arrived after the first data is arrived in the protocol entity; and triggering a buffer status report if the amount of second DAT is more than the threshold. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150486 | METHOD FOR ADJUSTING A TRANSMISSION POWER - There is provided a method for adjusting a transmission power. The method may comprise: classifying, by a user equipment (UE), a plurality of cells into groups, each of which includes one or more cells belonging to the same base station; determining, by the UE, a transmission power for each group; and adjusting, by the UE, the determined transmission power for each group such that a summation of transmission powers for cells included in each group is less than or equal to a maximum transmission power configured for each group. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150498 | PROXIMITY-BASED SERVICE REGISTRATION METHOD AND RELATED APPARATUS - A Proximity-based Service (ProSe) registration method for a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system, used in a Mobility Management Entity (MME) of the wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes: receiving an attach request or a tracking area update request for requesting ProSe UE registration from the UE; retrieving ProSe subscription information and ProSe preference settings related to the UE from a home subscriber server (HSS) of the wireless communication system and storing the ProSe subscription information and the ProSe preference settings related to the UE as a ProSe context of the UE; and transmitting a ProSe registration request including a ProSe identifier of the UE and the ProSe preference settings related to the UE to a ProSe server of the wireless communication system. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150578 | Method and Telecommunications Node for Controlling an Attach State of a User Equipment - The invention relates to a method and telecommunications node for controlling an attach state of a user equipment in an attach control node of a telecommunications system further comprising a subscriber database containing subscription data of the user equipment. The method comprises receiving authentication data in the attach control node if an authentication step is required. Following the authentication step, if any, receiving in a first transfer stage a first set of subscription data from the subscriber database and storing the first set of subscription data in the attach control node, wherein the first set of subscription data is insufficient for enabling establishing a communication session between the user equipment and the telecommunications system. If establishing a communication session is required between the user equipment and the telecommunications network, receiving in a second transfer stage following the first transfer stage a second set of subscription data from the subscriber database in the attach control node, and storing the second set of subscription data in the attach control node, wherein the combination of the first set of subscription data and the second set of subscription data is sufficient for enabling establishing a communication session between the user equipment and the telecommunications network. | 05-26-2016 |
20160157198 | Macro-Network Location Determination, Local-Oscillator Stabilization, And Frame-Start Synchronization Based On Nearby FM Radio Signals | 06-02-2016 |
20160174059 | METHOD AND PROCESSING EQUIPMENT FOR ACTIVATING A MULTI-USER MODE BETWEEN MOBILE DEVICES | 06-16-2016 |
20160174061 | Transferring Data Between Mobile Devices Having Heterogeneous Wireless Communication Interfaces | 06-16-2016 |
20160174080 | Self-Optimizing Communication Network with Criteria Class-Based Functions | 06-16-2016 |
20160174097 | Minimizing Drive Test Logged Data Reporting | 06-16-2016 |
20160174272 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR AUTOMATING AND ASSISTING WI-FI DIRECT CONNECTIONS USING MOBILE-DEVICE IR-BLASTER | 06-16-2016 |
20160174275 | MULTIMEDIA TERMINAL, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND RECORDING MEDIUM | 06-16-2016 |
20160174282 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS PROVIDING IMPROVED SUCCESS RATE FOR RRC CONNECTION REESTABLISHMENTS | 06-16-2016 |
20160183082 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, SERVER DEVICE, DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, DATA COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM STORING DATA COMMUNICATION PROGRAM | 06-23-2016 |
20160183115 | METHOD FOR MEASURING DISTANCE BETWEEN TERMINALS ON BASIS OF DEVICE-TO-DEVICE DIRECT COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DEVICE FOR SAME | 06-23-2016 |
20160192181 | METHOD OF OBTAINING RRU INFORMATION BY BBU, AND BBU - Disclosed are a BBU and a method of obtaining RRU information, which comprises, in a heterogeneous cell environment in which a macro cell and small cell coexist, a BBU receiving, from a terminal and via a serving RRU of the terminal connected to the BBU, a measurement reporting message that includes information on an RRU transmitting, to the terminal, a reference signal at an intensity equal to or stronger than a threshold value, and determining the RRU as a neighboring RRU of the serving RRU by using information included in the measurement reporting message. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192183 | BASE STATION SYSTEM AND WIRELESS TRANSMISSION APPARATUS - A base station system includes a base station apparatus ( | 06-30-2016 |
20160192430 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION AND FAST NETWORK SWITCHING WITH A SINGLE-BASEBAND-MODEM, CARRIER-AGGREGATION-CAPABLE WIRELESS-COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Disclosed herein are systems and methods for carrier aggregation and fast network-switching with a single-baseband modem, carrier-aggregation-capable wireless-communication device (WCD). One embodiment takes the form of a system that includes a first RF integrated circuit (RFIC), a second RFIC, a baseband processor coupled to the first and second RFICs, a first carrier-aggregation circuit, a fast-network-switching connection manager coupled to the baseband processor, and a mode controller coupled to the baseband processor and to the fast-network-switching connection manager. The mode controller is configured to selectively place the wireless-communication device in a carrier-aggregation mode or in a fast-network-switching mode. In the carrier-aggregation mode, the WCD is operable to conduct carrier aggregation using at least the first carrier-aggregation circuit. In the fast-network-switching mode, the WCD is operable to conduct fast network switching using the fast-network-switching manager. | 06-30-2016 |
20160198349 | TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORKS | 07-07-2016 |
20160198503 | CONTROL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION TERMINAL | 07-07-2016 |
20160205224 | REMOTE MONITORING AND CONFIGURATION OF PHYSICAL LAYER DEVICES | 07-14-2016 |
20160381200 | Uniquely Identifying a Portable Electronic Device - A system and method for uniquely identifying a portable electronic device using a user device are provided. In a method conducted at the portable electronic device, user input prompting display of an optical device identifier is received. A device identifier uniquely associated with the electronic device is retrieved from a read-only digital memory of the electronic device, the device identifier having been programmed into the electronic device at the time of manufacture. An optical device identifier being an optical machine-readable representation of the unique device identifier is generated and output on a display screen of the electronic device for subsequent acquisition by a user device. Outputting the optical device identifier on the display screen of the device for acquisition by a user device may obviate the need for the device identifier to be otherwise displayed on the electronic device, for example, by way of a printed or embossed label. | 12-29-2016 |
20190150006 | PREDICTING RECEIVED SIGNAL STRENGTH IN A TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK USING DEEP NEURAL NETWORKS | 05-16-2019 |